Update pot files for updated strings.

pull/2/head
Simon Quigley 4 years ago
parent a7daae0e0e
commit 006e092a73

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image"
@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. "
"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " "Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version "
"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " "every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a"
"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" " long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 "
" for three years)." "bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still"
" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support "
"release supported until 2023."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7
msgid "Architectures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8
msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9
msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14
msgid "amd64"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15
msgid ""
"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to "
"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the "
"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what "
"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible "
"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have "
"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18
msgid "i386"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19
msgid ""
"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers"
" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9
msgid "" msgid ""
"Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, "
"or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is "
"supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new"
" features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team "
"will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to "
"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " "Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but "
"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " "since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long "
"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " "Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop "
"which is a more modern environment." "environment."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11
msgid "" msgid ""
"For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of "
"the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or "
@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid ""
" somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13
msgid "" msgid ""
"**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to "
"each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are "
@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid ""
"instead." "instead."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16
msgid "Ways to download the image" msgid "Ways to download the image"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17
msgid "" msgid ""
"Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is "
"made, you will need to download the image." "made, you will need to download the image."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20
msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21
msgid "" msgid ""
"BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended "
"for Windows and macOS users)." "for Windows and macOS users)."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in "
"this manual." "this manual."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is "
"available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page "
"<https://lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "<https://Lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, however for zsync downloads, you need "
"to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com <http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com <http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, "
"which has the files listed." "which has the files listed."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28
msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31
msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error "
"prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most"
" common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a "
@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid ""
"in the right direction." "in the right direction."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of "
"frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening "
"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " "with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause "
"massive frustration and a failed install." "massive frustration and a failed install."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38
msgid "" msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:"
"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit "
"lubuntu 18.10"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44
msgid "" msgid ""
"and then carefully check that the output matches " "and then carefully check that the output matches "
"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " "cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a "
"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" "\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61
msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67
msgid ""
"and then check carefully the output matches "
"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48
msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49
msgid "" msgid ""
"Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the"
" image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is"
@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid ""
"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BitTorrent>`_." "<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BitTorrent>`_."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51
msgid "" msgid ""
"In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend "
"`Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_, an Open Source BitTorrent " "`Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_, an Open Source BitTorrent "
@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid ""
"Windows users." "Windows users."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53
msgid "" msgid ""
"The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or "
"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." "`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55
msgid "" msgid ""
"After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent "
"client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend "
@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid ""
"decentralizing the download location for other users." "decentralizing the download location for other users."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59
msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgid "Downloading the image via zsync"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60
msgid "" msgid ""
"zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the "
"checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to "
"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " "download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or "
"last image was spun." "difference since the last image was spun."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62
msgid "" msgid ""
"In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only"
" client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " "If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either,"
"either), run the following command in a terminal:" " run the following command in a terminal:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70
msgid "" msgid ""
"Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which "
"should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux "
"distributions:" "distributions:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76
msgid "To download the image using zsync run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82
msgid "" msgid ""
"**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to "
"Chapter 1.2.**" "Chapter 1.2.**"
@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync"
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need "
#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu"
#~ " provides support for several different "
#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a "
#~ "new version every six months (supported"
#~ " for nine months), and every two "
#~ "years being a long term support "
#~ "release (supported for three years)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Architectures"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "amd64"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The amd64 image will work with "
#~ "most modern processors. The best way "
#~ "to determine if your computer has "
#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to"
#~ " boot the image. It's the only "
#~ "way that you will be able to "
#~ "know for sure what architecture your "
#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are "
#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. "
#~ "You may want to use an i386 "
#~ "image instead if you have an amd64"
#~ " processor with very low amounts of"
#~ " RAM."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "i386"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture"
#~ " that will work best on computers "
#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and"
#~ " processing power."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases."
#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, "
#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release "
#~ "recommended for most users. It is "
#~ "supported for three years after the "
#~ "release date and does not contain "
#~ "new features. Throughout the course of"
#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team"
#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** "
#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu"
#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally,"
#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS "
#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop "
#~ "environment, which is the traditional "
#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 "
#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more"
#~ " modern environment."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "An easy download page which lists "
#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is "
#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's "
#~ "Downloads page <https://lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, "
#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need"
#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com "
#~ "<http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, which has "
#~ "the files listed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying"
#~ " the image can lead to hours of"
#~ " frustration with even the developers "
#~ "quite confused what is happening with"
#~ " your system. With just one bit "
#~ "of the image flipped it will cause"
#~ " massive frustration and a failed "
#~ "install."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To do this the easiest way is "
#~ "the command line is to run for "
#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "and then carefully check that the "
#~ "output matches "
#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 "
#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "and then check carefully the output "
#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 "
#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found "
#~ "on our Downloads page or "
#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "zsync is a convenient application that"
#~ " will automatically verify the checksum "
#~ "of the image once downloaded. The "
#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download "
#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly "
#~ "download the delta since the last "
#~ "image was spun."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you are running Debian or "
#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off "
#~ "of either), run the following command"
#~ " in a terminal:"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4
@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " "In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two "
"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" "choices either"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41
msgid "."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14
msgid "a DVD" msgid "a DVD"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13
msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16
msgid "Writing/burning the image" msgid "Writing/burning the Image"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18
msgid "`Brasero <https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Brasero/>`_" msgid "`Brasero <https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Brasero/>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19
msgid "K3b"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20
msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
msgid "InfraRecorder" msgid "InfraRecorder"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
msgid "" msgid ""
"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " "Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is "
"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " "beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on"
"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." " this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27
msgid "" msgid ""
"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu>`_" "/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " "`How to burn a DVD on Windows <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_" "/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
msgid "" msgid ""
"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " "`How to burn a DVD on macOS <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-mac-osx>`_" "/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-macos>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31
msgid "" msgid ""
"For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
"<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_, a tool developed by a " "<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu"
"Lubuntu team member." " team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk "
"Creator <https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-"
"creator.html>`_."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33
msgid "" msgid ""
"Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of"
" this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows "
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-on-windows>`_" "<https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-"
"windows>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37
msgid "" msgid ""
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS "
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-on-mac-osx>`_" "<https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-"
"macos>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40
msgid "Booting the image" msgid "Booting the Image"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41
msgid "" msgid ""
"With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your "
"hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you "
"might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but "
"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " "looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the "
"the answer." "answer."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43
msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In order to boot the image, you"
#~ " need to put it somewhere. You "
#~ "have three choices, depending on which"
#~ " image you downloaded:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or"
#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of "
#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has "
#~ "several guides on this topic, and "
#~ "we recommend you read them if you"
#~ " plan on doing this."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
#~ "ubuntu>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
#~ "windows>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
#~ "mac-osx>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For writing images to USB drives "
#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
#~ "<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_, a tool "
#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to create a bootable USB "
#~ "stick on Windows "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-"
#~ "on-windows>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to create a bootable USB "
#~ "stick on macOS "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-"
#~ "on-mac-osx>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Booting the image"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your"
#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware "
#~ "configuration, it may boot into the "
#~ "image right away, or you might "
#~ "need to press a key at startup "
#~ "for boot options. This varies but "
#~ "looking for documentation specific to "
#~ "your hardware will likely provide the"
#~ " answer."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3
msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6
@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen "
"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " "with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, "
"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " ":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check "
"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " "disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot"
"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " " from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start"
"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " " Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has "
"media." "trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with "
":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check"
" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-"
"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use "
"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The "
":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on "
"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press "
":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language "
"selection press :kbd:`F2`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." "Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu "
" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" "and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install "
"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." "Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop "
":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change"
" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " " the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After "
"language the next button will move you on to the next task." "selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to "
"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
"button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23
@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25
msgid "" msgid ""
"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose "
"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " "your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and "
"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " "download server. To see what region you have chosen use the "
"your system language." ":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have"
" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window "
"there is a place to change your system language and to change this "
"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step "
"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting "
"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30
@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "" msgid ""
"Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the"
" keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure "
"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " "your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you "
"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " "choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and "
"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " "the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your "
"installation." "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37
@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39
msgid "" msgid ""
"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " "If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the "
"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " ":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all"
"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " " data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this"
"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." " point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue "
"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select "
"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press "
"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter "
"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly."
" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it "
"somewhere safe."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42
@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid ""
"please backup beforehand." "please backup beforehand."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " "If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount "
"partitioning section." "the swap. To do this run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53
msgid "User Setup" msgid ""
"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if "
"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward "
"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to "
"unmount all data partitions."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55
msgid "" msgid ""
"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " "To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`"
"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" " button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` "
" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " "button."
"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next "
"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before "
"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install "
"button to begin the installation."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58
msgid "The Install" msgid "User Setup"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59
msgid "" msgid ""
"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " "The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your "
"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " "name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your "
"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." "username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put "
"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what"
" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter "
"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account"
" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. "
"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, "
"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked"
" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the "
"installation."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63
msgid "Advanced partitioning" msgid ""
"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to "
"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install "
"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go "
"back` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66
msgid "" msgid "The Install"
"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk"
" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In "
"this case running"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67
msgid "" msgid ""
"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " "The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the "
"through pcmanfm-qt." "installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once"
" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after "
"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72
msgid "Manual partitioning" msgid "Manual partitioning"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will "
"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how "
"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting "
"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you "
"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " "will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition "
"partitionwikipedia <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ " "Wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ for more"
"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" " detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with"
"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" " the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will"
" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " " also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for "
"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." "Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78
msgid ""
"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New"
" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have "
"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying "
"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` "
"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary "
"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID "
"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized "
"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning "
"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80
msgid ""
"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage "
"device` drop down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82
msgid ""
"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which "
"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select"
" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to "
"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To "
"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. "
"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it "
"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the "
":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition "
"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi "
"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its "
"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this "
"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem "
"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to "
"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86
msgid "" msgid ""
"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " "To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the "
"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" ":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your "
"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " "computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install "
"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " "boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of."
"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " msgstr ""
"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, "
"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88
"at /home." msgid ""
"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of "
"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the "
":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted "
"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system "
"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "finished." #~ "finished."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu "
#~ "image, you will be greeted by a"
#~ " screen with the following options: "
#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects,"
#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first "
#~ "hard disk. To start the install "
#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now "
#~ "be booting into a live session. "
#~ "The Check disk for defects offers "
#~ "a way to check integrity of the"
#~ " disk image once it is burned "
#~ "to the media please use this if"
#~ " you have problems it could be "
#~ "bad media."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once you have booted into the live"
#~ " session, feel free to explore "
#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to "
#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon"
#~ " in the top-left corner of the"
#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu"
#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can "
#~ "change the installer language in the "
#~ "drop down box. After selecting the "
#~ "language the next button will move "
#~ "you on to the next task."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The next screen will show you a"
#~ " map of the world where you can"
#~ " choose your location. You location "
#~ "will be used to set your time "
#~ "zone and download server. On the "
#~ "bottom of the window there is a"
#~ " place to change your system "
#~ "language."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you"
#~ " can check your keyboard matches the"
#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the"
#~ " bottom you can type to make "
#~ "sure your layout is correct. The "
#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose"
#~ " different layouts and the right "
#~ "column gets different variants. When you"
#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, "
#~ "move on to the next stage of "
#~ "the installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on "
#~ "your machine, you can select the "
#~ "erase disk. This will format the "
#~ "disk and **delete all data on the"
#~ " disk**, which is why having your"
#~ " data backed up before this point "
#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose"
#~ " to do this you can continue on"
#~ " to user setup."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you wish to perform advance "
#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced "
#~ "partitioning section."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The user setup section creates a "
#~ "user profile, consisting of your own "
#~ "name and the username you will use"
#~ " to log in. The next input "
#~ "field is the hostname of your "
#~ "computer. The final field is your "
#~ "password. Enter your password twice to"
#~ " make sure you have not mistyped "
#~ "it. Pressing the next button will "
#~ "give you a summary screen, showing "
#~ "you the settings before the install "
#~ "begins. Once you have checked the "
#~ "summary click the install button to "
#~ "begin the installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some "
#~ "useful information while the installer "
#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed"
#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot "
#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed "
#~ "and is now finished."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have had a previous linux"
#~ " install and want to put the "
#~ "entire disk or just replace an "
#~ "entire partition you will need to "
#~ "unmount them. In this case running"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "will unmount them and any partitions "
#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted "
#~ "through pcmanfm-qt."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you wish to manual set up "
#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you"
#~ " will have to choose which file-"
#~ "system you want. A file-system "
#~ "controls how your files are accessed "
#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If"
#~ " you are booting your computer in "
#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware "
#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to"
#~ " create an EFI system partition see"
#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia "
#~ "<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ for "
#~ "more detail to create this partition "
#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system"
#~ " with the ESP flag with to be"
#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the "
#~ "mount point. You will also need a"
#~ " root (/) file-system, several "
#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are "
#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can create partition by clicking "
#~ "the button which will bring up a"
#~ " dialog. The file system field is "
#~ "a drop down menu, select which "
#~ "file-system you want. You also need"
#~ " to select where you want to "
#~ "mount the partition. which you need "
#~ "at least one root (/) partition "
#~ "and if you are booting an EFI "
#~ "system you will also need a "
#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common"
#~ " option is to have all your "
#~ "data on its own partition, which "
#~ "can even be on its own separate"
#~ " physical disk this can be mounted"
#~ " at /home."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 #: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3
msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 #: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your "
"computer." "computer."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter will show you how to"
#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your"
#~ " computer."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox"
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10
msgid "Tab browsing" msgid "Tabbed browsing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11
@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the "
"tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with"
" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" " an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control "
" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " "+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view "
"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " "your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library "
"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " "--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history "
":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " "sidebar you can search through your history where it says "
"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the "
"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over "
":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29
msgid "" msgid ""
"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" "To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the"
" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " " left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were "
"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" "previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go "
" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " "forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from "
"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " "press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + "
"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" "Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you "
" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" "went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local "
" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " "disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will "
"you want." "get a dialog box to show where to save it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31
msgid "" msgid ""
"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " "To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`."
"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" " To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click"
" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " " and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing "
"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" "Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click"
" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" " on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy "
" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " "Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it."
"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36
msgid ""
"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead "
"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your "
"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on"
" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible "
"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar"
" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab "
"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can "
"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search "
"Tabs`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38
msgid ""
"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up "
"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way "
"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the "
"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40
msgid ""
"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main "
"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it "
"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or "
"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page "
"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type "
"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to"
" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the "
"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % "
"and then what you want to type in the address bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42
msgid "" msgid ""
"To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three"
" vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and "
"bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like "
"three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the "
"bookmark you want." "bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right "
"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44
msgid ""
"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control "
"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text "
"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select "
":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press "
":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46
msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48
msgid "" msgid ""
"To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press "
":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press"
" :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + "
"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." "0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen "
"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two "
"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be "
"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse"
" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type"
" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` "
"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50
msgid "" msgid ""
"To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with "
"horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can "
"also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " "If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click "
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " "the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you "
"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " "are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press "
"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " ":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it"
"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" " you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute "
" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" "Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right "
" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " "click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To "
"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " "move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab "
"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to"
"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" " the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. "
" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " "To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and "
":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private "
"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " "window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right "
"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" "click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the "
" Tab`." "right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close"
" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and "
":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " "If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type "
"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " "about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu "
"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" "--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart "
" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " "Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. "
":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " "The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores "
"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " "your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has"
"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " " a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` "
"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " "which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a "
"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " "link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you "
"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " "open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the "
"downloads or always ask to save files." ":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose "
msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size "
"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the "
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 ":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the "
":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for "
":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads "
"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61
msgid "" msgid ""
"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and "
"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down "
"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " "lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the "
"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " "browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose "
"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " ":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you "
"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " "open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle "
"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " "whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites "
"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " "you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change "
"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " "how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of"
"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" " :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` "
" site that you have saved or visited recently." "toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored "
msgstr "" "stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The "
":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or "
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 "visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the"
msgid "" " drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`."
"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " msgstr ""
"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65
msgid ""
"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on "
"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search "
"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change "
"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up "
"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the "
":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67
msgid "" msgid ""
"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " "To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings"
"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " " use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection "
":kbd:`Control+X`." "against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back "
"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to"
" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71
msgid "Version" msgid ""
"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you"
" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you "
"may lose accesss to online accounts."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73
msgid "" msgid ""
"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " "To see what websites store data on you locally preess the "
"Quantum." ":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently "
"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of "
"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies "
"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not "
"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and "
"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved "
"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain "
"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76
msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77
msgid "How to launch" msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a "
"blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also "
"type and run" "type and run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88
msgid ""
"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have"
" Firefox directly open this manual with"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" "You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the"
" firefox directly open this manual with" " Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox "
"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the "
"browser button on your keyboard."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots"
@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "the browser." #~ "the browser."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Tab browsing"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a new tab in firefox "
#~ "press the plus button on the right"
#~ " of the tab bar or press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab"
#~ " press the button with an x on"
#~ " the right side of the tab or"
#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a"
#~ " new window in browsing press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing"
#~ " history press the button that looks"
#~ " like a stack of books with the"
#~ " last one at the end the third"
#~ " item down will show you history "
#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view "
#~ "your downloaded files press the button"
#~ " that looks like three stacked books"
#~ " with a fourth leaning over "
#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To go back to a previous page "
#~ "in firefox press the button pointing "
#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page"
#~ " you were previously at in a "
#~ "new tab middle click the back "
#~ "button. To go forward to a page"
#~ " you have visited before but have "
#~ "now gone back from press the "
#~ "button with the arrow pointing to "
#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. "
#~ "Middle click on the forward button "
#~ "to open the page you went back "
#~ "from in a new tab. To download "
#~ "a file directly to your local disk"
#~ " right click on the save file "
#~ "as and then you will get options"
#~ " to save the file where you "
#~ "want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To go to a specific url in "
#~ "the address bar you can type it"
#~ " in the the main bar in the "
#~ "middle. If you have a url in "
#~ "your clipboard you can paste it "
#~ "here or into the address bar right"
#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`."
#~ " Or if you right click into the"
#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go"
#~ " to the page and type in a "
#~ "sub page right click paste and "
#~ "then type to go a specific sub "
#~ "page of the same site and then "
#~ "press enter to go to the page. "
#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor "
#~ "will select the address bar."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " +D` or Press the button with "
#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one "
#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks "
#~ "and bookmark this page. To access "
#~ "the bookmark again press that looks "
#~ "like three vertical lines and a "
#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then "
#~ "select the bookmark you want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To zoom in if you find the "
#~ "text on a web page to small "
#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you "
#~ "want to zoom out on the text "
#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`."
#~ " To reset to the original zoom "
#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make "
#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox"
#~ " right click the main toolbar and "
#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu "
#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one "
#~ "you are not on right click on "
#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. "
#~ "To mute a tab even when you "
#~ "are not on it you can right "
#~ "click on the tab and then select"
#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a "
#~ "new copy of a tab right click "
#~ "on the tab bar and then select "
#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a "
#~ "tab all the way to the left "
#~ "right click on the tab "
#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to "
#~ "start`. To move a tab all the "
#~ "way to the right right click on"
#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move "
#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a"
#~ " new window right click on the "
#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> "
#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want"
#~ " to bookmark a tab right click "
#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. "
#~ "To close tabs to the right of "
#~ "the current tab right click on the"
#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to "
#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab"
#~ " right click on a tab and "
#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to view your firefox"
#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences"
#~ " into the address bar. To have "
#~ "your seession restored each time you "
#~ "restart firefox is on the general "
#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to "
#~ "press restore previous session. The "
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous "
#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when"
#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section"
#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open "
#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new"
#~ " windows which is checked by default."
#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you "
#~ "open a link a new tab switch "
#~ "to it immediately` switches to new "
#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio"
#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` "
#~ "lets you have a static location to"
#~ " save downloads or always ask to "
#~ "save files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` "
#~ "has settings for your home and "
#~ "opening of new tabs. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop "
#~ "down lets you select the firefox "
#~ "home or a blank page when you "
#~ "first open the browser. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you "
#~ "choose firefox home or blank page "
#~ "when you open a new tab. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you "
#~ "toggle whther to show a web search"
#~ " on the firefox homepage. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the "
#~ "sites you visit the most. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` "
#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. "
#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` "
#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories"
#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` "
#~ "checkbox allows site that you have "
#~ "saved or visited recently."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To manage your search settings use "
#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. "
#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search "
#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a "
#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated"
#~ " search bar for search and "
#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search "
#~ "Engine` lets you change your default "
#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to "
#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "I to copy text in firefox press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text "
#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To"
#~ " cut text in firefox press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest"
#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. "
#~ "You can also from the command line"
#~ " have firefox directly open this "
#~ "manual with"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4
msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshots"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12
msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
msgid "Usage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the "
"torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission."
" The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload"
" to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will "
"see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The "
"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." "up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other "
"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File "
"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will "
"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the"
" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start "
"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
msgid "" msgid ""
"While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download "
"for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you "
"are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19
msgid "" msgid ""
"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " "The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can "
"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " "pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. "
"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." "To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a "
"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File"
" --> Start All`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21
msgid "" msgid ""
"To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or "
":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the "
@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid ""
":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23
msgid ""
"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` "
"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` "
"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are "
"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select "
":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the "
":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show "
"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select "
":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the "
":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show "
"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select "
":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error "
"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go"
" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select "
":menuselection:`All`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press"
" the same thing again."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28
@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" "To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue "
" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " ":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. "
"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" "To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> "
" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " "Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the"
"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " " top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a "
"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " "torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to "
"Session Transfer`." "Bottom`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32
msgid "How to launch" msgid ""
"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the "
"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change "
"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe "
"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the "
"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view "
"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button "
"--> Session Transfer`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34
msgid ""
"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press "
":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37
msgid "Torrent Properties"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39
msgid ""
"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or "
":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you"
" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both "
"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row "
"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The "
":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your "
"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently "
"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for"
" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The "
":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your "
"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes "
"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first "
"downloaded this torrent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the "
"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer"
" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data "
"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see "
"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. "
"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. "
"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is "
"being tracked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. "
"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the"
" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of"
" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` "
"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` "
"column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> "
"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" "Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63
msgid ""
"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection "
"lever in a car."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67
msgid ""
"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the "
":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`"
" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit "
"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the "
"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with "
"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To "
"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. "
"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to"
" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your "
"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which "
"days of the week to throttle torrenting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for "
"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the "
":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where "
"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at "
"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To "
"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the "
":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how "
"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of "
"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to "
"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file"
" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete "
"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the "
"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission "
"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then "
"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from."
" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start "
"added torrents` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76
msgid ""
"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the "
":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a "
"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` "
"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if "
"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop "
"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the "
"torrent is idle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78
msgid ""
"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` "
"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to"
" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " "To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network "
"a double pointed vertical arrow." "use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming "
"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming "
"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test "
"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check"
" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` "
"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each "
"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` "
"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of "
"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84
msgid ""
"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`"
" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray"
" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` "
"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area "
":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle "
"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show"
" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a "
"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound "
"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when "
"torrents finish` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission"
@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "the command line." #~ "the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a torrent file press the"
#~ " open or simply double clicking the"
#~ " torrent file from a web browser "
#~ "after opening it will start "
#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will "
#~ "start download and using your connection"
#~ " to upload to others in a so"
#~ " called peer to peer network. At "
#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow"
#~ " pointing downward to show how fast"
#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow"
#~ " shows how fast you are seeding "
#~ "or uploading the file to others."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The button with two || circled is"
#~ " a pause button that can pause "
#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start "
#~ "downloading and uploading again to press"
#~ " a button with a triangle to "
#~ "start uploading and downloading again."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want have a move compact"
#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to deprioitize the "
#~ "speed of your torrents press the "
#~ "button on the bottom of transmission "
#~ "that looks like a turtle. To "
#~ "change the raio view on the bottom"
#~ " to your total changes "
#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total "
#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download "
#~ "ratio in the current session "
#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session "
#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from "
#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe"
#~ " button --> Session Transfer`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` "
#~ "bittorent client or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks "
#~ "like a silver box outlined in red"
#~ " with a double pointed vertical "
#~ "arrow."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC"
@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" "Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat"
" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" " client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting "
" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " "experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®"
"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " " as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers "
"but also ubiquitous available." "not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7
msgid "Remember Channels and servers" msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8
@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15
msgid "" msgid ""
"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This "
"can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To "
"send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" "
"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " "username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start"
"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " " Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by "
"messages." "viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to "
"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just "
"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down "
"to view newer messages."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17
msgid ""
"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar"
" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is "
"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left "
"click on the channel name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21
msgid "" msgid ""
"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> "
"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " "Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`."
"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" " To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, "
" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " "select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`."
"or use the join button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23
msgid "" msgid ""
"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " "To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), "
"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " "right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use "
"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " "the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the "
"desktop if you are in another window." "channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from"
" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it"
" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have "
"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel "
"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat "
"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide "
"Chats(s) Permanently`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25
msgid ""
"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel "
"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide "
"people joining right click on the list of channel list "
":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the "
"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> "
"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel "
"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing "
"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide "
"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events "
"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right "
"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode "
"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on "
"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However "
"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you "
"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events "
"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected "
"to it right click on the server name and select "
":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and "
"want to connect to it right click on it and select "
":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can "
"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to "
"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server "
"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31
msgid "" msgid ""
"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " "To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a "
"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " "server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide "
"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " "Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way "
"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " "uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and "
"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " "actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and "
"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " "unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`."
"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the"
" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is "
"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in "
"where you autoidentify."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33
msgid "" msgid ""
"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " "To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the "
"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" "start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something."
" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " msgstr ""
"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35
msgid ""
"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` "
"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to "
"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the "
"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press"
" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press "
"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37
msgid ""
"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the "
"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel"
" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has "
"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with "
":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down."
" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the "
"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press "
":kbd:`Meta +A`." ":kbd:`Meta +A`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39
msgid "" msgid ""
"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " "In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which"
"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " " in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of "
":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " "text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your "
"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " "desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell "
"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " "you when midnight and the date of the new day."
"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and"
" copy link adress."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " "If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click"
":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " " on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change"
"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" " your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select "
" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " ":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when "
"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " "typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the"
"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " " input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action "
"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " "press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text "
"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" "you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`."
" unlimited number of checkboxes."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43
msgid "" msgid ""
"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " "To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select "
"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " ":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` "
"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " "or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your "
"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " "original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual "
"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." "Size`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45
msgid "" msgid ""
"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " "To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which "
"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." "nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure "
"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the "
"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL "
"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the "
":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the "
":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can"
" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. "
"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be "
"different on different servers and put your password in where you "
"autoidentify."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " "If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting "
"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " ":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the "
"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," ":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`"
" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " " will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The "
"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " ":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each"
"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " " try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` "
"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " "lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin "
"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " "each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to "
"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" "connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the"
" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " " :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes."
"highlighted."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51
msgid "" msgid ""
"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " "To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right "
"Configure Quassel`." "hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select"
" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again "
"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
"rule you created."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53
msgid "" msgid ""
"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" "To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom "
" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " "and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the "
"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel "
"click on the channel name." "such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click "
":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click"
" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right"
" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55
msgid ""
"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or "
":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks "
":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the"
" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in."
" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All "
"chats`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57
msgid ""
"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu"
" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press "
":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select "
":menuselection:`Quit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61
msgid "Customizing" msgid "Customizing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " "To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel "
"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " "appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your "
":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " "chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client"
" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the "
":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you "
"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu "
"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the "
":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want"
" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" " to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in"
" the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on"
" close button`." " close button`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " "The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and "
"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " "hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the "
":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " ":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for"
":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " " both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around "
"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " "everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender "
"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " "names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom "
":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " "chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button "
"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " "to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat "
"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To "
"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " "toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the "
"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle"
msgstr "" " the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck "
"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` "
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 "checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " "To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. "
":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " "To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow "
"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" "colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on "
" the specific color for that kind of message." "Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many"
" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the "
"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To "
"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages "
"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname "
"lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font "
@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid ""
"changes the color of nicks of Away users." "changes the color of nicks of Away users."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into "
"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
"thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the "
":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the"
" :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox "
@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid ""
"the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style "
"buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an "
"arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box"
" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." " check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line "
"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC "
"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the "
"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`"
" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the "
":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's "
"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` "
"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking"
" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82
msgid ""
"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the "
":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press "
"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press"
" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic "
"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this"
" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84
msgid ""
"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. "
"To change the default language for you spell check use the "
":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting "
"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox."
" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the "
":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have"
" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check "
"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two "
"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together "
"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the "
":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` "
"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press "
"the :guilabel:`Remove` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88
msgid ""
"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` "
"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the "
":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be "
"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle "
"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in "
"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive "
"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a"
" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the "
":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the "
":guilabel:`Remove` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92
msgid ""
"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be "
"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog "
"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the "
":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed "
"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change "
"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose "
"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the "
":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94
msgid ""
"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the "
":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which"
" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message "
"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`,"
" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it "
"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox "
":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the "
"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup"
" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`"
" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the"
" taskbar entry appear highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98
msgid ""
"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` "
"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the "
":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do "
"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom "
"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the"
" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your"
" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults "
"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your "
"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To "
"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the "
":guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108
msgid "How to Launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109
msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" msgid ""
"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> "
"Quassel IRC` or type"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115
msgid "in the terminal." msgid ""
msgstr "" "in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a "
"white crescent on it."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-"
#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel "
#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable"
#~ " chatting experience to all major "
#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and "
#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android "
#~ "smartphones), making communication with your"
#~ " peers not only convenient, but also"
#~ " ubiquitous available."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To chat on irc you need to "
#~ "connect to a server and join a "
#~ "channel. This can be done with the"
#~ " join button or by typing \"/join "
#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or "
#~ "private message directly to someone type"
#~ " \"/query\" username or right click "
#~ "on the user list and select start"
#~ " query. If you wish to view "
#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll"
#~ " down to view newer messages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat "
#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) "
#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC "
#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel "
#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 "
#~ "is the channel name), right click "
#~ "the network and select join channel "
#~ "or use the join button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In Quasel if someone says your "
#~ "name you are said to be "
#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make"
#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod "
#~ "color over the line of text with"
#~ " your name on it. The notification"
#~ " will also be shown on your "
#~ "desktop if you are in another "
#~ "window."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin"
#~ " to an account no matter which "
#~ "nickname you want to use "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> "
#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a "
#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on "
#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the "
#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. "
#~ "Enter your username on the IRC "
#~ "network in the username text field. "
#~ "Input your password into the password"
#~ " field so that you know how to"
#~ " auto identifify. You can also "
#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by "
#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is"
#~ " a sensible default for what the "
#~ "services is but it may be "
#~ "different on different servers and put"
#~ " your password in where you "
#~ "autoidentify."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To ignore a really annoying user "
#~ "you can on the nicks bar on "
#~ "the right hand side right click "
#~ "ignore and then select a user to"
#~ " ingore so you will not hear "
#~ "them in irc. If you realize you"
#~ " want to talk to them again "
#~ "Right click the same username and "
#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
#~ "rule you created. You also can "
#~ "switch between multiple channels with "
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up"
#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to "
#~ "move down. To go to the next "
#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` "
#~ "or to go to the previous active"
#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump "
#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta "
#~ "+A`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To type a message to an entire "
#~ "channel type into the bar at the"
#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete"
#~ " typing someone's nickname press the "
#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name."
#~ " To paste text into the channel "
#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If "
#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you"
#~ " can left click on the link to"
#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is"
#~ " if you want to copy the link"
#~ " right click on it and copy "
#~ "link adress."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to have settings for"
#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Network --> Configure network` and "
#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox"
#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically "
#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected."
#~ " The wait filed shows how long "
#~ "to between the retries between each "
#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all "
#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you "
#~ "rejoin all of your channels without "
#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The "
#~ "number of retries is how many "
#~ "times to retry to connect before "
#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number"
#~ " of retries click the unlimited "
#~ "number of checkboxes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add close the list of nicknames"
#~ " or channels press the X button. "
#~ "To reopen the view of nicks "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close "
#~ "the list of all chats press the"
#~ " X button to close a list of"
#~ " all channel and private messages you"
#~ " are in. To reopen it press the"
#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->"
#~ " All chats`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To make your chat full screen "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change your settings on your "
#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> "
#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event "
#~ "to change your settings left click "
#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`,"
#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When "
#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If"
#~ " you do not know what highlight "
#~ "is it is when someone mentions "
#~ "your name in a channel. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows "
#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound"
#~ " in the context. The checkbox "
#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` "
#~ "creates a popup notification when "
#~ "someone else mentions you. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message"
#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark "
#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry"
#~ " appear highlighted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To select all of your Settings for"
#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure"
#~ " Quassel`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel"
#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings "
#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the"
#~ " client style for the widget of "
#~ "quassel choose a widget style from "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down "
#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon "
#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray"
#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to "
#~ "be able to close the quassel "
#~ "window and still have quassel running"
#~ " in the system tray to bring it"
#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to"
#~ " tray on close button`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has "
#~ "settings for colors timestamps and "
#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat "
#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom "
#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then "
#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to "
#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if"
#~ " you want colored text press/unpress "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox."
#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in"
#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "
#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. "
#~ "To toggle setting marker line when "
#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when"
#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set"
#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel "
#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set "
#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel "
#~ "loses focus` checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the Colors of your user"
#~ " interface on Quassel check the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there"
#~ " are many buttons for each different"
#~ " kind of message which you can "
#~ "press the buton that all bring up"
#~ " the specific color for that kind "
#~ "of message."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings "
#~ "for what you tab to type into "
#~ "chanels or private messages. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
#~ "thing to activate your own custom "
#~ "font for just input and press the"
#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. "
#~ "To have per chat history check the"
#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` "
#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick"
#~ " selector` puts a widget in the "
#~ "lower left corner of the window to"
#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox "
#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons"
#~ " that style your text hidden in "
#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable"
#~ " line wrapping when you type a "
#~ "long line in the input box check"
#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "in the terminal."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil"
@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " "Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for "
"lubuntu." "Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Pairing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." msgid ""
"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu "
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line "
"run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14
msgid "Pairing" msgid ""
". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main "
"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading"
" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click "
"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " "Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If "
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " "the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does"
"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " " not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button."
"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press"
" :guilabel:`next`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21
msgid "Sending files" msgid "Sending files"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device "
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command "
"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " "line run"
"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which "
"files to transfer."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28
msgid "Screenshot" msgid ""
"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send "
"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a "
"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the "
"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to "
"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the "
"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` "
"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the "
"file transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "bluedevil is the default application to"
#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a"
#~ " device from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. "
#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will "
#~ "be asked to enable it. In the "
#~ "main part of the window will show"
#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on "
#~ "the device you wish to add and "
#~ "press :guilabel:`next`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To send a file to another device"
#~ " after pairing with the device "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send "
#~ "file` to open the file sending "
#~ "dialog. Then select the device you "
#~ "want to send a file to. Press "
#~ "the button with the upward pointing "
#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of "
#~ "which files to transfer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita"
@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " "Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method "
"trojita." "with Trojita."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12
msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will "
"need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email "
"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " "address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. "
"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " "The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your "
"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " "machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption "
"to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The "
":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email"
" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " " from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access "
"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " "the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which "
"send to the email server." "username to send to the email server."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18
@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the "
"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the "
":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the "
":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages "
"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26
msgid ""
"To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will "
"bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you "
"want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of"
" your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the "
"message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If "
"you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the "
"paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press "
"the :guilabel:`Send` button." "the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to "
"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. "
"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose "
"Mail --> Edit Draft...`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" "To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in"
" your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of "
"the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread "
"messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title "
"and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want "
"to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message "
"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" "title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear"
" on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it "
"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " "directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` "
"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." "tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes "
"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita"
" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the "
"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." "Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita."
" To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages"
" left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch "
"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." "to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To "
"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the "
":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field "
"to select the number of days."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to "
"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." "the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a"
" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control"
" + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an "
"email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from "
"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40
msgid ""
"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show"
" you information about each different email you have received. The "
":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what "
"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending "
"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent "
"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email "
"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an "
"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it "
"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42
msgid "" msgid ""
"When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message "
"in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change "
"your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44
msgid "" msgid ""
"To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for "
"new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read "
"messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest "
"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " "messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> "
"Descending`." "Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first "
":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> "
"Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`"
" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" " button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all"
" optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a"
" dialog to save the changes." " dialog to save the changes."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48
msgid "How to launch" msgid ""
"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the "
"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which"
" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column "
"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the "
"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> "
"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View "
"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or "
":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again "
"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar "
":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " "To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the "
"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" "internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you"
" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send "
"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no "
"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used "
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the"
" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap "
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system "
"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom "
"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita "
"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. "
"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and "
"have the number of unread messages on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56
msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60
msgid ""
"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or "
"run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66
msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ "run trojita from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you"
#~ " cannot access your email that way"
#~ " with trojita."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use trojita you will need to"
#~ " input your account information. You "
#~ "will need to type in your name "
#~ "so people know what call you and"
#~ " the email address so trojita needs"
#~ " to know what address to get "
#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab "
#~ "haas settings for how to get "
#~ "messages to your machine. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind"
#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing"
#~ " your mail as needed for your "
#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field"
#~ " is where you input what server "
#~ "to get your email from. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network"
#~ " port to access the server on. "
#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which"
#~ " username to send to the email "
#~ "server."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To send an email to someone press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap "
#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. "
#~ "Then you will bring up a compose"
#~ " mail window. Type the email address"
#~ " of the person you want to type"
#~ " the address where it says "
#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your"
#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line."
#~ " In the main part of the "
#~ "message called the body is where "
#~ "you will add most of your message."
#~ " If you want to attach a file"
#~ " to your email press the button "
#~ "with the paperclip on it that says"
#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message"
#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view your messages on trojita "
#~ "to see new messages you have "
#~ "recieved in your inbox left click "
#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the"
#~ " center of the window will show "
#~ "a list of all messages in your "
#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in"
#~ " bold. To view a message left "
#~ "click on the title and subject of"
#~ " the window and it will appear "
#~ "at the bottom. If you want to "
#~ "open this email in a popup window"
#~ " of its own double click the "
#~ "message title. If you recieve an "
#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip "
#~ "will appear on the message and "
#~ "click that to download the attachment"
#~ " or open it directly. To switch "
#~ "from text to html view click the"
#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back "
#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`"
#~ " tab."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Your different folders are on a "
#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of"
#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder"
#~ " such as sent mail to view your"
#~ " sent messages left click on the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this "
#~ "case. To switch to the drafts "
#~ "folder left click where it says "
#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To move to the next unread message"
#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to "
#~ "move to the previous message press "
#~ "the :kbd:`p` key."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To reply to a message to just "
#~ "the person that sent it press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To"
#~ " forward an email to someone else "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To manually check for new messages "
#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new "
#~ "messages`. To hide read messages "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`"
#~ " and uncheck this to see read "
#~ "messages again. To view newest messages"
#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->"
#~ " Sorting --> Descending`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch an address book of saved"
#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address "
#~ "Book`. To add a new message to "
#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. "
#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe "
#~ "click on the fields which are all"
#~ " optional. If you press the X "
#~ "button and have changes you will "
#~ "bring up a dialog to save the "
#~ "changes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch trojita from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the"
#~ " icon that looks like an envolope "
#~ "or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications"
@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " "This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent"
"clients." " clients."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter documents how to use "
#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent "
#~ "clients."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " "LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In "
"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " "the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and "
"files." "your recently used files."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " "To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main "
"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " "part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To "
"dialog are along the left hand column." "open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left "
"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular "
"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from"
" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the "
"template you want."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " "LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets "
"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." "you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc."
" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " " To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you "
"want to switch to." "want to switch to."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " "LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will "
"automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a "
"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " "document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to "
"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." "automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To"
" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar "
"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18
msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22
msgid ""
"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a "
"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before "
"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the "
":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work "
"press the :guilabel:`Save` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch "
"libreoffice or run" "LibreOffice or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper"
" with a folded right hand corner."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ " libreoffice from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full "
#~ "office suite. In the menu there "
#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice "
#~ "applications and your recently used "
#~ "files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a recently used file in"
#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the"
#~ " main part of the window. To "
#~ "open a program or to create a "
#~ "file from a file dialog are along"
#~ " the left hand column."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice all of the different "
#~ "components have a window menu that "
#~ "lets you switch between a document "
#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice "
#~ "calc. To do this go to "
#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window"
#~ " that you want to switch to."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without "
#~ "saving your work libreoffice will "
#~ "automatically recover the document. If "
#~ "you do not want to recover a "
#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button."
#~ " If you want to automatically recover"
#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`"
#~ " button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or "
#~ "run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4
msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8
@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid ""
"To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type"
" in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells"
" you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is "
"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " "to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag"
"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " " the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in "
"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " "descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going "
"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" "down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and "
" upwards." "an arrow pointing upwards."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a "
"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " "floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File "
"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> "
"Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder "
"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File "
"--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
"Documents`." "Documents`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " "To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button "
"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " "with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press"
":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" " control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click"
" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" " :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a "
" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " "piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the "
"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " "scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted "
"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." "press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste "
"Unformatted Text`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" "To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`"
" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " " or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to "
"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " "percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> "
"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " "Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press "
"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " ":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> "
"you want." "Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18
msgid ""
"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press "
":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" "To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function"
" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" " List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in "
" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " "the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort"
"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " " by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right"
"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " " of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the "
"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " ":guilabel:`x` button."
"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number "
"delete rows."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " "To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet "
":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories "
"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your "
"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left "
"click on the image and drag the image to where you want."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24
msgid ""
"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell "
":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to"
" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less "
"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell"
" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly"
" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back "
"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26
msgid ""
"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an "
"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To "
"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box "
"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally "
"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release "
"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically "
"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on"
" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you "
"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and "
":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current "
"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To "
"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and "
":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click "
"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or "
":menuselection:`Delete Column`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31
msgid ""
"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the "
"border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give "
"yourself room." "yourself room."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33
msgid "" msgid ""
"To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with "
"the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the "
@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid ""
"Descending`." "Descending`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35
msgid "" msgid ""
"To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the "
"arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press"
@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid ""
"left." "left."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37
msgid "" msgid ""
"To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu "
":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width "
"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." "of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. "
"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and "
"select the percentage you want."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41
msgid "" msgid ""
"To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select"
" an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid ""
"+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43
msgid "" msgid ""
"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the "
"bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each "
"sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45
msgid "" msgid ""
"To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert"
" --> Special Character`." " --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in"
" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the "
"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49
msgid ""
"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> "
"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the"
" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the "
":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` "
"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53
msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56
msgid "Charts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57
msgid ""
"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> "
"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, "
":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, "
":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, "
":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the "
"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type "
"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the "
":guilabel:`Next` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart "
"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on "
"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose "
"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the "
":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a "
"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` "
"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check"
" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends"
" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the "
":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the "
":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type "
"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis "
"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid "
"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have "
"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To "
"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display "
"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the "
":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press "
"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart "
"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the"
" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " "To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->"
"Libreoffice Calc` or run" " LibreOffice Calc` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper "
"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "command line." #~ "command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat "
#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To move between cells press the "
#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into "
#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To "
#~ "select cells left click and drag "
#~ "to select the cells you want. To"
#~ " sum data from cells in the "
#~ "cell where you want the sum is "
#~ "to press the button that looks "
#~ "like Σ character and then drag the"
#~ " mouse over the cells you want "
#~ "to add. To sort your cells in "
#~ "descending order press the button with"
#~ " bullet points and an arrow going "
#~ "down. To sort in ascending order "
#~ "press the button with bullet points "
#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need "
#~ "to press the button that looks "
#~ "like a floppy disk, press the "
#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to "
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save "
#~ "with a different file name "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To "
#~ "open a file press the button that"
#~ " looks like a brown folder and "
#~ "add selct the file you want from"
#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Open`. To open a recent document "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To copy data you can right click"
#~ " copy, press the button with two "
#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control"
#~ " + c`. To paste data press "
#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit "
#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or "
#~ "press the botton that is a "
#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on"
#~ " it. To cut text press "
#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors "
#~ "button to cut text. If you want"
#~ " to paste your text unformatted press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted "
#~ "Text`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To insert an image press "
#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get "
#~ "to the dialog of how to insert "
#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. "
#~ "The the first selection is to "
#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, "
#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, "
#~ "or Column and Line chart. To "
#~ "change the subtype of graph click "
#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks"
#~ " like the type you want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to insert a new "
#~ "column to the left of a column "
#~ "right click on the letter for the"
#~ " column Insert column left. If you"
#~ " want the new column to the "
#~ "right is right click on the letter"
#~ " and insert column right. If you "
#~ "want to delete a column right "
#~ "click on the letter and delete "
#~ "column. To insert a row above the"
#~ " current row right click on the "
#~ "number and insert row above. To "
#~ "insert a row below the current row"
#~ " right click on the number and "
#~ "insert row below. To delte a row"
#~ " right click the number delete rows."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the size of a row "
#~ "or colum of cells click in between"
#~ " the border of that particular row"
#~ " or column and drag with the "
#~ "mouse to give yourself room."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To zoom to view a full page "
#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire "
#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of"
#~ " your page on the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page "
#~ "Width`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in "
#~ "the same file press the button on"
#~ " the bottom that looks like a "
#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each"
#~ " sheet perss the button on each "
#~ "sheet at the bottom near the "
#~ "button to add a new sheet."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To insert a special character not "
#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->"
#~ " Special Character`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the "
#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> "
#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4
msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7
msgid "in built themes" msgid "Built in themes"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8
msgid "sepll check" msgid "Spell check"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9
msgid "pdf export" msgid "PDF export"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
msgid "images" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92
msgid "Images"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " "When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a "
"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" "template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking"
" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " " and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type "
"it says click to add title." "into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the "
"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog "
"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click"
" to add title."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button"
" that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the"
@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid ""
"Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a "
"floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a"
" custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a "
"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." "PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme"
" and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. "
@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> "
"Your prefred layout`." "Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide "
":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and "
"then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " "To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or "
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font"
" size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
"Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift "
@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30
msgid "" msgid ""
"To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools"
" --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press "
":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your "
"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." "printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog "
"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose "
"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To "
"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then "
@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid ""
"Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special "
"Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or "
@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text "
":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " ":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and "
"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " "select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The "
"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The "
"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The "
"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font "
"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down "
":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The "
":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines "
"over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu "
"to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The "
":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different "
"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " "strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the "
"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font "
"appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for "
":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an"
" option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of "
@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid ""
"changes how much to scale the width of the font." "changes how much to scale the width of the font."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40
msgid ""
"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> "
"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for "
"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent "
"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. "
"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After "
"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the "
":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a "
"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the "
"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To "
"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu"
" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the"
" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window "
"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of "
"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want "
"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, "
":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to "
"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45
msgid "" msgid ""
"To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists "
"--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points "
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up "
"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press "
":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list "
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + "
"Alt + Down`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format "
"--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To "
@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid ""
"Spacing`." "Spacing`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49
msgid "" msgid ""
"To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box "
"of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize "
"both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and "
"resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at "
"the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal "
"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." "size only select the box on a vertical size of the box."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51
msgid "" msgid ""
"To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" "Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + "
" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." "H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next "
"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result "
"press the upward pointing arrow."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55
msgid "" msgid ""
"To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it "
"to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and "
"drag to resize to the desired size." "drag to resize to the desired size."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57
msgid "" msgid ""
"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " "To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide "
"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " "Number`."
"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to "
"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the "
"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a "
"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select "
":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click"
" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
"Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom "
"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." "to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To "
"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61
msgid ""
"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling "
"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To "
"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print "
"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom "
"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To "
"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to"
" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a "
"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and "
":guilabel:`Bottom`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65
msgid ""
"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` "
"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the "
":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a"
" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different "
"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what "
"your current background color of the slide is shown under the "
":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under "
":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the "
"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. "
":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the "
"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To "
"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your"
" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69
msgid ""
"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To "
"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on "
":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the "
":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture "
"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to"
" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck "
":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` "
"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for "
":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. "
"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your "
"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down "
"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To"
" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the "
"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where"
" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap"
" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The "
":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can "
"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look "
"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use "
":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the"
" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap "
"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73
msgid ""
"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press "
"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on "
"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern "
"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground "
"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down "
"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the "
":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by"
" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77
msgid ""
"To choose a series of lines as your background press the "
":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the "
":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it"
" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the "
":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines "
"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of "
"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a "
"particular background color of your background check the "
":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background"
" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79
msgid "" msgid ""
"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " "To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. "
"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " "To change your slides to be transparent click the "
"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " ":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how "
"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" "transparent to make it."
" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a "
"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of "
"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` "
"which has many different options."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81
msgid "" msgid ""
"To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To "
"move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a "
@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid ""
"end`." "end`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83
msgid ""
"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv "
"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the "
"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press "
":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current "
"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of "
"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to "
"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
"right click previous."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> "
"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag "
"the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline"
" view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an "
"outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal "
"view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85
msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93
msgid ""
"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your "
"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you "
"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the "
"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom "
"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally "
"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to "
"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To"
" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will"
" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click"
" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a"
" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save "
"...`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95
msgid ""
"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture "
":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the "
"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to "
"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the "
"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side "
"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change"
" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the "
"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select"
" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image "
"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate "
"or Flip --> Horizontally`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99
msgid ""
"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of"
" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to "
"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to "
"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other "
":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one"
" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102
msgid "Slideshows/Presentations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103
msgid ""
"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV "
"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First "
"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + "
"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit "
"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the "
"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a "
"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the "
":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105
msgid ""
"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show "
"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press"
" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or "
"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat "
"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the "
":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle "
"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` "
"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` "
"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114
msgid "How To launch" msgid "How To Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " "To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
"or run" "LibreOffice Impress` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a "
"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "loimpress." #~ "loimpress."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "in built themes"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "sepll check"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "pdf export"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "images"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you"
#~ " will get a dialog to select a"
#~ " templete with a preview select which"
#~ " one you want to use by left"
#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`."
#~ " To add a title to a slide "
#~ "click where it says click to add"
#~ " title."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a previous presentation you "
#~ "have been working on press the "
#~ "button that looks like a folder "
#~ "with a piece of paper in it "
#~ "and navigate to the file you want"
#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File "
#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently "
#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your "
#~ "presentation press the button that looks"
#~ " like a floppy disk or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save "
#~ "a new copy under a custom file "
#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. "
#~ "To save a file as a pdf "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the layout of your slide"
#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your"
#~ " prefred layout`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To increaase your font size press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format"
#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To "
#~ "decrease your font size press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format"
#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To "
#~ "make text superscript select it and "
#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript "
#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + "
#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format "
#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To spell check your presentation press"
#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> "
#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print "
#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Print`. To open up your printer "
#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer "
#~ "Settings`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize"
#~ " the character or your text "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the "
#~ "font family for your text. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can "
#~ "select the of your font. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the "
#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` "
#~ "tab has even more effects for "
#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font "
#~ "Label` changes your font color. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make "
#~ "a style for how to draw lines "
#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline "
#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu"
#~ " to choose what color to draw a"
#~ " line over something. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your "
#~ "text. To have many different "
#~ "strikethrough effects to your text "
#~ "select the one you want from "
#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To "
#~ "change whether the font appears to "
#~ "be sunken or raised from the "
#~ "presentation use the menu for "
#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you "
#~ "want your text underlined choose an "
#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu."
#~ " To change the color of your "
#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`"
#~ " menu. To have effects with how "
#~ "your is vertically with the rest "
#~ "of the line select the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your "
#~ "text superscript press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your"
#~ " text subscript press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for "
#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much "
#~ "to scale the width of the font."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your "
#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->"
#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered"
#~ " list for your points "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered"
#~ " Lists`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To move settings with a box of "
#~ "text left click on the border of"
#~ " the box of text. To move the"
#~ " text box click and drag on the"
#~ " border. To resize both vertical and"
#~ " horizontal size together left click "
#~ "on the corner and resize the text"
#~ " box. To resize how tall the "
#~ "text box is click the box at "
#~ "the top or bottom and drag to "
#~ "the desired size. To resize the "
#~ "horizontal size only select the box "
#~ "on a veritcal size of the box."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Find` to search for text. To find"
#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find"
#~ " and Replace`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To insert an image click "
#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag "
#~ "your image to where you want it"
#~ " left click and drag the mouse "
#~ "to where you want the image. To"
#~ " resize the image without distorting "
#~ "it click one of the boxes on "
#~ "the corner and resize to the size"
#~ " you wish. If you want to "
#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To"
#~ " replace an image right click the "
#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring"
#~ " a file picker up to pick a "
#~ "new image. To crop an image right"
#~ " click on the image and select "
#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image "
#~ "out of a presentation right click "
#~ "on the image and select "
#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the zoom of you "
#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->"
#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to"
#~ " manage your zoom. If you just "
#~ "want to zoom to fit the page "
#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
#~ "Page Width`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the left there is a panel "
#~ "showing what slides you currently have"
#~ " in left side of the window. To"
#~ " insert a new slide right click "
#~ "on this panel on the left and "
#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on"
#~ " the left hand slide right click "
#~ "and select delete slide or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To"
#~ " create another copy of a slide "
#~ "right click and then select duplicate"
#~ " slide. To change the type of "
#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->"
#~ " Your choice of slide here` which "
#~ "has many different options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` "
#~ "or the button the looks like a "
#~ "tv with a triangle on it or "
#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the"
#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow"
#~ " from the current slide press "
#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow"
#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To"
#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To"
#~ " get to the next slide of the"
#~ " slideshow left click or press the"
#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to"
#~ " a previous slide in presentation "
#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` "
#~ "or right click previous."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view your slides right next to"
#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide"
#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides "
#~ "click and hold a slide and drag"
#~ " the slide between the slides you "
#~ "want to move to. To switch to "
#~ "an outline view of just text "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch"
#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> "
#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your "
#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How To launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch go to the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` "
#~ "or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4
msgid "Version" msgid ""
msgstr "" "LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on "
"Lubuntu."
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6
msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " "To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press "
":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press"
" :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your "
"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." "formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To "
"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To"
" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or "
":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files "
":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " "To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press"
" :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from "
"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Cut`." "Cut`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " "To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press "
":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid ""
"Symbols`." "Symbols`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22
msgid "How to launch" msgid ""
"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` "
"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your"
" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to "
"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24
msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28
msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " "To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
"libreoffice math` or run" "LibreOffice Math` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece "
"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "line." #~ "line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To save your formula you have "
#~ "written in libreoffice math press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Save`. To open a file press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File "
#~ "--> Print`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy "
#~ "text from libreoffice math press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice "
#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo "
#~ "a change you have undone press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
#~ " Redo`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the "
#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice "
#~ "math` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,23 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer" msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:4
msgid "" msgid "LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu."
"Libreoffice Writer is a word processing application that is the default "
"on Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11
@ -34,40 +32,32 @@ msgid "Features:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:7
msgid "no ribbon" msgid "No ribbon"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:8
msgid "one button pdf export" msgid "One button PDF export"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:9
msgid "many file formats to output" msgid "Many file formats to output"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:10
msgid "spellcheck" msgid "Spellcheck"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:11
msgid "wordcount" msgid "Wordcount"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:14
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:15
msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:18
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19
msgid "" msgid ""
"To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part " "To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part "
"of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks " "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks "
"like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously " "like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously "
"saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press " "saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press "
@ -75,16 +65,17 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->" ":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->"
" Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> " " Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> "
"Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a " "Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a "
"sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->" "sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->"
" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let " " Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file "
"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft " ":menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. This same export "
"word." "menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility "
"with Microsoft word."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:19
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you " "To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you "
"can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown " "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown "
"menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the " "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the "
"font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select " "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select "
@ -98,7 +89,7 @@ msgid ""
"style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`." "style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21
msgid "" msgid ""
"To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then " "To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then "
"press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text " "press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text "
@ -108,21 +99,77 @@ msgid ""
"Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." "Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23
msgid ""
"To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> "
"Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and"
" lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before "
"text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The "
":guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. "
"The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line "
"indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the "
":guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph "
"change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in "
"this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27
msgid ""
"To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. "
"To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, "
":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text "
"that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The "
":guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the "
"border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` "
"field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons "
"under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The "
"buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to"
" the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset"
" from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the "
":guilabel:`Color` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:31
msgid ""
"To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the"
" :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the "
":guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to "
"leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` "
"field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line "
"change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number "
"or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` "
"field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page "
"or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how "
"many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` "
"field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of "
"text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To "
"change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field "
"to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or "
"widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:35
msgid ""
"To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and " "To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and "
"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can " "a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can "
"change your text to a color you want." "change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color"
" through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40
msgid "" msgid ""
"To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located " "To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located "
"above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button" "above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button"
" that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it." " that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:42
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the" "If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the"
" button that looks like a T with a box around it or " " button that looks like a T with a box around it or "
@ -130,34 +177,53 @@ msgid ""
":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`." ":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46
msgid "" msgid ""
"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> " "To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a "
"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says " "checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press "
":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you " ":kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what "
"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you " "language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text "
"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the " "language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button." "be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your "
"document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the "
":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this "
"occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what "
"you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the "
":guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an "
"error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should "
"correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select "
"that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the "
"suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed "
"error with the suggestion in the entire document press the "
":guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press"
" the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50
msgid "" msgid ""
"To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a " "To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File "
"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press " "--> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing "
":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it " "your document press the same thing again or click the close preview "
":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To " "button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button"
"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the" " that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or "
" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can " ":menuselection:`File --> Print`. To select which printer to use use the "
"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+" ":guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there "
" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your " "are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change how "
"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your" "many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` "
" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with " "field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse "
"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you " "order` checkbox."
"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection "
"from the same spot."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54
msgid ""
"To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> "
"Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are "
"currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the "
"LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also"
" see the word count of selection from the same spot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56
msgid "" msgid ""
"To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω " "To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω "
"symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To" "symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To"
@ -165,69 +231,93 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`." ":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60
msgid "" msgid ""
"To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow " "To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow "
"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press " "arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press "
"the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under " "the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under "
"the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for " "the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for "
"which steps to undo and redo." "which steps to undo and redo."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62
msgid "" msgid ""
"To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines " "To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines "
"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your " "centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your "
"text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right " "text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right "
"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned" "or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned"
" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> " " to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> "
"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in " "Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in "
"between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has" "between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has"
" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or" " solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or"
" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`." " :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:64
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to change your line spacing of your document " "If you want to change your line spacing of your document "
":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double " ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double "
"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for " "spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for "
"one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of " "one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of "
"your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`." "your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66
msgid "" msgid ""
"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to " "To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page "
"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your " "number`. To insert the current time into the document "
"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the " ":menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date "
"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes " "into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert "
"around the corner to resize the image." "the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> "
"Page count`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:68
msgid "" msgid ""
"To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->" "To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->"
" Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the" " Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the"
" bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> " " bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> "
"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the " "Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the "
"document left click on the body of the document." "document left click on the body of the document."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:70
msgid ""
"To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or "
"right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the"
" yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a "
"reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow "
":menuselection:`Reply`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72
msgid ""
"To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process "
":menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface "
"similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the "
"formula."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:74
msgid "" msgid ""
"To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or " "To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`." ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To jump to a specific page press "
":kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog "
"will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and "
"click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:76
msgid "" msgid ""
"To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom " "To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom "
"--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and " "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and "
"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`." "everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To "
"zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page "
":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent "
"zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:78
msgid "" msgid ""
"To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage " "To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage "
":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view " ":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view "
@ -237,37 +327,239 @@ msgid ""
"Scroll bar`." "Scroll bar`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:80
msgid "" msgid ""
"To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or " "To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or "
":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`." ":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:82
msgid ""
"To insert a watermark on the background of the page "
":menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says "
"input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the "
"watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from "
"horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change "
"your how transparent the water mark is change the "
":guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely "
"opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` "
"drop down pop up menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:86
msgid "To leave LibreOffice writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:89
msgid "Columns"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:90
msgid ""
"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> "
"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says "
":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change "
"the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field."
" To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop "
"down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change "
"the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your "
"settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want"
" to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:94
msgid ""
"To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter`"
" or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:97
msgid "Lists"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:98
msgid ""
"To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or "
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered"
" lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered "
"List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists "
"--> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format "
"--> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint "
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this "
"point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> "
"Promote One Level`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:101
msgid "Find And Replace"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:102
msgid ""
"To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To "
"enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to"
" the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the "
"previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of "
"finding text press red circle with the white x inside it. To not match "
"case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:106
msgid ""
"To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit "
"--> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the "
"document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end "
"result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To "
"find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` "
"field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence "
"of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change "
"everything."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:109
msgid "Styles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:110
msgid ""
"To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> "
"Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document "
":menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a "
"heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. "
"To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or "
":menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level "
"heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`."
" To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted"
" List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered "
"List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters "
":menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list "
"with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet "
"Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select "
":menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with "
"lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman "
"Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press "
":kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:114
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:115
msgid ""
"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to "
"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your "
"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the "
"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes "
"around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you "
"do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an "
"image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the "
"image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an "
"image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip"
" --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down"
" left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> "
"Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position "
":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image "
"freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag "
"with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image "
"vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> "
"Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally "
":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:120
msgid "Tables"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:121
msgid ""
"To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table "
"dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the "
":guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the "
":guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are "
"under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right "
"of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click "
"over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with "
"the arrow key with the direction you want to go."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:125
msgid ""
"To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> "
"Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table -->"
" Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one "
":menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column "
"after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns "
"After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert "
"--> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how "
"many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To "
"switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the "
":guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns "
"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table "
"--> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete"
" --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete"
" --> Table`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:128
msgid "Document Properties"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:129
msgid "" msgid ""
"To bring up a window with properties of your document " "To bring up a window with properties of your document "
":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows " ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows "
"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The " "metadata about the file including creation or modification time."
":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords" msgstr ""
" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you "
"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to " #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:133
"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input " msgid ""
"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have " "The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and "
"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet " "keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is "
"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in " "where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a "
"the document` checkbox." "field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is "
msgstr "" "to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you "
"can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has "
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65 "settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To"
" embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` "
"checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the "
":guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To "
"chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin "
"fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` "
"checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:135
msgid ""
"To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To"
" see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` "
"row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` "
"row. To see how many images are in your document read the "
":guilabel:`Images` row."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:138
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:139
msgid "Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice writer 6.4.2.0"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:142
msgid "How to Launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:143
msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run" msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:149
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece"
" of paper with several lines of writing."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -320,3 +612,262 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " from the command line." #~ " from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.5 Libreoffice Writer"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice Writer is a word processing"
#~ " application that is the default on"
#~ " Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "no ribbon"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "one button pdf export"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "many file formats to output"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "spellcheck"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "wordcount"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with libreoffice writer 6.1.1.2"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what "
#~ "you wish to type into the main "
#~ "part of the window. If you wish"
#~ " to save your data press the "
#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk"
#~ " or press :kbd:`control + s`. To "
#~ "open a previously saved document press"
#~ " the button that looks like a "
#~ "folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. "
#~ "To load or save a file from "
#~ "the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` "
#~ "to open a file or :menuselection:`File"
#~ " --> Save`. To save your file "
#~ "as a new file name :menuselection:`File"
#~ " --> Save As`. To view your "
#~ "recent documents :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Recent Documents`. To have save your "
#~ "file as a pdf press the button "
#~ "that is a sheet of paper with "
#~ "curved red lines on it or go "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export` and select"
#~ " the file type as pdf. This "
#~ "same export menu will let you save"
#~ " in formats for other programs for"
#~ " compatibility with microsoft word."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the font size There is"
#~ " a drop down box with a number"
#~ " in it you can type the font"
#~ " size you want in this box or"
#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You"
#~ " can change the font with the "
#~ "drop down box to the left of "
#~ "the font size which you can type"
#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or"
#~ " select from the drop down menu. "
#~ "To make your text bold you can "
#~ "select the text with the mouse and"
#~ " press the button that looks like "
#~ "**B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. "
#~ "To make the font italic press the"
#~ " button that looks like *I* or "
#~ "press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting"
#~ " the text or keep typing with "
#~ "it to be italic. To have an "
#~ "underlined text select the text and "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make "
#~ "strikethrough press the button that is"
#~ " a s with a line through it."
#~ " If you want a floating window "
#~ "on how to style your text "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change font color press the "
#~ "button that has a T with a "
#~ "drop on it and a red underline "
#~ "this will bring down several differenent"
#~ " colors you can change your text "
#~ "to a color you want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add multiple columns to your "
#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. "
#~ "To have multiple columns in the "
#~ "field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and "
#~ "set to the number of columns you"
#~ " want. When you are done with "
#~ "your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` "
#~ "button or if you decide you do "
#~ "not want to make changes to "
#~ "columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To check the spelling of your "
#~ "document press the ABC button with "
#~ "a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools"
#~ " --> spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. To"
#~ " view how your document looks before"
#~ " printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print"
#~ " preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. "
#~ "To get back to editing your "
#~ "document press the same thing again "
#~ "or click the close preview button. "
#~ "After you are done writing your "
#~ "document you can press the button "
#~ "that looks like a printer to "
#~ "print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print`. To change "
#~ "view or change your printer settings "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To"
#~ " view your word count of how "
#~ "many words are currently in the "
#~ "document is with nothing slected at "
#~ "the bottom of the libreoffice writer "
#~ "window. If you select text with "
#~ "the mouse you can also see the "
#~ "word count of selection from the "
#~ "same spot."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To undo a mistake you make press"
#~ " :kbd:`control + z` or press the "
#~ "yellow arrow pointing to the left. "
#~ "If you accidently undid code redo "
#~ "or press the green arrow pointing "
#~ "to the right or press :kbd:`control "
#~ "+ y`. Under the arrow buttons "
#~ "there is a drop down button that"
#~ " brings up a menu for which "
#~ "steps to undo and redo."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To center your text is press the"
#~ " button with the horizontal lines "
#~ "centered or :menuselection:`format --> align"
#~ " --> centered`. To have your text "
#~ "justified to the right press the "
#~ "button with the lines on the right"
#~ " or :menuselection:`format --> align -->"
#~ " right`. To have your text aligned"
#~ " to left press the lines on the"
#~ " left with or :menuselection:`format -->"
#~ " align --> left`. To center justify"
#~ " your text which will add spaces "
#~ "in between words to make it "
#~ "appears at both orders press the "
#~ "button that has solid horizontal lines"
#~ " all of eqaul length to center "
#~ "justify the text or :guilabel:`Format "
#~ "--> Align --> Justified`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to change your line"
#~ " spacing of your document "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line"
#~ " spacing: 2` for double spacing or"
#~ " :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> "
#~ "Line spacing 1.5` for one and a"
#~ " half line spacing. To change back"
#~ " to single line spacing of your "
#~ "document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing "
#~ "--> Line Spacing: 1`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To insert an image into your go"
#~ " to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to"
#~ " insert an image directly to your "
#~ "word processing document. To move your"
#~ " image around left click on it "
#~ "and drag the image around. To "
#~ "resize the image while keeping the "
#~ "same aspect ratio click on one of"
#~ " the blue boxes around the corner "
#~ "to resize the image."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To have a header shown at the "
#~ "top of each page :menuselection:`Insert "
#~ "--> Header and footer --> Header "
#~ "--> Default style`. To have a "
#~ "footer at the bottom of each page"
#~ " :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer "
#~ "--> Footer --> Deafault style`. To "
#~ "get back to writing the main part"
#~ " of the document left click on "
#~ "the body of the document."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To select all text in the document"
#~ " press :kbd:`control + A` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To zoom for the entire page to "
#~ "be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom "
#~ "--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you"
#~ " can see the width of the page"
#~ " and everything is bigger "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page "
#~ "width`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To bring up a window with "
#~ "properties of your document "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about"
#~ " the file including creation or "
#~ "modification time. The :guilabel:`Descrption` "
#~ "tab has fields to input title "
#~ "subject and keywords and lets you "
#~ "also put in comments. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Title` is where you can "
#~ "optionally put the title on. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input"
#~ " the subject of the document. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords "
#~ "on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` "
#~ "is where you can have comments "
#~ "about the document. To embed any "
#~ "fonts you have in the documnet "
#~ "click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check"
#~ " the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the "
#~ "document` checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch go to menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` "
#~ "or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications" msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications"
@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice " "This chapter documents office applications including the LibreOffice "
"office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs." "office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter documents office applications "
#~ "including the libreoffice office suite "
#~ "and qpdfview for viewing pdfs."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,160 +10,214 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage" msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:4
msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu." msgid "LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + " "To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, "
"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not " ":kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward "
"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To" "pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D`"
" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or " " or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the "
":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image" "picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a "
" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`." "new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File -->"
" New Window`. To view the properties of your image by "
":menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed "
"pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To reload your "
"file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circluar "
"arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to upload a picture to share it online press " "If you want to upload a picture to share it online press "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop" ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop"
" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the" " down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the"
" file press :guilabel:`Start`." " file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up "
"from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by "
"selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the " "To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` "
"folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a " "and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an "
"new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a " "entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press "
"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File " ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press "
"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as " ":kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or "
"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or " ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file "
":menuselection:`File --> Save As`." "name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the " "If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the "
":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a " ":menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a "
"print dialog." "print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the "
":kbd:`Escape` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to " "To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to "
"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate " "the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate "
"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or " "Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to"
":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture " " the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate "
"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press " "Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a "
":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass " "magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom "
"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`." "In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a "
"magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom "
"Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip " "To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or "
"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`." "horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip "
"Horizontally`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to " "To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy "
"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from" "to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit "
" Clipboard`." "--> Paste from Clipboard`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and " "To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or "
"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view" ":kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the "
" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and " ":kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between "
"thumbnails will show at the buttom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the" "different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left "
" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different " "pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press"
"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press " " :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last "
":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last " "picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can "
"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`." "also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> "
"Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by "
"pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and "
"thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the"
" window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a"
" another program such as one to edit that picture right click "
":menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with "
"or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an "
"image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select "
":menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. "
"To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select "
":menuselection:`Move to Trash`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:30
msgid ""
"To view the picture entirely at its original size press " "To view the picture entirely at its original size press "
":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and " ":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and "
"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your " "horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your "
"image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it" "image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it"
" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`." " or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`. To show an outline around "
"the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To show "
"information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> "
"Show EXIF Data`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or " "To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click "
":menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or "
":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures" ":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures"
" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the" " in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right "
" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar." "click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the "
"slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35
msgid "Annotations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36
msgid ""
"To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right "
"hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks "
"like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag "
"the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the"
" arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button "
"with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle "
"you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks "
"like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the "
":guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a"
" circle with a slash through it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:39
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:43
msgid "Customizing" msgid "Customizing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:44
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the background color in a window press the button next to " "To change prefrences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Prefrences`. To"
" change the background color in a window press the button next to "
":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing" ":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing"
" your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press " " your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press "
"the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same " "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same "
"color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each " "color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each "
"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval " "slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show "
"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " "interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the "
"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing " ":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference"
"the :guilabel:`OK` button." " dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline "
"by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. "
"To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show "
"annotations toolbar by default`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:49
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:50
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 or LXImage."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:53
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:54
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or " "To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or "
"run" "run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:60
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape " "from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene "
"scene of a sunset." "of a sunset."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -210,3 +264,173 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "lximage-qt from the command line." #~ "lximage-qt from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.1 lximage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lximage is the default image viewer for lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a picture press "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ O`, or press the button that "
#~ "looks like a opening folder. If "
#~ "you do not like the picture press"
#~ " :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Delete`. To open a new window of"
#~ " lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To "
#~ "view your property of your image "
#~ "is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to upload a picture"
#~ " to share it online press "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a "
#~ "new window will pop up with a "
#~ "drop down menu to show where to"
#~ " upload the picture to. To actually"
#~ " uplaod the file press :guilabel:`Start`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to"
#~ " the right to view the next "
#~ "file in the folder and the arrow"
#~ " to the left to view the "
#~ "previous folder. To open a new "
#~ "picture press the open button which "
#~ "looks like a blue folder with a"
#~ " piece of paper in it. To open"
#~ " an entire directory :menuselection:`File "
#~ "--> Open Directory` or press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file "
#~ "as something press the button that "
#~ "looks like a floppy disk or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you wish to print a picture "
#~ "after viewing it from the "
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> print` or press "
#~ ":kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a "
#~ "print dialog."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To rotate an image to the right"
#~ " press the circular arrrow that "
#~ "points to the right or go to "
#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To"
#~ " rotate conterclockwise use the circular"
#~ " arrow pointing to the left or "
#~ ":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To"
#~ " zoom in on a picture press the"
#~ " icon with a magnifying glass with"
#~ " a + symobol on it or press "
#~ ":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out "
#~ "press the button of a magnifying "
#~ "glass with a - symbol in it "
#~ "or press :kbd:`control + -`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To flip your image on the vertical"
#~ " axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip "
#~ "Vertically`. To flip your image on "
#~ "the horizontal axis :menuselection:`Edit -->"
#~ " Flip Horizonatally`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To copy an image to the clipboard"
#~ " you can :menuselection:`Copy to "
#~ "Clipboard`. To paste an image to "
#~ "the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from "
#~ "Clipboard`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view the next picture on your"
#~ " image press the :kbd:`right arrow` "
#~ "and conversly to view the previous "
#~ "image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To"
#~ " view thumbnials of the current "
#~ "directory you can toggle thumbnials and"
#~ " thumbnails will show at the buttom"
#~ " with a scrollbar at the bottom "
#~ "of the window to view the whole"
#~ " folder. You can also scroll between"
#~ " different pictures with the mousewheel "
#~ "as well. To jump to the first "
#~ "picture press :kbd:`home` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To "
#~ "jump to the last picture press "
#~ ":kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last "
#~ "File`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view the picture entirely at "
#~ "its original size press :menuselection:`View"
#~ " --> Fit` or the button with a"
#~ " veritcial and horizontal arrow and a"
#~ " folded over buttom right corner. To"
#~ " return your image to its original"
#~ " size press the magnifying button "
#~ "with 1:1 inside it or "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Original Size`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view the picture as fullscreen "
#~ "press :kbd:`f11` or :menuselection:`View -->"
#~ " Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of"
#~ " you pictures :menuselection:`View --> "
#~ "Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow"
#~ " on the toolbar a play pause "
#~ "button will appear on the toolbar."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the background color in "
#~ "a window press the button next to"
#~ " :guilabel:`Normal background color` and "
#~ "then a window will pop up showing"
#~ " your color choice. To change the "
#~ "background color when fullscreen press "
#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen "
#~ "background color` and the same color "
#~ "picker window will appear. To change "
#~ "how long it takes for a each "
#~ "slide show to change change the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds):` "
#~ "field. To cancel your changes press "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply "
#~ "your settings and exit the prefrence "
#~ "dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` "
#~ "button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch lximage from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the command line. The icon "
#~ "for lximage-qt is an orange "
#~ "landscape scene of a sunset."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
# package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 ScreenGrab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:4
msgid "ScreenGrab is the default screenshot tool for Lubuntu 19.10 or later."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:7
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:8
msgid ""
"To take a new screenshot press the button with a piece of paper with a "
":guilabel:`+` on it or press :kbd:`Control+N`. After doing this a preview"
" will appear in the center of the window. If you want to save this "
"screenshot press the save downward pointing arrow or press "
":kbd:`Control+S`. To copy your screenshot to a clipboard press the button"
" with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`Control+C`. To edit your "
"screenshot in an image editor :menuselection:`Edit in` and select the "
"program you want to use to edit. To quit ScreenGrab press :kbd:`Escape` "
"or press the button to the right with a door and a rightward pointed "
"arrow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:10
msgid ""
"To change what mode to select what are of the screen to take a screenshot"
" from change the :guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. The options in the "
":guilabel:`Type` menu are :menuselection:`Full screen` to take a picture "
"of everything on all of your screens. From the :guilabel:`Type` menu "
"select :menuselection:`Window` to select your last window. To change how "
"long to delay before taking the screenshot change the :guilabel:`Delay` "
"field. To include the mouse pointer in your screenshot check the "
":guilabel:`Include mouse pointer` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:12
msgid ""
"If you have the system tray enabled ScreenGrab can do many things by "
"right clicking it. To show ScreenGrab this way left click on the tray "
"icon or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Show`. To "
"have ScreenGrab take a new screenshot from the system tray right click on"
" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`New`. To save your screenshot "
"from the tray icon right click on it and select :menuselection:`Save`. To"
" copy your screenshot to the clipboard from the systray right click on "
"the icon and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To open ScreenGrab preferences"
" from the system tray right click on the system tray and select "
":menuselection:`Options`. To quit ScreenGrab from the system tray right "
"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:15
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:19
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:20
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.1 of ScreenGrab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:23
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:24
msgid ""
"To launch ScreenGrab :menuselection:`Graphics --> ScreenGrab` or from the"
" command line run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:30
msgid ""
"The icon for ScreenGrab looks like a teal camera shutter with a white "
"layer on top."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:33
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:34
msgid ""
"To change your settings on ScreenGrab press the :guilabel:`gear` button "
"or press :kbd:`Control +P`. The :guilabel:`Main` tab has settings for how"
" to your screenshot. To change where ScreenGrab saves files by default "
"change the :guilabel:`Default save directory` field or press "
":guilabel:`Browse` button to pop up a dialog to choose where to save. To "
"change the default file name for your screenshots change the "
":guilabel:`Name` field. To change what format to save as by default "
"change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To choose to copy the file "
"name to the clipboard change the :guilabel:`Copy file name to the "
"clipboard when saving` menu. If you are saving a jpeg image you can "
"change the image quality with the :guilabel:`Image quality` slider."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:38
msgid ""
"To restore your options to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults`"
" button. To cancel making changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To"
" save your changes press the :guilabel:`Save button`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:40
msgid ""
"To change your settings on multiple windows and automatically saving use "
"the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To automatically insert a time and date in "
"the file name check the :guilabel:`Insert current date and time in file "
"name` checkbox. To change how this date appears enter the date in the "
":guilabel:`Template` field that only shows if you insert the date and "
"time. To automatically save each screenshot check the :guilabel:`Autosave"
" screenshot` checkbox. To save the first screenshot check the "
":guilabel:`Save first screenshot` checkbox that only shows if you are "
"saving the first screenshot. To allow more than one ScreenGrab window "
"check the :guilabel:`Allow multiple instances of ScreenGrab` checkbox. To"
" allow editing in a different image viewer check the :guilabel:`Enable "
"external viewer` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:44
msgid ""
"To changes with how ScreenGrab shows in the system tray use the "
":guilabel:`System tray` tab. To toggle showing ScreenGrab in the system "
"tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show ScreenGrab in the system tray` "
"checkbox. To change when ScreenGrab shows notifications change the "
":guilabel:`Tray messages` field. To not close ScreenGrab when closing the"
" window but keep it in the system tray check the :guilabel:`Minimize to "
"tray when closing` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screengrab.rst:48
msgid ""
"To change what your keyboard shortcuts ScreenGrab uses select the "
":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. To see what each shortcut does is on the "
":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what key to press get have the action "
"happen is listed in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To change a keyboard"
" shortcut and then press the button at the bottom of :guilabel:`Selected "
"shortcut` and press the keyboard shortcut you want to use for that "
"shortcut."
msgstr ""

@ -10,67 +10,59 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite" msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4
msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application." msgid "Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:11
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and" "To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and"
" you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can" " you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can"
" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a " " press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a "
"dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you" "dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you"
" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on " " want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the"
"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the" " red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the "
" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the " "scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the "
"file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the " "file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the "
":guilabel:`Save` button." ":guilabel:`Save` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no" "If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no"
" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices " " devices detected\" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices "
"list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the" "list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the"
" :guilabel:`Cancel` button." " :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for " "To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for "
":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi" ":guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi"
" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The " " the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. "
"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or" "Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select "
" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would " "color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color "
"want to print it out again." "ink if you would want to print it out again."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely " "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely "
"to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To " "to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To "
@ -78,17 +70,16 @@ msgid ""
"the dots per inch you want to use." "the dots per inch you want to use."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` " "To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` "
"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric " "slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To "
"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input" "change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive"
" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting " " or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors"
"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` " " on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox."
"Checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a" "To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a"
" preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To " " preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To "
@ -98,23 +89,63 @@ msgid ""
"whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`." "whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20
msgid ""
"To change to your specific options for your scanner use the "
":guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:23
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of Skanlite."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your " "To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your "
"computer. To launch the application go to the menu " "computer. To launch the application go to the menu "
":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run" ":menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed "
"with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:41
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:42
msgid ""
"To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` "
"button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the "
":guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask "
"what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu "
":menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each "
"scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the "
"save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save "
"name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop "
"down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality "
"check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider"
" or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch "
"resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` "
"checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically "
"crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` "
"checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the "
":guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite"
@ -149,3 +180,86 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "from the command line." #~ "from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Skanlite is a scanning application."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.1.0 of skanlite."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To preview what you want to scan"
#~ " press the :guilabel:`preview` button and"
#~ " you can make sure the scan is"
#~ " in a good position. With this "
#~ "done you can press the :guilabel:`scan`"
#~ " button to scan the document after"
#~ " this a dialog will show up "
#~ "asking you were to save what you"
#~ " are scanning. If you want to "
#~ "cancel your scan midway through the "
#~ "scani or preview click on the red"
#~ " octogon with a white inside x "
#~ "button to cancel the scan while "
#~ "the scan is in progress. Then a"
#~ " file save dialog will pop up "
#~ "and type the file name you want"
#~ " in the :guilabel:`File name` field "
#~ "and then press the :guilabel:`Save` "
#~ "button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If your scanner is not detected a"
#~ " you will get a device saying "
#~ "\"Sorry no devices detected\" whith "
#~ "having a button for :guilabel:`Reload "
#~ "devices list` to try and find your"
#~ " scanner again. If you want to "
#~ "cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the dpi or dots per "
#~ "inch is the dpi drop down menu "
#~ "for :guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep "
#~ "in mind the higher the number of"
#~ " dpi the better the picture quality"
#~ " but the longer it will take to"
#~ " scan. The scan mode changing allows"
#~ " you to select color to select "
#~ "color scanning or gray to only "
#~ "show your scan in gray and not "
#~ "use color ink if you would want"
#~ " to print it out again."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the brightness of a scan"
#~ " slide the :guilabel:`brightness` slider or"
#~ " input an a positive or negative "
#~ "number into the the numeric field. "
#~ "To change constrast slide the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a "
#~ "positive or negative number in the "
#~ "numeric field. To toggle inverting your"
#~ " colors on the scan check/uncheck the"
#~ " :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your "
#~ "scanner and that it is connected "
#~ "to your computer. To launch the "
#~ "application go to the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications" msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications"
@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots" "This chapter documents programs with viewing pictures, taking "
" and scanning pictures or documents." "screenshots, and scanning pictures or documents."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapters documents programs with "
#~ "viewing pictures taking screenshots and "
#~ "scanning pictures or documents."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK" msgid "Chapter 2.4.1 ARK"
@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"ARK is a file archieve utility. It can be used to view, compress, and " "ARK is a file archive utility. It can be used to view, compress, combine "
"decompress files." "multiple files into one archive, and decompress files."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:6
@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgid "7 zip archives"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:9
msgid "Java Archieve" msgid "Java Archive"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:10
msgid "Tar Archieves" msgid "Tar Archives"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:11
msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed" msgid "Tar archives compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:12
msgid "Zip Archieves" msgid "Zip Archives"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:15
@ -58,71 +58,172 @@ msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:19
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the " "To open a file in a archive, open the archive, then double click the "
":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a " ":menuselection:`File --> Open`. If you want to extract or move all files "
"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted " "from the archive, use the extract button. After you have extracted to "
"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for " "places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for quick"
"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> " " areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> Quick"
"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or " " Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or "
":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve " ":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archive "
":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press " ":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archive press "
":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an " ":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an "
"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you " "archive press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you "
"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't" "will have a confirmation so you do not accidentally lose data as this "
" be undone." "can't be undone."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve" "To create an archive press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Archive "
" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the " "--> New` to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the "
"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder" ":guilabel:`Folder` you want to create this archive in the folder or press"
" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the " " the folder button on the right to select where to create this archive. "
"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type " "Type the :guilabel:`Filename` of the archive you want to name the file. "
"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with " "To select which type of archive you get a drop down menu to select tar or"
"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow" " zip archive with various different kinds of compression in the "
" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with" ":guilabel:`Type` drop down menu. Some types of archives will allow to "
" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress." "expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with "
msgstr "" "higher compression but will take more CPU usage to decompress. To "
"automatically add a file extension based on what type of file you have "
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24 "check the :guilabel:`Automatically add format` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` " "To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` "
"which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a " "which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a "
"file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to " "file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to "
"select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and" "select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and"
" then left click on the files." " then left click on the files. If you want to select all files in a "
"directory press :kbd:`Control+A`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open " "To view recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent`. To "
"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> " "clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open Recent "
"Open Recent --> Clear List`." "--> Clear List`. To search for files in an archive press :kbd:`Control+F`"
" or :menuselection:`Archive --> Find`. To test your archive press "
":kbd:`Alt +T` or :menuselection:`File --> Test Integrity`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30
msgid ""
"To view the properties of your archive press :kbd:`Alt+ return` or "
":menuselection:`Archive --> Properties`. To see the namme of the archive "
"opened read the :guilabel:`Archive Name` field. To see what kind of "
"archive you have read the :guilabel:`Archive type` field. To see the "
"mime-type of your archive read the :guilabel:`Mime-type` field. To see "
"how the archive is compress read the :guilabel:`Compression method(s)` "
"field. To see if you have opened something read only read the "
":guilabel:`Opened read-only` row. To see if the file is passowrd "
"protected read the :guilabel:`Password-protected` row. To see the number "
"of files and folder in your archive read the :guilabel:`Number of "
"entries` row. To see the size of your archive once it is unpacked read "
"the :guilabel:`Unpacked size` row. To see the size of your archive after "
"compression view the :guilabel:`Packed size` row. To view the compression"
" ratio on your archive read the :guilabel:`Compression ratio` row. To see"
" the date the archive was last modified view the :guilabel:`Last "
"modified` row. To see the different hashes of your archive see the "
":guilabel:`MD5 hash`, :guilabel:`SHA-1 hash`, and :guilabel:`SHA-256 "
"hash` fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:35
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:36
msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK." msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:20.04.3 of ARK."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:39
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40
msgid ""
"To access your preferences :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Ark`. "
"To see settings with preview and when to show warnings use the "
":guilabel:`General Settings` tab. To show files in the associated program"
" press the :guilabel:`Open file with associated application` radio "
"button. To preview with internal previewer press the :guilabel:`Preview "
"file with internal previewer` radio button. To have a warning when "
"creating a zip file with AES encryption check the :guilabel:`Show a "
"warning when creating zip files with AES encryption` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:44
msgid ""
"To cancel your changes to your settings press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
"button. To apply your changes and close the window press the "
":guilabel:`OK` button. To currently apply your settings press the "
":guilabel:`Apply` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:46
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Extraction Settings` tab has options for extracting files."
" To open the destination folder after extraction check the "
":guilabel:`Open destination folder after extraction` checkbox. To close "
"ARK after extraction check the :guilabel:`Close ARK after extraction` "
"checkbox. To have ARK extract to a subfolder if the archive has more than"
" one file or directory at the of the file check the :guilabel:`Extract to"
" subfolder if the archive has more than one top-level entry`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:50
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Plugin Settings` tab has settings for each individual "
"plugin. The :guilabel:`Name` column is the name of the plugin and the "
":guilabel:`Description` column is a description of the plugin. To toggle "
"enabling or disabling a plugin check or uncheck the checkbox next to the"
" plugin name in the :guilabel:`Name` column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:54
msgid ""
"To toggle preview for files larger than a certain size check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` checkbox. To change the"
" size of the amount to be previewed change the field to the right of "
":guilabel:`Disable preview for files larger than` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:56
msgid ""
"To see your keyboard shortcuts for ARK :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Configure Shortcuts`. To see what each individual shortcut does is in the"
" :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what each keyboard shortcut is "
":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what your alternate shortcut for each"
" action see the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change to a custom "
"keyboard shortcut left click on the item in the :guilabel:`Action` column"
" and press the custom radio button. Then on the button to the right press"
" and input the keyboard shortcut you desire. To restore your keyboard "
"shortcuts to the defaults press the :guilabel:`Defaults` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:60
msgid ""
"To switch the language of ARK :menuselection:`Help --> Switch Application"
" Language`. To change the main language change the :guilabel:`Primary "
"language` drop down field. To then change to this language press the "
":guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:65
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:66
msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run" msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:72
msgid "" msgid ""
"on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a " "on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a "
"zipper." "zipper."
@ -143,3 +244,100 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " on the command line." #~ " on the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "ARK is a file archieve utility. It"
#~ " can be used to view, compress, "
#~ "and decompress files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Java Archieve"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Tar Archieves"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Tar acrhieves compressed with bzip, gzip, lzip, LZMA, XZ compressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Zip Archieves"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a file in a archieve, "
#~ "open the archieve, then double click "
#~ "the :menuselection:`File --> Open` button. "
#~ "If you want to extract or move "
#~ "a file from the archieve, use the"
#~ " extract button. After you have "
#~ "extracted to places and you have "
#~ "the file open it will appear in"
#~ " in the menu for quick areas to"
#~ " extract to in :menuselection:`Archive -->"
#~ " Extract All --> Quick Extract to`."
#~ " To preview a file press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Preview`. To open a file placed "
#~ "in an archieve :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Open`. To rename a file in an "
#~ "archieve press :kbd:`f2` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete"
#~ " a file from an archieve press "
#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Delete` and you will have a "
#~ "confirmation so you do not accidently"
#~ " lose data as this can't be "
#~ "undone."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To create an archieve press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve "
#~ "--> new` button to bring up the"
#~ " create new archive dialog. Enter in"
#~ " the folder you want to create "
#~ "this archieve in the folder or "
#~ "press the folder button on the "
#~ "right to select where to create "
#~ "this archieve. Type the filename of "
#~ "the archieve you want to name the"
#~ " file. To select which type of "
#~ "archieve you get a drop down menu"
#~ " to select tar or zip archieve "
#~ "with various different kinds of "
#~ "compression. Some types of archives will"
#~ " allow to expand tunable settings of"
#~ " compression to change the compression "
#~ "with higher compression but will take"
#~ " more cpu to decompress."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add a file to your archive "
#~ ":menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` which"
#~ " brings up a file picker to "
#~ "choose how to add files. Once you"
#~ " add a file press the :guilabel:`Add`"
#~ " button to add a file. If you"
#~ " want to select multiple files to "
#~ "add at once you can hold down "
#~ ":kbd:`Control` and then left click on"
#~ " the files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view how to open recent "
#~ "archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open "
#~ "Recent`. To clear the list of "
#~ "recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> Open"
#~ " Recent --> Clear List`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,266 +10,404 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad" msgid "Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:4
msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor." msgid "Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14
msgid "It supports:" msgid "It supports:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:7
msgid "tabs" msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:8
msgid "syntax highlighting" msgid "Syntax highlighting"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:9
msgid "autoindent" msgid "Autoindent"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:10
msgid "autobracket" msgid "Autobracket"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:11
msgid "line numbers" msgid "Line numbers"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:12
msgid "search with find/replace" msgid "Search with find/replace"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:13
msgid "undo and redo" msgid "Undo and redo"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:14
msgid "Useage" #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:66
msgid "Spellcheck"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black " "If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a "
"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your" "folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o` to "
" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To" "open a file. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File "
" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a" "--> Recently modified`. To open a new file press the button that looks "
" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window" "like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or "
" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save " ":menuselection:`File --> New`. To save your file after typing in the main"
"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button " " part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, "
"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a " ":menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a "
"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the " "file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or "
"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift " ":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if "
"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to" "something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that "
" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes." "loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the "
msgstr "" "button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File "
"--> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will "
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19 "show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to" "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to"
" a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file " " a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file "
"extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax " "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax "
"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or" "highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighing press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` "
" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press " "or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighiting`. To view line "
":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle " "numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options "
"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or " "--> Line Numbers` and press the same thing to turn it off. The line "
"numbers will show the current line highlighted in yellow on the current "
"line. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or "
":menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing "
"again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press "
":kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To "
"toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or "
":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`." ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of " "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of "
"paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish " "paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish "
"to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on " "to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on "
"the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press " "the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press "
":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch" ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another "
" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or " "way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all "
":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to " "open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or"
"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the " " :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the "
":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control" ":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control"
" + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that " " + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that "
"replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File" "replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File"
" --> Side Pane`." " --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window "
"press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that "
"way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To "
"move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or "
":menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab "
"press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To "
"change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or "
":menuselection:`File --> First Tab`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:26
msgid ""
"If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will "
"be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even "
"though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a "
"pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may "
"not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or " "To make text in featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+Up arrow` or hold "
"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the " ":kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in featherpad "
"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved " "smaller press :kbd:`Control+Down arrow` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move "
"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`." "the mousewheel down."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30
msgid "" msgid ""
"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or " "If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press " ":menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right "
":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press " "right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only "
":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press " "leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select "
":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text " ":menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have "
"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or " "open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press " "Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select "
":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and " ":menuselection:`Copy File Name`."
"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the " msgstr ""
":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the "
":kbd:`Home` key." #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34
msgstr "" msgid ""
"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, "
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27 ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a "
"curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone "
"press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To "
"input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:36
msgid ""
"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click "
":menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To"
" copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete "
"it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To "
"paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the "
"current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start"
" of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:38
msgid "" msgid ""
"To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or " "To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or "
":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the " ":menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the "
"bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the " "bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the "
"next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text " "next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text "
"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or " "file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` "
":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. " "button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the "
"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To " ":guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press"
"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search " " the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not "
"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type " "case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same "
"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter " "button to turn that off."
"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file." msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42
msgid ""
"To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or "
":menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like >>. To "
"select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. "
"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:46
msgid ""
"To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or "
":menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in "
"the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with "
"field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through "
"the whole file."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to " "To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to "
"change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To " "change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To "
"change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` " "change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` "
"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic " "drop down menu. To select a font style simply use the :guilabel:`Font "
"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` " "style` menu of italic or oblique. To add an underlined font check the "
"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will " ":guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view a sample of your font "
"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press " ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your text. To see what the font looks"
":kbd:`Control +Tab`." " like look in the box under :guilabel:`Sample`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54
msgid "" msgid ""
"To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options " "To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options "
"--> Encoding` submenu." "--> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding "
":menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:56
msgid "" msgid ""
"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or " "To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then "
":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase " ":kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To "
"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To " "make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + "
"Uppercase`." "Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your "
"lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort "
"the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Sort Lines Reversely`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58
msgid "" msgid ""
"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + " "To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + "
"p`." "p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. "
"To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To"
" change how many copies to print change the number in the "
":guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the "
":guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:60
msgid ""
"To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad "
"press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:68
msgid ""
"To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that "
"spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word`"
" followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add "
"To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this "
"wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see "
":guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a "
"list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left "
"click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once "
"press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check "
"every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. "
"To not change what you have typed in just this case press the "
":guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in "
"the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not "
"have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying "
":guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:73
msgid "Customizing" msgid "Customizing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:74
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or " "To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or "
":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the " ":menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how "
"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the " "Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have "
"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` " "Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the "
"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show " ":guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for "
"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the " "Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this"
":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` " " size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To start with the "
"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only " "side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. "
"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have " "To toggle Featherpad using its own icons rather than your icon theme "
"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use own icons` checkbox. To hide the "
"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file " "toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To "
"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system." "not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar`"
msgstr "" " checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` moves where the tab around on the"
" screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not"
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44 " show a single tab` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default "
"check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the "
"window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window"
" on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you "
"are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in "
"separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` "
"uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:78
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`" "To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the "
" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the " ":guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want "
":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to " "press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap"
"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by " " lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap "
"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax" "lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new "
" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. " "lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. "
"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line " "To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the "
"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the " ":guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple "
"periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same "
"thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens "
"while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line "
"numbers` always shows line numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:80
msgid ""
"If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change "
"the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight "
"overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for "
"files >` field. To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the "
":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the " ":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the "
"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. " "value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` "
"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart " "field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart "
"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make " "Featherpad."
"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line " msgstr ""
"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The "
"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes " #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:82
"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much "
"easier to see."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48
msgid "" msgid ""
"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on " "The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab "
"character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on "
"saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox"
" for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at "
"the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick "
"text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To "
"have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll "
"check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To "
"change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change "
"the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking "
"from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking "
"from text cursor` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:86
msgid ""
"To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on "
":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets " ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets "
"you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons " "you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons "
"for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show " "for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show "
"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the " "recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list "
":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the " "of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. "
"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non " "If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open "
"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of " "Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you "
"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last " "want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run "
"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with " "executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to "
"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts " "start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the "
"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your " ":guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files "
"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type " "check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter"
"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field." " how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not "
msgstr "" "want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the "
":guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox."
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50 msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:90
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the " "To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the "
":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the " ":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the "
"shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard " "shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard "
"shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on " "shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on "
"the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If " "the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If "
"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default" "you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing "
" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button." "the :guilabel:`Default` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:95
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:96
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.12.1 of Featherpad."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:99
msgid "How to Launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:100
msgid "" msgid ""
"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. " "To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> "
"code::" "Featherpad` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:106
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper " "from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle "
"with a feather on it." "for with a pencil on it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -317,3 +455,330 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "the command line." #~ "the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Featherpad is a lightweight text editor."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "tabs"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "syntax highlighting"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "autoindent"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "autobracket"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "line numbers"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "search with find/replace"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "undo and redo"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you wish to open a text "
#~ "file press the button that looks "
#~ "like a black and white folder or"
#~ " press :kbd:`control + o` to open "
#~ "a file. To view your recently "
#~ "modified files :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Recently modified`. To open a new "
#~ "file press the button that looks "
#~ "like a piece of paper with a "
#~ "plus sign. To save your file after"
#~ " typing in the main part of the"
#~ " window press the button that looks"
#~ " like a floppy disk or press "
#~ "controlTo save your file after typing"
#~ " in the main part of the window"
#~ " press the button that looks like "
#~ "a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control "
#~ "+s`. To reload a file if something"
#~ " else has changed that file in "
#~ "featherpad press the arrow that loops"
#~ " back on itself to reload the "
#~ "page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you "
#~ "have unsaved changes to a file in"
#~ " the tab bar an * will show "
#~ "if you have unsaved changes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To type things into your text file"
#~ " the main part of the window "
#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If "
#~ "you are programming with featherpad the"
#~ " file extension will probably automatically"
#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting."
#~ " To view line numbers of the "
#~ "file press :kbd:`control +l` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To"
#~ " enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap "
#~ "lines`. To toggle document properties "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a new tab and empty "
#~ "text file press the button with a"
#~ " piece of paper with a plus "
#~ "symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ N`. If you wish to close a"
#~ " tab press the red x button. To"
#~ " switch between tabs click on the "
#~ "tab is not the close button. To"
#~ " switch to the next tab press "
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To "
#~ "switch to the previous tab press "
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. "
#~ "Another way to switch tabs it to"
#~ " left click on the tab in the"
#~ " tab bar. To close a tab press"
#~ " the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a"
#~ " tab into a new window press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File "
#~ "--> Detach Tab`. To open a side"
#~ " pane that replaces the tab bar "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Side Pane`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you make a mistake and want "
#~ "to undo it press :kbd:`control + "
#~ "z` or press the button that looks"
#~ " like a curved arrow pointing towards"
#~ " the left. To redo a change you"
#~ " have undone press the button with"
#~ " a curved arrow pointing towards the"
#~ " right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift "
#~ "+Z`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To select all text in the text "
#~ "file press :kbd:`Control +A` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To "
#~ "copy text from featherpad press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
#~ " Copy`. To paste text press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
#~ " Paste`. To Cut text press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Cut`. If you have text selected "
#~ "you can delete it by pressing "
#~ ":kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Delete`. To paste in the date "
#~ "and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift "
#~ "+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste "
#~ "Date and Time`. To go to the "
#~ "end of the current line in the "
#~ "editor press the :guilabel:`End` key. To"
#~ " move to the start of the "
#~ "current line press the :kbd:`Home` key."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To search your text file press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + f` or :menuselection:`search"
#~ " --> find` from the menu. Then "
#~ "in the bar on the bottom search"
#~ " for the text you want. Press "
#~ "the down arrow to move to the "
#~ "next result and the up arrow to"
#~ " move for the previous result in "
#~ "the text file. To jump to a "
#~ "particular line in a file press "
#~ ":kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`search "
#~ "--> jump to` or the button that"
#~ " looks like >>. Then in the bar"
#~ " at the bottom type in what "
#~ "line you want to jump to. To "
#~ "find and replace text press "
#~ ":kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search "
#~ "--> Replace`. Type the text you "
#~ "want to Find in the find field "
#~ "and type what you want to put "
#~ "in with the Replace with field and"
#~ " then press enter to finish the "
#~ "finding and replacing through the whole"
#~ " file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change what font you want "
#~ "select :menuselection:`option --> font` to "
#~ "change your font sizes. To change "
#~ "each font on the on the font "
#~ "level. To change the size type the"
#~ " size you or select it from the"
#~ " :guilabel:`Size` drop down menu. To "
#~ "select a font size simply use a"
#~ " font style of italic or oblique. "
#~ "To add an underlined font check "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To view"
#~ " a sample of your font "
#~ ":guilabel:`Sample` and will preview your "
#~ "text. The input a number of spaces"
#~ " equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " +Tab`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To save a file with a different"
#~ " encoding use the :menuselection:`Options "
#~ "--> Encoding` submenu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To make the text all lowercase "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To "
#~ "make the text all uppercase press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To print a text :menuselection:`file -->"
#~ " Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view the prefrences for featherpad"
#~ " press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To "
#~ "have settings on the featherpad "
#~ "prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` "
#~ "tabs. To remember the size of your"
#~ " window check the :guilabel:`Remember size"
#~ " on Closing` checkbox. To hide the"
#~ " toolbar you can press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`do not show toolbar` checkbox. "
#~ "To not show the menubar by default"
#~ " check the :guilabel:`Do not show "
#~ "menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab "
#~ "position` moves where the tab around "
#~ "on the screen. To hide the tabbar"
#~ " with only one tab check the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` "
#~ "checkbox. To have the window close "
#~ "after closing the last tab check "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Close window on closing "
#~ "its last tab`. The checkbox "
#~ ":guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the "
#~ "systems file dialog to integrate with"
#~ " the system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change prefrences on how text "
#~ "is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` "
#~ "Tab. To have featherpad remember what"
#~ " font you want press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you "
#~ "do not want featherpad to highlight "
#~ "syntax by default uncheck the "
#~ ":guilabel:`highlight syntax by default` "
#~ "checkbox. If you want to change "
#~ "the be able to change the syntax"
#~ " highlight check the checkbox for "
#~ ":guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. The "
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line "
#~ "numbers` always shows line numbers. To"
#~ " have a dark color scheme for "
#~ "featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color "
#~ "Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how"
#~ " dark the value of this color "
#~ "is change the :guilabel:`Background color "
#~ "value`. After changing the dark theme"
#~ " settings you will need to restart"
#~ " featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text"
#~ " tab size` is how wide to make"
#~ " the tab character. The checkbox for"
#~ " :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line "
#~ "on saving` leaves a blank line "
#~ "whenever you save your document. The "
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing "
#~ "spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at"
#~ " the end of lines that is not"
#~ " needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick"
#~ " text Cursor` makes the text cursor"
#~ " wider so it much easier to "
#~ "see."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To modify changes to your files "
#~ "from the prefrences dialog on "
#~ ":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number "
#~ "of recent files` field lets you "
#~ "change how many files show in "
#~ "recent files. The set of radio "
#~ "buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently"
#~ " modified files` or :guilabel:`Show "
#~ "recently opened files`. If you want "
#~ "to autosave files check the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` "
#~ "checkbox and then select the number "
#~ "of minutes you want. If you do "
#~ "not want to be able to open "
#~ "non text files in featherpad check "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of"
#~ " non-text files` checkbox. If you "
#~ "want to repopen the files you had"
#~ " last time the next time you "
#~ "open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start "
#~ "with files of last window`. If you"
#~ " want featherpad to run executable "
#~ "scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable"
#~ " scripts` checkbox. If you want your"
#~ " executable commands to start with "
#~ "something such as an interpreter type"
#~ " the command in the :guilabel:`Start "
#~ "with this command` field."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view all keyboard shortcuts of "
#~ "featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts`"
#~ " tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is "
#~ "what the shortcut does and the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard"
#~ " shortcut to change that shortcut. To"
#~ " change a shortcut double click on"
#~ " the shortcut column and press what"
#~ " you want the shortcut to become. "
#~ "If you changed a setting on a "
#~ "shortcut you can change it back to"
#~ " the default by pressing the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Default` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In the menu go to "
#~ ":menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or "
#~ "run .. code::"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the command line. The icon "
#~ "for Featherpad looks like a pad of"
#~ " paper with a feather on it."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc" msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:4
msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application." msgid "KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:6
@ -32,36 +32,39 @@ msgid "Features:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:8
msgid "trignometric functions" msgid "Trigonometric functions"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:9
msgid "factorials" msgid "Factorials"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:10
msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants." msgid "Built in mathematical and scientific constants."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:11
msgid "memory" msgid "Memory"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:12
msgid "copy and paste" msgid "Copy and paste"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:15
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for " "To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard "
"addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in" "and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or "
" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for " "division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for "
"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for " "addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication"
"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`." " and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the "
"button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can"
" mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a "
"mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20
@ -69,37 +72,39 @@ msgid ""
"To make a number negative press the button that looks like a " "To make a number negative press the button that looks like a "
":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which " ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which "
"looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a " "looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a "
"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a " "whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press "
":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the " "the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc "
"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would " "press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen "
"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by " "together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example "
"two." "2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then"
" multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` "
"buttons to make parathesis to change the order of operations."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or " "To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into " "Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or "
"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`" ":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`."
" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or "
":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or "
"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." "KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`"
" from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27
msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality" msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific " "If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific "
"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` " "mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` "
"radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by " "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by "
"the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the " "the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the "
"reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you " "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you "
@ -109,138 +114,197 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31
msgid "" msgid ""
"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The " "The x :superscript:`2` button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself "
"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will" "or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number "
" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end " "you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3`"
"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by " " button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 "
"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you " ":superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for"
"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for " " example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`." "answer of 5,000."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in" "To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in"
" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a " " KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a "
"full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg" "full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg"
" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects " " is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects "
":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and " "radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects "
":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. " "Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` "
"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the" "button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine "
" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for " "function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected."
"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of " " The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of "
"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` " "angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of "
"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units." "the angle in the current units."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35
msgid "" msgid ""
"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the " "If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button "
"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e " "that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button."
"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the "
":guilabel:`Ln` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37
msgid "" msgid ""
"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different " "To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the "
"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`." "log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, "
"the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of "
"then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39
msgid "" msgid ""
"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a " "The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different "
"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from " "predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want "
"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button." "your own custom constants buttons check the checkbox for "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:41
msgid ""
"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a"
" value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from"
" memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:46
msgid "Numerical System mode" msgid "Numerical System mode"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:47
msgid "" msgid ""
"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of " "To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings"
"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the " " --> Numeral Systyem Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change "
":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click " "your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a "
"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or " "binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the"
"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For " " Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch"
"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you " " to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the "
"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get " ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for "
"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the " "hexadecimal press the A-F buttons. When you are in number that are not "
":guilabel:`Dec` radio button." "part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back "
msgstr "" "to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the "
"underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical "
"base."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:54
msgid "Statistic Mode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55
msgid ""
"To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To "
"enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter "
"data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the "
":guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the "
":guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the "
":guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the "
":guilabel:`CSt` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:60
msgid "Customizing" msgid "Customizing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:61
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or " "To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for "
"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. " "precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change "
"If you want to show the result in the window title check the " "the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of "
":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox." "digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain "
"number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal"
" precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal "
"place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the "
":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group "
"digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63
msgid ""
"To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button "
"along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window "
"press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your "
"defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your "
"changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:67
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts." "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts."
" To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button" " To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button"
" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the " " font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the "
"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the " "buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the "
"calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the " "calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the "
":guilabel:`Choose` button" ":guilabel:`Pencil` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:71
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To " "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To "
"change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in" "change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in"
" the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to " " the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to "
"select. To change the background color of your display choose a different" "select. To change the background color of your display choose a different"
" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color " " color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background "
"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. " "color of the function buttons press the button next to "
"To a change the color of the function button press button next to " ":guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press"
":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for " " button next to :guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the "
"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds" "background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To "
" of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To" "change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to "
" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to " ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press "
":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the " "the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of "
"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`." "operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:75
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants " "To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. "
"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in" "To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the "
" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the " "constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you "
"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant." "put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press "
" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` " "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants."
"to bring up a menu of predefined constants."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:79
msgid ""
"To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Configure Settings`. To see what your shortcut does read the "
":guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in "
"the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see "
"what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change "
"your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on"
" it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default "
"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes "
"to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use "
"your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:84
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:85
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:20.04.3 of KCalc."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:88
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:89
msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run" msgid "To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:95
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign " "from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign "
"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign." "a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a"
" calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -261,3 +325,263 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "command line." #~ "command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.3 Kcalc"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Kcalc is a scientific calculator application."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "trignometric functions"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "factorials"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "built in mathematical and scientific constants."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "memory"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "copy and paste"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the "
#~ "numbers and then press the sign "
#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or"
#~ " division. You can also type in "
#~ "the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for"
#~ " addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, "
#~ ":guilabel:`x` for multiplication and "
#~ ":guilabel:`/` for division. To view the"
#~ " answer press the button that is "
#~ "an :guilabel:`=`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To make a number negative press "
#~ "the button that looks like a "
#~ ":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press "
#~ "the decimal point button which looks "
#~ "like a :guilabel:`.` when you get "
#~ "to the part which is less than "
#~ "a whole number. To clear input "
#~ "from Kcalc Press the button with a"
#~ " :guilabel:`C` on it. To group "
#~ "operations so they happen together use"
#~ " the parenthesis to make things "
#~ "grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3)"
#~ " would give the result of 10 "
#~ "because it would add 2 and 3 "
#~ "and then multiply by two."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To copy and answer out of Kcalc"
#~ " press :kbd:`control + c` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the "
#~ "menu. To paste a number into Kcalc"
#~ " you can press :kbd:`control + v` "
#~ "or :menuselection:`edit --> paste` from "
#~ "the menu. To cut the text from "
#~ "Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the "
#~ "menu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want even more functionality "
#~ "of Kcalc there is also scientific "
#~ "mode which is acessed from "
#~ ":menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` "
#~ "radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` "
#~ "takes takes 1 and divides it by"
#~ " the number currently on the "
#~ "calculator also known as taking the "
#~ "reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial"
#~ " will take the number X you "
#~ "entered and multiple each number going"
#~ " down to 1 for example 5! would"
#~ " multiply 5*4*3*2*1."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The x squared button will take a"
#~ " x*x and multiply it by itself. "
#~ "The button with x and a "
#~ "superscript y will take x the "
#~ "number you have in will exponeniate "
#~ "x to the power of y. The x"
#~ " 10 with a supercript y will "
#~ "end up multiplying x by 10 to "
#~ "the power of y so for example "
#~ "to multiply 5 by 10 to the "
#~ "power of 3 entering in will give"
#~ " the answer of 5,000. If you "
#~ "want your own custom constant buttons"
#~ " check the checkbox for "
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the unit that angles are"
#~ " measured in for triginometric units "
#~ "in Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form"
#~ " a full circle while, 2Π radians "
#~ "form a full circle and 400 "
#~ "gradians form a full circle. The "
#~ "radio button for Deg is to select"
#~ " Degrees as the unit for angles, "
#~ "Rad selects :guilabel:`radian` as the "
#~ "unit of measurment of angles and "
#~ ":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the "
#~ "unit of measurement for angles. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you "
#~ "have as the input and takes the"
#~ " trigonometric sine function of that "
#~ "value measured in the unit for "
#~ "angles you have selected. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine "
#~ "of the vlaue in the unit of "
#~ "angle you have selected. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`tan` button takes the tangent "
#~ "of the angle in the current units."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To have a log with the base "
#~ "of 10 type the number you want "
#~ "to take the log of then press "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a"
#~ " log based off e type the "
#~ "number you want to take the "
#~ "logarythm of then press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Ln` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Scientific mode also brings in "
#~ "a menu for many different predetermined"
#~ " comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To store a value in memory press"
#~ " the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve "
#~ "a value from memory press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value"
#~ " from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` "
#~ "button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The numerical system mode lets you "
#~ "change your numerical base instead of"
#~ " say the default base 10. To "
#~ "switch to a binary calculations click"
#~ " the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To "
#~ "switch the Octal or base 8 format"
#~ " click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button."
#~ " To switch to a hexadecimal format"
#~ " or base 16 format click the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For "
#~ "numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal"
#~ " press the A-F buttons. When you "
#~ "are in number that are not part"
#~ " of a numerical base the button "
#~ "will get grayed out. To switch "
#~ "back to decimal or base 10 press"
#~ " the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open configruation for kcalc press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. "
#~ "To change the maximum number of "
#~ "digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number"
#~ " of digits` field. If you want "
#~ "to show the result in the window"
#~ " title check the :guilabel:`Show result "
#~ "in window title` checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to"
#~ " change settings with your fonts. To"
#~ " choose the font for your buttons "
#~ "on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` "
#~ "and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button "
#~ "to the font for the buttons on "
#~ "your calculator. To change the font "
#~ "for the diplay of the calculator. "
#~ ":guilabel:`Display font` will change how "
#~ "the and the :guilabel:`Choose` button"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the "
#~ "colors of your user interface. To "
#~ "change your foreground color will change"
#~ " how the display or the number "
#~ "in the interface is the color next"
#~ " to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to"
#~ " select. To change the background "
#~ "color of your display choose a "
#~ "different color on :guilabel:`background` "
#~ "button. To change the background color"
#~ " of the function buttons press the"
#~ " button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To"
#~ " a change the color of the "
#~ "function button press button next to "
#~ ":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change "
#~ "the background color for hexidecimal "
#~ "functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change "
#~ "the backgrounds of the numbers buttons"
#~ " press the button next to "
#~ ":guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background"
#~ " of the memory keys press the "
#~ "button next to :guilabel:`memory`. To "
#~ "change the background of operations "
#~ "press the button next to "
#~ ":guilabel:`Operations`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change your settings for "
#~ ":guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants "
#~ "constants stored is in the constants "
#~ "tab. To input a constant you have"
#~ " in the field to the left is"
#~ " the name of the constant on "
#~ "the field to the left. The filed"
#~ " in the center is where you put"
#~ " the value of the constant. To "
#~ "select from predefined constants press "
#~ "on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring "
#~ "up a menu of predefined constants."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the command line. The icon "
#~ "for kcalc looks like a box with"
#~ " a + sign a - sign a "
#~ "multipliucation sign and an equals sign."
#~ msgstr ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

@ -10,64 +10,96 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper" msgid "Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:4
msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu." msgid "Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9
msgid "" msgid ""
"To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system " "Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray."
"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press " " To view your clipboard history left click on the icon that looks like a "
":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right " "clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your "
"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the " "history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the "
"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want " "menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you "
"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in" "can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select "
" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon" ":menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your "
" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To" "clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right"
" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same " " clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`."
"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear "
"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and "
":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image "
"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon "
":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to "
":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray "
"icon."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16
msgid "Version" msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17
msgid ""
"If you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard"
" and press the :menuselection:`Configure` then click on the "
":guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider and press the add button and add what "
"you want always to be listed in Qlipper. To change how many items get "
"displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with "
"the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your "
"desired number of entries. To change how many characters show up on "
"Qlipper from the same configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum "
"Display Size`. To change the tray icon image to something custom press "
"the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to "
"load a custom tray icon. This icon will bring up a dialog where you "
"navigate to where your new icon will be. To choose your icon press the "
":guilabel:`Select icon` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper." msgid ""
"To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim "
"Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To synchronize your clipboard and "
"selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific "
"Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard "
"saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. Next to "
"have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No "
"synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have"
" uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE "
"instantly`. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close "
"Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. To change "
"your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the "
":guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut "
"press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:24
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:25
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:28
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:29
msgid "" msgid ""
"By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of " "By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of "
"your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu " "your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu "
@ -75,6 +107,12 @@ msgid ""
"line run" "line run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:36
msgid ""
"The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines "
"of writing in different columns."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted " #~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted "
#~ "in the panel and click on the " #~ "in the panel and click on the "
@ -99,3 +137,48 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "command line run qlipper." #~ "command line run qlipper."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Qlipper is a clipboard manager that is included by default on Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted "
#~ "in the panel and click on the "
#~ "system tray icon that looks like a"
#~ " clipboard or you can press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want "
#~ "an item to always show up right"
#~ " click on the clipboard and press "
#~ "the configure gear icon click on "
#~ "the sticky items divider and press "
#~ "the add button and add what you"
#~ " want always to be listed in "
#~ "qlipper. To change how many items "
#~ "get displayed in qlipper in total "
#~ "right click on qlipper and configure "
#~ "with the gear icon and change "
#~ "clipboard entries count to your desired"
#~ " number of entries. To change how "
#~ "many characters show up on qlipper "
#~ "from the same configuration screen "
#~ "change maximum display size. If you "
#~ "want to clear your clipboard history "
#~ "right click on the tray icon and"
#~ " :menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To "
#~ "change the tray icon image to "
#~ "something custom click on the tray "
#~ "icon right click on the tray icon"
#~ " :menuselection:`Configure` and then press "
#~ "the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon"
#~ " image` which has an option to "
#~ "load a custom tray icon."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
# package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.4.6 fcitx config"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:4
msgid "fcitx config sets settings for fcitx."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:7
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.6/fcitx.rst:9
msgid ""
"To launch fcitx config :menuselection:`Acessories --> fcitx-qimpanel-"
"configtool`."
msgstr ""

@ -10,79 +10,87 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote" msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 nobleNote"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:4
msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop." msgid ""
"nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. "
"nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote." msgid ""
"To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select "
":menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then "
"enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on "
"that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with "
"your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this "
"window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press "
":kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:10
msgid "Useage" msgid ""
"To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it "
"on the left hand coolumn. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on"
" a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook "
"highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete "
"notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or " "To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on "
":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To " "it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which " "Delete note`."
"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note "
"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete " "To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or "
"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or " ":menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`." "select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of"
" the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the "
":guilabel:`Restore` button. To permantely delete a note press the "
":guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the "
"confirmation dialog."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16
msgid "" msgid "To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`."
"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on "
"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Delete note`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press " "To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want "
":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to " "to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for "
"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or " "notes`."
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press "
":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To "
"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or " "If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system" ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to "
" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to " "paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or "
"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press "
"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font" ":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To "
" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck " "select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`."
"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle "
"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show "
"source menu entry`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22
@ -93,27 +101,96 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the " "To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the "
"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which " "system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the "
"can bring back up the noblenote window." "notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To fully "
"close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or "
"press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:26
msgid ""
"To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in "
"your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` "
"button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` "
"button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then"
" select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font "
"size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select "
"your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for "
"something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case "
"sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case "
"sensitve` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:28
msgid ""
"To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** "
"button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or "
"the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To "
"clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a "
"hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a "
"globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and "
"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes"
" press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text "
"first select the text andd then press the square to the right and choose "
"the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line "
"through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet "
"points and a horizontal line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:31
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:37
msgid "How to launch" msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:38
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:41
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:42
msgid ""
"To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> "
"nobleNote` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:48
msgid ""
"on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of "
"paper with a pencil."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:51
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:52
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> " "To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or "
"noblenote` or run" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system"
" tray after you close nobleNote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to "
"tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you "
"want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Show \"Show source\" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of "
"scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` "
"checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:54
msgid "on the commandline." msgid ""
"To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor "
":guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To "
"change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` "
"field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large "
"bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the"
" default font size change in the small to the right with a number."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -122,3 +199,91 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " noblenote on the commandline." #~ " noblenote on the commandline."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.7 Noblenote"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Noblenote is an application to make a note on your desktop."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To start a new note right click"
#~ " on the right hand column new "
#~ "note or :menuselection:`Edit --> New "
#~ "Note`. Then enter a title for this"
#~ " note. To open a note double "
#~ "click on that note from the right"
#~ " hand column which will open a "
#~ "new window with your note in it."
#~ " To input text in the note type"
#~ " in the main body of this "
#~ "window after clicking on it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you wish to delete a notebook"
#~ " right click on a notebook and "
#~ "delete notebook, or with the notebook"
#~ " highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, "
#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you make a mistake tpying and"
#~ " want to undo your changes press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit "
#~ "--> Undo`. If you wish to paste"
#~ " text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Paste`. To copy text from your "
#~ "note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right "
#~ "click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To "
#~ "select all text in a note press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +A`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change prefrences of noblenote press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings"
#~ " --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in"
#~ " your system tray after you close "
#~ "noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close "
#~ "to tray` checkbox. If you want to"
#~ " change the font for editing notes"
#~ " change the :guilabel:`Note Editor default"
#~ " font` underneath has the font and"
#~ " font size. If you want to "
#~ "toggle showing notes in HTML format "
#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to"
#~ " the HTML format`. If you want "
#~ "to toggle the menu entry to show"
#~ " source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "
#~ "\"Show source menu entry`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To bring back up your note "
#~ "noblenote will leave a notebook icon "
#~ "in the system tray on the lower"
#~ " right hand corner of the panel "
#~ "by default which can bring back up"
#~ " the noblenote window."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu"
#~ " :menuselection:`Acessories --> noblenote` or "
#~ "run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "on the commandline."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,44 +10,47 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt" msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-Qt"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:4
msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default." msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included in Lubuntu by default."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same " "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same "
"number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game " "number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game "
"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the " "is over. As you move the blocks all the blocks in the game move in the "
"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of" "direction of the arrow key your press. As you combine numbers your score "
" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at " "increases by the sum of the block(s) you combine and is shown towards the"
"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the " " upper right hand corner of the window. After each move a new block "
"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your " "appears. In the upper right handd conrer is your :guilabel:`BEST` score "
"current score." "in the game. To the left of you high score is your :guilabel:`SCORE` with"
" the number of your current score. When your score increases you will see"
" a :guilabel:`+x` where x is the number your score increases by."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New " "If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New "
"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New " "Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New Game`"
"Game`." " or press :kbd:`Control+N`. If you want to close 2048-Qt from the "
"keyboard press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13
@ -59,15 +62,21 @@ msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18
msgid "" msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt."
"Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- " msgstr ""
"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run"
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:21
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:22
msgid "To launch 2048-Qt go to the menu :menuselection:`Games -> 2048-Qt` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in " "from the command line. The icon for 2048-Qt looks like a green square "
"white text." "with 2048 written in white text."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -84,3 +93,52 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " from the commanmd-line." #~ " from the commanmd-line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.4.8 2048-qt"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "2048 is a fun simple lightweight game included by default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows"
#~ " keys to combine blocks with the "
#~ "same number on them without having "
#~ "no possible moves at which point "
#~ "the game is over. As you combine"
#~ " numbers your score increases by the"
#~ " sum of the new block(s) you "
#~ "make and is shown towards the "
#~ "upper right hand corner of the "
#~ "window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is "
#~ "the best you have done at this "
#~ "game and is also shown towards the"
#~ " upper right hand corner. To the "
#~ "left of you high score is your "
#~ ":guilabel:`score` with the number of "
#~ "your current score."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If midway you want to restart to"
#~ " a new game press the :guilabel:`New"
#~ " Game` button on the right hand "
#~ "side or :menuselection:`File --> New "
#~ "Game`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of "
#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To"
#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the commanmd-line. The icon "
#~ "looks like a green square with "
#~ "2048 in white text."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
# package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.4.9 QtPass"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:4
msgid "QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:7
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:11
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.9/QtPass.rst:12
msgid ""
"To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> "
"QtPass` or from the command line run"
msgstr ""

@ -10,47 +10,173 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b" msgid "Chapter 2.5.1 K3b"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:4
msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu." msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD burning software on Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b." msgid ""
"To start a new data project to save documents and other files "
":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Data Project`. To add files "
"to a project :menuselection:`Add Files...`. After doing this a dialog to "
"open files will open up. To select multiple files to add at this time "
"press :kbd:`Control+ Left click` on the files. To start an audio CD but "
"this will not allow general files but will be played in a CD player as "
"audio with :menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Audio CD "
"Project`. To create a new video DVD that goes in a DVD player "
":menuselection:`File --> New Project --> New Video DVD Project`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:10
msgid "Screenshot" msgid ""
"Another way to add files is to left click on your files in the center of "
"the window. To switch to a folder double click on them with the left "
"mouse button on a folder. To go up a level press the button that is an "
"upward pointed arrow button. To go back to a previous folder press the "
"leftward pointed arrow button. To go forward to a folder you went back "
"from press the rightward pointed arrow. Another way to switch folders is "
"to click on the folder names on the side pane to the left. To add all "
"files recursively to be added to a project left click to select it and "
"press :kbd:`Shift + Enter` to copy all files in a folder or right click "
"and select :menuselection:`Add to Project`. To reload all files press "
":kbd:`F5` or right click and select :menuselection:`Reload`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12
msgid "How to Launch" msgid ""
"To save your files from a project if you wish to burn it later press "
":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To have all the "
"files from a project removed :menuselection:`Project --> Clear Project`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:14
msgid ""
"The files you add to your project will now be shown at a pane towards the"
" bottom of the screen. If you decide against adding a file after adding "
"it you can select it by left clicking and pressing :kbd:`Delete` or right"
" click and select :menuselection:`Remove`. To rename files to be burned "
"to disc left click to select the file and press :kbd:`F2` or right click "
"and select :kbd:`Rename`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or " "To burn to an optical disc press :kbd:`Control+B` or "
"run" ":menuselection:`Project --> Burn`. After burning a popup will appear and "
"the disc should eject when it is done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:18
msgid ""
"To eject the disc from your drive press :menuselection:`Device --> "
"Eject`. To view information on the disc you have inserted "
":menuselection:`Device --> Media Info`. If you want to lower noise from "
"the spinning of optical drives :menuselection:`Device --> Set Read "
"Speed...` and set a lower number to make the disk spin slower in CD or "
"DVD players for less noise."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:20
msgid ""
"If you have a rewriteable disc you can open the dialog to erase the data "
"from it from the :guilabel:`Format` button or :menuselection:`Tools --> "
"Format/Erase rewritable disk...`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"If you want to Rip a CD or copy its contents to your computer "
":menuselection:`Tools --> Rip Audio CD`. Then the files will be selected "
"and a button for :guilabel:`Start Ripping` will appear. To change what "
"kind of file to save your files copied to your computer is under the "
":guilabel:`Filetype` drop down menu. To toggle whether to create a "
"playlist based on the different tracks on the CD check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Create m3u playlist` for all the files on the disc. To choose "
"where to save your files press the :guilabel:`Target Folder` or press the"
" upward pointing arrow to bring a dialog box to choose where to save the "
"file. To actually rip the media press the :guilabel:`Start ripping` "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:25
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:26
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 20.04.3 of K3b."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:29
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:33
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:34
msgid "To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> K3b` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:40
msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for K3b looks like a red disc with a "
"white flame on top."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:43
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:44
msgid ""
"To configure settings for K3b :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"K3b`. To ask to save projects on exit automatically check the "
":guilabel:`Ask to save projects on exit` checkbox. To hide the main K3b "
"window while burning a disc check the :guilabel:`Hide main window while "
"writing` checkbox. To toggle showing a splash screen for K3b when it "
"starts up check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show splash screen` checkbox. To "
"view information about your devices use the :guilabel:`Devices` tab. To "
"show settings for :guilabel:`Notifications` has settings for "
"notifications. The context you use are for choosing :guilabel:`Process "
"successful`, :guilabel:`Process error`, :guilabel:`Track data not found`,"
" :guilabel:`Waiting for medium`, :guilabel:`Mount/unmount failed`, "
":guilabel:`No problems found` , or :guilabel:`Busy`. To make a popup show"
" up choose the :guilabel:`Show a message in popup` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:46
msgid ""
"To have settings of different plugins for K3b use the :guilabel:`Plugin` "
"tab. To toggle enabling a plugin press the :guilabel:`checkbox` to the "
"left of the plugin name. The name and a description of the plugin are in "
"the center column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:48
msgid ""
"To cancel you changes to your settings of K3b press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and leave the window "
"open press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To apply changes and close the "
"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To restore settings to defaults "
"press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -59,3 +185,18 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "K3b from the command line." #~ "K3b from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "K3b is the default CD or DVD buring software on Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch K3b from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` "
#~ "or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,90 +10,138 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control" msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 PulseAudio Volume Control"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:4
msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu." msgid ""
"PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It "
"also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your "
"system."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the " "The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the "
"ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of " "ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of "
"each application. To change the Volume of each application on the " "each application. To change the Volume of each application on the "
"playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for" "playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for"
" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and " " less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much "
"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make" "volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button "
" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output " "with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray "
"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent " "that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop "
"if it is too quiet." "down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams "
"and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume "
"level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to"
" go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple "
"sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by "
"using the :guilabel:`on` menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different " "To view settings for applications recording audio use the "
"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button " ":guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab "
"will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute"
" your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over"
" it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To"
" decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change "
"what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word "
":guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and "
"right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. "
"To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front "
"Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the "
":guilabel:`Front Right` slider."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different "
"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button "
"that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an " "that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an "
"output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the " "output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the "
"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more " "volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound "
"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show " "output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view "
"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will" "more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will "
" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly " "show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset`"
"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you" " will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a "
" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding " "badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock "
"the sliders just like for volume." "button where you can change the balance between the left and right "
"speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup "
"with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, "
":guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own "
"channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each "
"channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio "
"use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your" "The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your"
" microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To" " microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To"
" adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or " " adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or "
"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or " "to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line "
"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu." "in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but"
" this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below "
":guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the "
"input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock"
" button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more "
"volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider "
"press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the "
"left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the "
":guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the "
":guilabel:`Latency offset` will allow you to change the latency offset."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24
msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles." msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each "
"different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers "
"or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device"
" change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an "
":menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change "
"stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable"
" an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:29
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:30
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:33
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound " "To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound &"
"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run" " Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:40
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control " "from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is"
"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button." " to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the "
":guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks "
"like a speaker."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -147,3 +195,96 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " and click the mixer button." #~ " and click the mixer button."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.5.2 Pulse Audio Volume Control"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Pulse Audio volume control is the the default volume mixer for Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio "
#~ "volume control gives you the ability "
#~ "to the control the output device, "
#~ "mute, or change the volume of each"
#~ " application. To change the Volume of"
#~ " each application on the playback "
#~ "slide the slider to the right for"
#~ " more volume or to the left for"
#~ " less volume. The button with an "
#~ "X over the speaker is a mute "
#~ "button and if it is a darker "
#~ "gray that application is currently muted"
#~ " and can't make any sound. The "
#~ "drop down menu has next to the "
#~ "word on shows the output source. "
#~ "This program also in software allows "
#~ "you to go over 100 percent if "
#~ "it is too quiet."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows "
#~ "different output for different sounds. "
#~ "To mute one output such as a "
#~ "set of speakers presss the button "
#~ "that looks like a speaker with an"
#~ " X on it. To increase the "
#~ "volume of an output slide the "
#~ "slider for that output to the "
#~ "right. To decrease the volume for "
#~ "each output slide the slider to "
#~ "the left. To view more advanced "
#~ "options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced "
#~ "options` will show advanced options. The"
#~ " advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency "
#~ "offset` will be shown for for how"
#~ " long to shift offset for latency "
#~ "for say a badly synced video. To"
#~ " the right of the mute button "
#~ "there is a button where you can"
#~ " change the balance between the left"
#~ " and right speakers by sliding the"
#~ " sliders just like for volume."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager "
#~ "your sound inputs. To mute your "
#~ "microphone in pulseaudio toggle the "
#~ "button that looks like a speaker. "
#~ "To adjust input volume slide the "
#~ "slider to the right to increase "
#~ "volume or to the left to decrease"
#~ " volume. To select which input such"
#~ " as line in or microphone for "
#~ "your device is in a drop down "
#~ "menu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control "
#~ "from the menu :menuselection:`Sound and "
#~ "video --> Pulse Audio Volume control`"
#~ " or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the command line. Another way "
#~ "to launch Pulse audoio volume control"
#~ " is to click on the volume "
#~ "applet in the panel and click the"
#~ " mixer button."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC" msgid "Chapter 2.5.3 VLC"
@ -30,93 +30,151 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open media stored locally on your system click media open " "To open media stored locally on your system click media open "
":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or " ":menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or "
"press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on " "press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on "
"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on" "your machine. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an "
" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +" "album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once "
" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open " "or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to"
"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently " " open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> "
"opened media in case you want to view media again in " "Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole "
":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have " "directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press "
"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control " ":kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case "
"+V`." "you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent "
"Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard or "
"something you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> "
"Open Location from clipboard`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical " "To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical "
"lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press " "lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press "
"the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which " "the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which "
"has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> " "has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> "
"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back " "Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back "
"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> " "into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> "
"Always on top`." "Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the "
"same way again to make it back to how it was before."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. " "On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. "
"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press " "Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press "
":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease " ":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease "
"volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to " "volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to "
"control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles" "control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles"
" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio " " mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio "
"--> Mute`." "--> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the "
msgstr "" "volume again."
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14
msgid ""
"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to "
":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a "
"different left and right channel on each speaker will be "
":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come"
" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` "
"and likewise for Right."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts " "To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts "
"up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will" "up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will"
" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider " " show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider "
"with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback" "with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback"
" while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you " " while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you "
"mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point " "mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point "
"and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump " "and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump "
"to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or " "to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or "
":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 "
"seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds " "seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds "
"in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`." "in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical " "To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two "
"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on " "arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or "
"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a "
"up to increase the volcume at that frequency." "playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a "
"vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:22
msgid ""
"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to "
":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a "
"different left and right channel on each speaker will be "
":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come"
" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` "
"and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out "
":menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You "
"can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and "
"selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio "
"mode you want."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that " "To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that "
"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or " "is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or "
"press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your " "press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your "
"playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To " "playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To "
"add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist" "add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist"
" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist" " window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a "
" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To " "particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a "
"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the " "file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove "
"version of the playlist you like the look of the best." "Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select "
":menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26
msgid ""
"To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. "
"To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration`"
" column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the "
":guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left "
"click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If "
"you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above"
" the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or"
" uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or "
"hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, "
":menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track "
"number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, "
":menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, "
":menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the "
"playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked "
"Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same "
"window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28
msgid ""
"To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the "
"version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where"
" to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side "
"pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click"
" the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current "
"playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or "
"press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click "
"on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you "
"want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your "
"playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display "
"size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select "
":menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30
msgid ""
"To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file "
":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a "
"detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> "
"Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your "
"playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To "
"have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails "
":menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow" "To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow"
" pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the " " pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the "
@ -124,69 +182,390 @@ msgid ""
"arrows on it." "arrows on it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use " "To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use "
":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback " ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback "
"slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> " "slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> "
"Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal " "Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal "
":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have" ":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have"
" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox " " VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox "
":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`." ":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit "
"VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:38
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click " "To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click "
":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`." ":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:40
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press " "If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press "
":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access " ":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access "
"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video " "the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video "
"will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again " "will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again "
"or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`." "or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:44
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced " "To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced "
"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed " "Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red "
"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`." "circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop "
"recording."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46
msgid ""
"To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with "
":menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the "
"currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current "
"playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click"
" on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far"
" right is the duration of the file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:48
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect " "To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect "
"Ratio` and select the one you wish." "Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your "
"screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you "
"want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing "
"media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:50
msgid ""
"If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an "
"audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one "
"you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> "
"Visualizations --> Disable`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52
msgid ""
"VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks "
"like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select "
":menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on"
" the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or "
"stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select "
":menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right "
"click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the "
"previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select "
":menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and "
"select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray "
"and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume "
"right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease "
"Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system "
"tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system "
"tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:55
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:59
msgid "Effects and Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:60
msgid ""
"To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical "
"slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> "
"Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and "
":guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the "
":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at "
"each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an "
"equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the "
":guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the "
"pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the "
":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the "
"slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To "
"open a dialog"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:64
msgid ""
"To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud "
"which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To"
" actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the "
":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:68
msgid ""
"The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the "
":guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the "
":guilabel:`Enable` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:70
msgid ""
"To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file "
"use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of"
" your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track "
"synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the "
"synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track "
"synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your "
"subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change"
" how many frames per second on your subtitle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:74
msgid ""
"To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video "
"Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your "
"brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press "
"the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the "
":guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the "
"right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not "
"that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the "
":kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the"
" video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the "
":guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the "
"right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use "
"the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:76
msgid ""
"To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To "
"adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Varience` "
"slider."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:80
msgid ""
"To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a"
" number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take "
"pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` "
"field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the "
":guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the "
":guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same "
"number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the "
":guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number "
"of pixels off your left and right hand side check the "
":guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:84
msgid ""
"To have settings to change the colors showing in vlc use the "
":guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the "
":guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of "
"colors on your video from slight transitions check the "
":guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video "
"check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white "
"tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia "
"tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:86
msgid ""
"To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose "
"differnt parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the "
":guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or "
"rotate your vidoe first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To "
"rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate "
"by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 "
"degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under "
":guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right "
"select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under "
":guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select "
":menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate"
" your video by the number of degrees you want check the "
":guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have"
" have the video rotated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:89
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:90
msgid ""
"To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or "
":menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what "
"buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a "
"custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button. "
"To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume "
"control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` "
"checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a "
"minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` "
"checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To "
"toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup "
"when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist "
"change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force"
" window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom"
" layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the "
":guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one "
"instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance"
" mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To "
"have VLC continue playback of files changes change the "
":guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select Always to always playback "
"or ask to ask for playback."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:94
msgid ""
"To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the "
":guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close "
"the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:96
msgid ""
"To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable "
"audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change "
"the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To "
"add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. "
"To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. "
"To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is "
"to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:100
msgid ""
"To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the "
":guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing "
"power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To have window "
"decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window "
"decorations` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the "
":guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video "
"Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video."
" To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the "
":guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change "
":guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the "
"mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Directory` is "
"what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop "
"up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` "
"field lets you have a preshot to the snapshot file name. You can choose "
"the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:104
msgid " "
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:108
msgid ""
"To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the "
":guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck "
"the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox "
":guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the "
"start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to "
"show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` "
"Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters "
"on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your "
"font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your "
"subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button "
":guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change "
"the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline "
"thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the "
":guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. "
"To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox."
" To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:112
msgid ""
"To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. "
"To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the "
":guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific"
" kind of decoding. To change your default optical device the drop down "
"menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default "
"optical device. To change your caching policy depending on your network "
"latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:116
msgid ""
"To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column"
" :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The "
"Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in "
"the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double "
"click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the "
"keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling "
"vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control`"
" menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the "
":guilabel:`Search` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:120
msgid ""
"To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools -->"
" Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some "
"ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` "
"drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right "
"press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the "
"video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the "
"lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of "
"toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over "
"it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right "
"left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired "
"position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and "
"see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:122
msgid ""
"To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time "
"toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the "
"element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced "
"features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on"
" the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:126
msgid ""
"To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> "
"Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the "
":guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have "
"installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. "
"To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view "
"only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To"
" view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:130
msgid ""
"To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`."
" To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload "
"extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the "
":guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second"
" are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To"
" change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the "
":guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:133
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:134
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.11 of VLC."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:137
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:138
msgid "" msgid ""
"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC " "to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC "
"media player` or run" "media player` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:144
msgid "from the command line." msgid "from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -229,3 +608,193 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "command line." #~ "command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open media stored locally on "
#~ "your system click media open "
#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and "
#~ "navigate your local files or press "
#~ ":kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to "
#~ "open files stored locally on your "
#~ "machine. If you wish to open media"
#~ " from somewhere on the internet on"
#~ " :menuselection:`media --> open network "
#~ "stream` or press :kbd\"`control + n`."
#~ " To open a whole directory use "
#~ ":menuselection:`media --> Open Directory` or"
#~ " press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also "
#~ "keeps track of recently opened media "
#~ "in case you want to view media "
#~ "again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open "
#~ "Recent Media --> file name`. If "
#~ "you have copied a path in your "
#~ "clipboard or something you can press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +V`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To pause playback of a file press"
#~ " the button that look like two "
#~ "verical lines or :menuselection:`Playback -->"
#~ " Pause`. To resume playback press the"
#~ " right playback button. To toggle "
#~ "fullscreen press the button which has"
#~ " the four corners of the screen "
#~ "or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to"
#~ " make it fullscreen and the four "
#~ "screens to have it back into "
#~ "windowed mode. To have vlc always "
#~ "on top :menuselection:`View --> Always "
#~ "on top`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there"
#~ " is a bar that gets wider for"
#~ " volume. Click farther to the right"
#~ " to increase volume within vlc or "
#~ "press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume"
#~ " or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease "
#~ "volume. Or hover the cursor over "
#~ "this bar and use the mousewheel to"
#~ " control volume. The button that "
#~ "looks like a speaker next to this"
#~ " toggles mute in vlc. Another way "
#~ "to mute the volume is to "
#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To make the same sound come out"
#~ " of both speakers go to "
#~ ":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> "
#~ "Mono`. The sound to make a "
#~ "different left and right channel on "
#~ "each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio "
#~ "--> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To "
#~ "make all sound come from the left"
#~ " channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo "
#~ "Mode --> Left` and likewise for "
#~ "Right."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To see how long you have been "
#~ "watching the current piece of media "
#~ "counts up above the play pause "
#~ "button in a time. At the other "
#~ "side a number will show the length"
#~ " of the media you are playing "
#~ "and inbetween is a slider with the"
#~ " current time. Moving the slider to"
#~ " the left will rewind playback while"
#~ " moving it to the left will "
#~ "fast forward playback. When you "
#~ "mouseover the progress for playback it"
#~ " will show the time at that "
#~ "point and that will jump to that"
#~ " time when you left click. Another"
#~ " way to jump to a specific time"
#~ " is to press :kbd:`control +T` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific"
#~ " time`. To move back 10 seconds "
#~ "in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To"
#~ " jump forward 10 seconds in playback"
#~ " press :kbd:`Right arrow`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open an equalizier press the "
#~ "button that looks like several physical"
#~ " slider swichtes and on the audio "
#~ "effects equalizer tab press enable on"
#~ " the equalizer. Then to increase or"
#~ " decrease the sound at each frequency"
#~ " up to increase the volcume at "
#~ "that frequency."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view a playlist of music or "
#~ "videos you can view press the "
#~ "button that is several horizontal lines"
#~ " and then a trianglular play button"
#~ " on it or press :kbd:`Control + "
#~ "l`. This will bring up a whole "
#~ "view of your playlist. To return "
#~ "to your original view press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + l`. To add more "
#~ "files to your playlist right click "
#~ "on the bottom of the playlist "
#~ "window and click add file to add"
#~ " an additonal file. To move the "
#~ "playlist to a particular file and "
#~ "to have that play double click "
#~ "that file. To change the view of"
#~ " the playlist right click playlist "
#~ "view mode to the version of the"
#~ " playlist you like the look of "
#~ "the best."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To speed up playback faster than "
#~ "normal press the :kbd:`+` key or "
#~ "use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> "
#~ "Faster`. To slow down playback slower"
#~ " than normal press the :kbd:`-` key"
#~ " :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> "
#~ "Slower`. If you want to reset your"
#~ " speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback "
#~ "--> Speed --> Normal speed`. If "
#~ "you want to have vlc end at "
#~ "the end of the playlist click the"
#~ " checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at"
#~ " end of playlist`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want a minimal interface "
#~ "that hides menubar and toolbars press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View "
#~ "--> Minimal View`. To access the "
#~ "fucntionality of the menubar you can "
#~ "right click on where the video "
#~ "will play. To get back to the "
#~ "default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again "
#~ "or right click and then "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view more advanced controls "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. "
#~ "To view to a status bar with "
#~ "what is playing and the speed with"
#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the aspect ratio of a"
#~ " video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect "
#~ "Ratio` and select the one you "
#~ "wish."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go "
#~ "to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> "
#~ "VLC media player` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video" msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video"
@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling " "This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling "
"volume." "volume and outputs."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter documents playing media, "
#~ "burning disks, and controlling volume."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,23 +10,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:3
msgid "Chapter 2 Applications" msgid "Chapter 2 Applications"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:5
msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." msgid "This chapter documents the applications in Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10." #~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx" msgid "Chapter 3.1.1 Fcitx"
@ -30,55 +30,92 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx." msgid ""
"First you must launch Fcitx to have it open in the system tray. To have "
"Fcitx automatically start see Chapter 3.2.13."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:11 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:10
msgid "Useage" msgid ""
"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray"
" that looks like a keyboard and select :menuselection:`Toggle Virtual "
"Keyboard`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray" "To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the "
" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard." "applet :menuselection:`Input Method --> Desired keyboard layout`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the " "To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the "
"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`." "panel applet and :menuselection:`Configure current input method`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the " "To change the skin of Fcitx left click on the applet and select "
"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`." ":menuselection:`Skin --> The skin you want`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click " "To configure input methods left click on the applet and select "
":menuselection:`Configure Current Input Method` and a window will pop up."
" To add a new input method press the :guilabel:`+` button. A dialog will "
"appear to select your input method. To add an input method left click on "
"the input method you want to add and press :guilabel:`OK`. To not only "
"show your current language in options for an input method uncheck "
":guilabel:`Only Show Current Language`. To remove an input method press "
"the :guilabel:`-` button. To move a keyboard input method up in your "
"order pres the upward pointing arrow button. To move an input method down"
" in the order press the downward pointing arrow. To set your default "
"keyboard layout press the button that looks like a keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:20
msgid ""
"To change how Fcitx looks use the :guilabel:`Appearance` tab. To change "
"what font size change the :guilabel:`Font Size` field. To what font Fcitx"
" uses change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font used in menus"
" change the :guilabel:`Menu Font` button. To toggle showing a system tray"
" icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use System Tray Icon` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:22
msgid ""
"To restart Fcitx right click on the applet and click "
":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray " ":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray "
"icon :menuselection:`Exit`." "icon :menuselection:`Exit`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:25
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.7-4 of Fcitx."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:29
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:34
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:35
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->" "To launch the Fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->"
" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run " " Fcitx` with an icon of a keyboard. If you wish to run the applet from "
"the applet from the command line run" "the command line run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -97,3 +134,46 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "run `fcitx`" #~ "run `fcitx`"
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:4.2.9.6-4 of Fcitx."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use a virtual keyboard right "
#~ "click on the tray icon in the "
#~ "system tray that looks like a "
#~ "keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To switch your keyboard method with "
#~ "the applet is to left click on "
#~ "the applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod -->"
#~ " Desired keyboard layout`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To bring up a configuration dialog "
#~ "for input method right click on "
#~ "the panel applet and :menuselection:`configure"
#~ " current input method`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To restart fcitx right click on "
#~ "the applet and click :menuselection:`Restart`."
#~ " To close the Fcitx applet right "
#~ "click the tray icon :menuselection:`Exit`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from "
#~ "the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> "
#~ "fcitx` with icon with a penguin "
#~ "with a paintbrush. If you wish to"
#~ " run the applet from the command "
#~ "line run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop" msgid "Chapter 3.1.2 htop"
@ -25,43 +25,44 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controled by " "htop is an ncurses text interface task manager that can be controlled by "
"the keyboard." "the keyboard. htop also closes unresponsive programs by killing the "
"process."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under " "To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under "
":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of " ":guilabel:`Mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of "
"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down" "memory. The :guilabel:`Swp` line lists how much swap is used. The numbers"
" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your" " going down with a bar with a percentage next to them display CPU usage "
" cpu cores." "on each of your CPU cores."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five " "To see how many process are running on your system see the "
"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load " ":guilabel:`Tasks` row. :guilabel:`Load average` shows your system load "
"(computing) <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Load_(computing)>`_ for more " "over the past one five and fifteen minute is why there are three numbers "
"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been " "see `Wikipedia load (computing) "
"booted." "<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Load_(computing)>`_ for more information. "
":guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been booted."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12
#, python-format
msgid "" msgid ""
"After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the " "After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the "
"Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` " "Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` "
"is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows " "is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows "
"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent" "how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, :guilabel:`MEM%` "
" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the " "is a percent of the RAM your process is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how"
"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line " " long the process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command"
"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the " " line command of the process. To view any cut off part of the "
":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut " ":guilabel:`Command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut "
"off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press " "off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press "
"the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key." "the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -72,44 +73,44 @@ msgid ""
"Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the " "Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the "
"currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above." "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above."
" To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page " " To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page "
"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press " "Down`. To select the previous group of process on your screen press "
":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the " ":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the "
":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key." ":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing " "You can press :kbd:`F1` or :kbd:`?` to bring up a help dialog on htop. "
":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order" "Pressing :kbd:`F3` or :kbd:`/` lets you search for a particular process. "
" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes " "To reverse sort order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. Pressing :kbd:`F4` makes it "
"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the " "so you can only see processes matching a certain pattern. To get out of "
"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` " "the view of your search for a pattern press the :kbd:`Escape` key. "
"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals " "Pressing :kbd:`F5` is what you press to view the processes in a tree. To "
"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will " "get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` "
"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal." "lets you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and"
" 15 will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly pressing "
":kbd:`F10` or :kbd:`q` will quit htop and return you to a terminal."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up" "To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up"
" your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, " " your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, "
":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, " ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, "
":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, " ":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, "
":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or " ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or "
":guilabel:`Command`." ":guilabel:`Command`. To select a menu item press :kbd:`Enter`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The " ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizable settings on htop. The "
":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The " ":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPU average. The "
":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in " ":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in "
"htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for " "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for "
"htop." "htop. To select a different color scheme press the :kbd:`Up arrow` or "
msgstr "" ":kbd:`Down arrow` keys. To select a new color scheme press the "
":kbd:`Spacebar` key."
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29
@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with " "To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Htop` with "
"the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run" "the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -197,3 +198,128 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " run htop from the command line." #~ " run htop from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "htop is an ncurses text interface "
#~ "task manager that can be controled "
#~ "by the keyboard."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view how much RAM is being "
#~ "used on your system is under "
#~ ":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number "
#~ "based on how many Gigabytes of "
#~ "memory. The Swap line lists how "
#~ "much swap is used. The numbers "
#~ "going down with a bar with a "
#~ "percentage next to them display useage"
#~ " on each of your cpu cores."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ ":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system "
#~ "laod over the past one five and"
#~ " fiften minute is why there are "
#~ "three numbers see `wikipedia load "
#~ "(computing) <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Load_(computing)>`_"
#~ " for more infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` "
#~ "shows how long your computer has "
#~ "been booted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "After the bottom there is a green"
#~ " bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for "
#~ "the Process ID of a user, The "
#~ "user the process responds to, "
#~ ":guilabel:`RES` is how much RAM the "
#~ "process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%`"
#~ " shows how much as a percent of"
#~ " CPU time the process is using, "
#~ "mem% is a precent of the RAM "
#~ "your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` "
#~ "shows how long the process has "
#~ "been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the"
#~ " command line command of the process."
#~ " To view any cut off part of"
#~ " the :guilabel:`command` field press the"
#~ " :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut"
#~ " off area of the window. To "
#~ "move your window back to where it"
#~ " was press the :kbd:`Left Arrow` "
#~ "key."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To select the process below the "
#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Down "
#~ "Arrow` to select the process below. "
#~ "To select the process above the "
#~ "currently selected one press :kbd:`Up "
#~ "Arrow` to select the process above. "
#~ "To select the next group of "
#~ "processes on your screen press "
#~ ":kbd:`Page Down`. To select the previous"
#~ " group of procces on your screen "
#~ "press :kbd:`Page up`. To choose the "
#~ "last process on your system press "
#~ "the :kbd:`End` key. To choose the "
#~ "first process press the :kbd:`Home` key."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can press :kbd:`F1` to help "
#~ "you with settings on htop. Pressing "
#~ ":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a "
#~ "particular process. To reverse sort "
#~ "order press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` "
#~ "makes it so you can only see "
#~ "processes matching a certain partern. "
#~ ":kbd:`F5` is what you press to "
#~ "veiw the processes in a tree. To"
#~ " get back to the default view "
#~ "press :kbd:`F5` again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` "
#~ "lets you kill a process with "
#~ "different signals to send to the "
#~ "process and 15 will terminate the "
#~ "process while 9 will Kill it. "
#~ "Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and "
#~ "return you to a terminal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change how your process are "
#~ "sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring"
#~ " up your own menu to sort by"
#~ " by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, "
#~ ":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, "
#~ ":guilabel:`M_Size`, :guilabel:`M_Resident`, "
#~ ":guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, "
#~ ":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, "
#~ ":guilabel:`Time`, or :guilabel:`Command`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ ":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable "
#~ "settings on htop. The :guilabel:`Meters` "
#~ "brings up meters like CPu average. "
#~ "The :guilabel:`Display Options` has option "
#~ "for different ways to display in "
#~ "htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings "
#~ "up different color schemes for htop."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch htop from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with"
#~ " the Icon that looks like the "
#~ "green H made out of text or "
#~ "run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,212 +10,295 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal" msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 QTerminal"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"qterminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu that also has a drop down " "QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down "
"version." "version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in "
"the terminal see `Appendix C "
"<https://manual.lubuntu.me/C/command_line.html>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press " "To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press "
":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To " ":kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double "
"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You " "clicking to the right of all tabs to open a new tab. To close a tab press"
"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you " " the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab or press "
"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the " ":kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on "
"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the " "the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch "
"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is " "between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left "
":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to " "and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you "
"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or " "can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control +"
":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to " " page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from "
"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or " "the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really " "--> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the "
"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are " "terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press " "Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a "
":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If " "malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want "
"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go " "to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or "
":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new "
"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key." "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> "
"New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command "
"line press the :kbd:`Tab` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address " "If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click "
"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left " ":menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link "
"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or " "directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click the link and "
"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or " "select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press "
"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control " ":kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom"
"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen" " in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click "
" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it " ":menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press "
"back to its original size." ":kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom "
"reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or "
":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then "
":kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back "
"to its original size."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:14
msgid ""
"To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you "
"can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward"
" scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom "
"start typing and it will focus on the bottom."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other" "To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other"
" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one " " :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one "
"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> " "split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions "
"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to" "--> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal "
" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. " "back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse "
"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want." "Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the "
" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or " "terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt "
":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top " "+ Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the"
"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top " " top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top"
"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or" " Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` "
" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right " "or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right "
"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right " "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right "
"Subterminal`." "Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions "
"--> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that "
":menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page " "To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page "
"Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous" "Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous"
" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or " " tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or "
":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right "
":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the "
"left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`." "left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20
msgid ""
"To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press "
":kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To "
"close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again."
" To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. "
"To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To "
"move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To "
"change to not to match case press the downward pointing arrow button "
"uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all "
"matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To "
"use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and "
"check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or " "To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or "
":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window " ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window "
"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`." "borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders` or right "
"click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing "
"the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the "
":menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back "
"again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab "
"Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is "
":menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26
msgid ""
"To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12`"
" to have the terminal drop down or roll up."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:30
msgid ""
"To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar "
"and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the "
":guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab "
":menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a "
"tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33
msgid "Customizing" msgid "Customizing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:35
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. " "To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or"
"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the " " right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change "
"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` " "your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the "
"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal " ":guilabel:`font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size"
"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system" " enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with "
" widget style with something other than system default. The " "monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change"
":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or" " your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down."
" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar"
" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` "
"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, "
"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a"
" | character."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39
msgid "" msgid ""
"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the " "The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different "
"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one " "colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget "
"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox " "style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other "
":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the" "than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the"
" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The " " scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The "
":guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of "
"QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor "
"between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, "
"or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:41
msgid ""
"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu "
"bar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` "
"hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox "
":guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the"
" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs. The "
":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border " ":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border "
"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on " "around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab "
"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window." "uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox "
":guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal "
"size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both "
"right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-"
"directional text support`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:45
msgid "" msgid ""
"The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent " "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent "
"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild " "transparent for the full application transparency. The field "
":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the " ":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the "
"terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this " "terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this "
"function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press " "function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press "
"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The " "the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. The "
"field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal " "field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal "
"splits to have when you start up qterminal." "splits to have when you start up QTerminal.To have a margin on the left "
"side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a "
"margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47
msgid "" msgid ""
"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the " "To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the "
":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout" ":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout"
" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the " " press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes "
":guilabel:`cancel` button." "press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:49
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different " "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different "
"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an " "kinds of emulation. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will "
"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only " "save an unlimited amount of history. The :guilabel:`History size (in "
"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline" "lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The checkbox for "
" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox" ":guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting "
" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess " "multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted "
"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The " "text` removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you "
":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation " "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a "
"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position " "confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox "
"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The " ":guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing "
":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open" "QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working "
" new terminals in the last working directory you were on." "directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you "
"were on."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:53
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how " "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how "
"to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what " "to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what "
"the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard " "the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard "
"shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut " "shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut "
"double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard" "double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard"
" shortcut you want." " shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left "
"click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard"
" shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard "
"shortcut you want."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:57
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop" "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop"
" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows" " down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if "
" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at " "checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is "
"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down" "hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down "
" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the " "terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown"
"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to " " terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down "
"bring down the drop down terminal." "the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different "
"key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:61
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change"
" directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the "
":guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:64
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:65
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of QTerminal."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:68
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:69
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu " "To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu "
":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run" ":menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:75
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from " "from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from "
"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down` or run" "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:81
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the "
"keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like"
" a black background with a white command line prompt on it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -260,3 +343,274 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "qterminal -d from the command line." #~ "qterminal -d from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.3 qterminal"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "qterminal is the default terminal of "
#~ "Lubuntu that also has a drop down"
#~ " version."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a new tab go to the"
#~ " :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or "
#~ "press :kbd:`control + shift + t` "
#~ "or click the button that looks "
#~ "like a +. To close a tab "
#~ "press the X button near the right"
#~ " hand side of the tab. You can"
#~ " change between tabs by left clicking"
#~ " on the tabbar on the tab you"
#~ " want to switch to. If you want"
#~ " to switch between tabs click on "
#~ "the different click on that tab or"
#~ " press the left and right arrows "
#~ "in the upper right corner on the"
#~ " tabbar. Another way to switch "
#~ "between tabs is :kbd:`control + page "
#~ "up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. "
#~ "If you want to copy text from "
#~ "the temrinal press :kbd:`control + "
#~ "shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
#~ " Copy selection` to copy text. If "
#~ "you wish to paste text into the"
#~ " terminal you can :kbd:`control + "
#~ "shift + v` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
#~ " Paste Clipboard` however you should "
#~ "be really careful it is not a "
#~ "malicious command and shows the command"
#~ " you are pasting in. If you "
#~ "want to paste selected text in the"
#~ " terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` "
#~ "or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`."
#~ " If you want to open a new "
#~ "terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` "
#~ "or go :menuselection:`file --> new "
#~ "window`. To try to autocomplete the "
#~ "command you type in a command line"
#~ " press the :kbd:`Tab` key."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you get a url in your "
#~ "terminal you can right click copy "
#~ "link address to copy the link. To"
#~ " open your link directly press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + left click`. To zoom "
#~ "in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + Shift + +` or right click"
#~ " and select zoom in. To zoom "
#~ "out press :kbd:`Control + -` or "
#~ "right click zoom out. To return to"
#~ " the original zoom press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ 0` or right click original zoom."
#~ " If you want qterminal to be "
#~ "fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to make it"
#~ " fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to "
#~ "make it back to its original size."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To split your terminal vertically into"
#~ " two terminals on top of each "
#~ "other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split "
#~ "Terminal Horizontal`. To have one "
#~ "terminal to the left and one to"
#~ " the right :menuselection:`Actions --> "
#~ "Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase "
#~ "back to how your terminal back to"
#~ " how they were before "
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`."
#~ " To switch between the two split "
#~ "terminals click on the terminal you "
#~ "want. To switch to a the lower "
#~ "split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down`"
#~ " or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom "
#~ "Subterminal`. To switch the the top "
#~ "subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. "
#~ "To switch to the left subterminal "
#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. "
#~ "To switch to the right subterminal "
#~ "press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change to the next tab using"
#~ " the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + "
#~ "Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> "
#~ "Next tab`. To change to the "
#~ "previous tab using the keyobard press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To"
#~ " move to a tab to the right "
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to "
#~ "the right`. To move a tab to "
#~ "the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move "
#~ "tab to the left`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To clear you active terminal press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active "
#~ "Terminal`. To hide window borders check"
#~ " the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window"
#~ " borders`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change your preferences go to "
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> preferences`. To "
#~ "change your font press the font "
#~ "change the font and size press the"
#~ " change button in the preferences "
#~ "dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` field "
#~ "lets you say change how different "
#~ "colored things in the terminal colors"
#~ " appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets"
#~ " you overwrite the system widget "
#~ "style with something other than system"
#~ " default. The :guilabel:`scrollbar position` "
#~ "lets you move the scrollbar to the"
#~ " left or right or remove it "
#~ "entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves"
#~ " the bar to that part of the"
#~ " window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor"
#~ " shape` changes the shape of the "
#~ "cursor between block cursor a large "
#~ "block, underline cursor a small "
#~ "underline, or i beam which is "
#~ "quite small like a | character."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To toggle showing the menubar "
#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menubar`"
#~ " checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab"
#~ " bar with only one tab` hides "
#~ "the tab bar when you only have "
#~ "one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Limit "
#~ "tab width` limits how wide a tab"
#~ " would be how be and the filed"
#~ " next to it is how wide to "
#~ "limit the width of tabs.The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Show a border around the "
#~ "current terminal` shows a border around"
#~ " the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show"
#~ " terminal size on resize` toggles "
#~ "showing the terminal size on resizing"
#~ " the window."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` "
#~ "gives you the percent transparent for"
#~ " the full application transparency. The "
#~ "feild :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how"
#~ " transparent to make the terminal. "
#~ "Note you will need to enable the"
#~ " compton compositor for this function "
#~ "properly. To select a background image"
#~ " for your terminal press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Select` button next to "
#~ ":guilabel:`Background image:`. The field "
#~ ":guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you "
#~ "choose how many terminal splits to "
#~ "have when you start up qterminal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To apply these changes to see how"
#~ " they appear on qterminal press the"
#~ " :guilabel:`apply` button. If you like "
#~ "your new customized terminal layout "
#~ "press the OK button or if you "
#~ "wish to cancel your changes press "
#~ "the :guilabel:`cancel` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history,"
#~ " pasting, and different kinds of "
#~ "emulation. The button for unlimited "
#~ "history will save an unlimited amount"
#~ " of history. The history size in "
#~ "line lets you save only that many"
#~ " lines of history. The checkbox for"
#~ " :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings "
#~ "up a confirmation for pasting multiple"
#~ " lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim "
#~ "trailing newlines in pasted text` "
#~ "removes excess newlines in pasting text"
#~ " from the end of what you "
#~ "paste. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation "
#~ "when closing` pops up a confirmation "
#~ "dialog when you close qterminal. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when "
#~ "closing` saves the position when closing"
#~ " qterminal. The :guilabel:`Open new "
#~ "terminals in current working directory` "
#~ "checkbox open new terminals in the "
#~ "last working directory you were on."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all "
#~ "the different shortcuts and how to "
#~ "change keyboard shortcuts. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the "
#~ "keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key`"
#~ " column is the keyboard shortcut to"
#~ " launch the shortcut. To change or"
#~ " add a keyboard shortcut double click"
#~ " under the :guilabel:`Key` column and "
#~ "then press the keyboard shortcut you "
#~ "want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects "
#~ "on the appearance for the drop "
#~ "down settings of qterminal. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows "
#~ "the drop down terminal if checked "
#~ "and if unchecked it will be hidden"
#~ " at the start. The :guilabel:`Height` "
#~ "field shows the height of the drop"
#~ " down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field"
#~ " shows how wide to make the "
#~ "dropdown terminal. The field "
#~ ":guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to "
#~ "bring down the drop down terminal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal "
#~ "window go to the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or"
#~ " run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the command line. To launch a"
#~ " drop down version of Qterminal from"
#~ " the menu :menuselection:`System Tools -->"
#~ " qterminal drop down` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator" msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator"
@ -25,21 +25,100 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB " "Startup Disk Creator is the default graphical utility for creating "
"media." "bootable USB media on Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7
msgid "How to Launch" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup " "To see what USB devices you can make into startup disks are listed under "
"disk creator` or run" "the :guilabel:`Disk to use` heading on the screen. To see what the device"
" is named look under the :guilabel:`Device` column. To change what the "
"device is labeled is under the :guilabel:`Label` column. To see the max "
"size of the USB drive is under the :guilabel:`Capacity` column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:11
msgid ""
"The process of creating a startup disk to boot off deletes all data on "
"the disk but only shows USB devices if you hard USB hard drives or flash "
"drives with data you want to keep it is recommended to unplug these "
"devices so there is no way of accidentally deleting data you care about."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:15
msgid ""
"If you want to find an iso image if it is not shown press the "
":guilabel:`Other` button and a file dialog to open the location will show"
" up. To open the iso left click on the iso and press the :guilabel:`Open`"
" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:19
msgid ""
"To see what startup isos have been added are in columns for the top of "
"the startup disk. To see the image or drive path to the file look at the "
":guilabel:`CD-Drive/Image` column. To see what version of an operating "
"system view the :guilabel:`OS Version` column. To see how big your image "
"size actually is view the :guilabel:`Size` column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:21
msgid ""
"To actually create the disk press the :guilabel:`Make Startup Disk` "
"button. A dialog will appear asking if you want to write the disk image "
"and all data will be lost to make the disk press the :guilabel:`Yes` "
"button. Another dialog box will show up asking for your to enter your "
"password to make sure it is you making this disk and then the image will "
"be written with a progress bar. Once done you will get a dialog saying "
":guilabel:`The installation is complete` and an :guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:23
msgid ""
"To quit Startup Disk Creator press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the "
":guilabel:`Quit` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:26
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:27
msgid "Lubuntu ships version 0.3.7 of Startup Disk Creator."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:30
msgid "from the command line." msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:31
msgid ""
"To launch Startup Disc Creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup "
"Disk Creator` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:37
msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for Startup Disk Creator is a green "
"circle with a white downward pointed arrow."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Startup Disk creator is a graphical "
#~ "utility for creating bootable USB media."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch startup disc creator "
#~ ":menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup disk"
#~ " creator` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray" msgid "Chapter 3.1.5 nm-tray"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:4
msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections." msgid "nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8
@ -38,64 +38,170 @@ msgid ""
"connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network " "connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network "
"under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi " "under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi "
"left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and " "left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and "
"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your " "then enter the password for the wifi."
"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections "
"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you "
"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under "
"wifi networks you are connected to."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"To get information on your current connection to the network your can " "After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which "
"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current" "you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all "
" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To " "known connections left click on the tray applet and look under "
"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right " ":guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections "
"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for " "left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active "
":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck " "connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under "
":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck " ":guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to."
":guilabel:`Enable Networking`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12
msgid ""
"To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right"
" click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for "
":menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck "
":menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck "
":menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click"
" on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To "
"bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray "
"icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view your own networking information right click the applet " "To view your own networking information right click the applet "
":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with " ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with "
"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will " "information such as your ip address. On this window each interface will "
"show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The " "show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The "
"field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to" "field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to"
" the system what type of connection it is. The label for " " the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware "
":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network " "Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows "
"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the " "you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field "
"connection." ":guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for " "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for "
"networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your" "networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your"
" current ip adress." " current ip address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your dns looks"
" up the domain names of websites and finds them."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22
msgid ""
"The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for "
"networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you "
"current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 "
"see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see "
"the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:25
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:29
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:30
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:33
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either" "nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like "
" a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection." "either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection."
" If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from "
"the command line run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to connect to a "
#~ "network on nm-tray left click the"
#~ " icon in the system tray. If "
#~ "you have a wired connection with "
#~ "DHCP it should connect automatically. If"
#~ " you want to disconnect your from "
#~ "a network under active connections left"
#~ " click to disconnect. To connect to"
#~ " wifi left click on the nm-tray"
#~ " applet and connect the wifi name "
#~ "applet and then enter the password "
#~ "for the wifi. After connecting to "
#~ "a wifi your known connections will "
#~ "by left clicking on nm-tray of "
#~ "wifi connections under known connections. "
#~ "The list of active connections are "
#~ "networks you are currently connected to."
#~ " The list of wifi networks is "
#~ "listed under wifi networks you are "
#~ "connected to."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To get information on your current "
#~ "connection to the network your can "
#~ "right click on nm-tray connection "
#~ "information to get info on your "
#~ "current Ip address connection speed and"
#~ " driver in use for the connection."
#~ " To toggle notifications on connecting "
#~ "and disconnecting to networks right "
#~ "click on the nm-tray tray icon "
#~ "and check or uncheck the checkbox "
#~ "for :guilabel:`enable notifications`. To "
#~ "disable wifi uncheck :guilabel:`Enable Wifi`."
#~ " To turn off all networking uncheck"
#~ " :guilabel:`Enable Networking`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view your own networking information"
#~ " right click the applet "
#~ ":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl"
#~ " pop up a window with information "
#~ "such as your ip address. On this"
#~ " window each interfaace will show the"
#~ " names of each network interface in"
#~ " a tab bar along the top. The"
#~ " field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the"
#~ " name of your network adapter to "
#~ "the system what type of connection "
#~ "it is. The label for :guilabel:`Driver`"
#~ " shows you what driver is in "
#~ "use for this network interface. The "
#~ "field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed "
#~ "supported by the connection."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you "
#~ "information on your settings for "
#~ "networking using IPV4. The section "
#~ ":guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your "
#~ "current ip adress."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "nm-tray should already launch in "
#~ "the system tray to and looks like"
#~ " either a plug with a cable "
#~ "plugged in if you have an ethernet"
#~ " connection."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,84 +10,158 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps" msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4
msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu." msgid ""
"qps is the graphical task manager included with Lubuntu. It is useful to "
"close non-responsive programs."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps." msgid ""
"To see your memory usage in qps look at the bar that says "
":guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` usage shows CPU usage with a"
" bar graph with usage with a bar graph for CPU usage. The third column "
":guilabel:`SWAP` shows how much swap is used or if you don't have a swap "
"space view it will say :guilabel:`NOSWAP`. The :guilabel:`Uptime` in the "
"top bar shows how long your computer has been running. A blue bar showing"
" file input output shows graph in blue. Above this there is a green graph"
" that shows your CPU usage as a graph. To find more info on your CPU "
"usage Memory or Swap usage simply mouseover that display and more info "
"will show. To show when a program was started with the :guilabel:`START` "
"column. To have a view of process ID of each process use the "
":guilabel:`PID` column. The column :guilabel:`Command Line` shows what "
"command line starts the process. To show which user the process is "
"running on is in the :guilabel:`USER` column."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:10
msgid "Useage" msgid ""
"To sort your processes by memory click on the :guilabel:`MEM` tab. To "
"have your processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button "
":guilabel:`CPU%` To have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the "
"command line of each process you can press the command line. To sort by "
"how much memory is used by each process read the :guilabel:`Mem` tab. To "
"only view your processes on the toolbar drop down to the right of "
":guilabel:`Filter` and select :menuselection:`Your Processes`. To view "
"only processes not run by the root user form the drop menu on lower "
"toolbar select :menuselection:`Non-Root Processes`. To view only running "
"processes select on the drop down menu on the lower toolbar select "
":menuselection:`Running Processes`. To go back to viewing all processes "
"select from the drop down menu on the toolbar select :menuselection:`All "
"Processes`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says " "To change your process view to each process gets its own line or linear "
":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with" "select the :guilabel:`Linear` radio button in the upper left hand corner."
" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The " " To organize each related process with a tree for parent and child "
":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been " "processes press the :guilabel:`Tree` radio button. To search for a "
"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above " "particular process enter a search term in the bar towards the center top "
"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph." "of the user interface. To group processes based on what thread they are "
"in check the :guilabel:`Thread` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your " "At the bottom of the window :guilabel:`Process count` to see how many "
"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To " "process are running on your system."
"have your processes sorted by CPU%. To sort by the command line of each "
"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is "
"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update " "When you have qps open a tray icon will appear that shows a graph of CPU "
"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or " "usage. If you right click :menuselection:`Hide` to make qps not show in "
"put an appearance with the font and font size." "the taskbar. To bring qps back to the front off all windows right click "
"on the tray icon :menuselection:`Show`. To quit qps press :kbd:`Alt +Q` "
"or right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search" "To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search"
" bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a " " bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a "
"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To" "process right click on it and select :menuselection:`Terminate` or press "
" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or " ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move the mouse over it right click and "
"press :kbd:`Alt + K`." "select :menuselection:`Kill` or press :kbd:`Alt + K`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:20
msgid "Screenshot" msgid ""
"To view more details on this process right click on the process and "
"select :menuselection:`View details`. To view what files the process has "
"open use the :guilabel:`Files` tab. To view what environment variables "
"the process select the :guilabel:`Environment` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:22
msgid ""
"To toggle showing a graph with your overall system usage check/uncheck "
"the :menuselection:`Option --> Show Graph` checkbox in the menu. To "
"toggle showing the bar with the option to search for processor or choose "
"linear or tree view of processes check/uncheck :menuselection:`Option -->"
" Show Control Bar` checkbox in the menu. To change the update period is "
"to :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. Then input your update "
"period in the :guilabel:`New Update Period` field."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25
msgid "How to launch" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:29
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:30
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.0.0 of qps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:33
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:34
msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run" msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:40
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for qps looks like a green graph with a "
"black background."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:43
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:44
msgid ""
"To change more preferences :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences` and a"
" preferences window will pop up. To have qps not exit when you close qps "
"uncheck the :guilabel:`Exit on closing` checkbox. To change if qps has a "
"remembers it position check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Remember Position` "
"checkbox. To change the font is the drop down menu under "
":guilabel:`Appearance` and the drop down number is for the font size. To "
"change how CPU usage is divided per your total number of CPU cores or a "
"Single CPU press a radio button under :guilabel:`%CPU divided by`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps"
@ -99,3 +173,68 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "qps from the command line." #~ "qps from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "qps a graphical task manager included with Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To see your memory useage in qps"
#~ " look at the bar that says "
#~ ":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU`"
#~ " useage shows CPU useage with a "
#~ "bar graph with useage with a bar"
#~ " graphc for cpu useage. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows"
#~ " how long your computer has been "
#~ "running. A blue bar showing file "
#~ "input output shows graph in blue. "
#~ "Above this there is a green graph"
#~ " that shows your CPU useage as "
#~ "a graph."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To sort your processes by memory "
#~ "click on the mem tab. To have "
#~ "your processes sorted by CPU percentage"
#~ " press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To "
#~ "have your processes sorted by CPU%. "
#~ "To sort by the command line of "
#~ "each process you can press the "
#~ "command line. To sort by how much"
#~ " memory is used by each process "
#~ "click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the update period is to"
#~ " :menuselection:`Option --> Update Period`. "
#~ "To change your font :menuselection:`Option "
#~ "--> Prefrences` or put an appearance "
#~ "with the font and font size."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To search for a particular process "
#~ "you can type your type into the"
#~ " search bar right above a particular"
#~ " process right above it. To terminate"
#~ " a process right click on it "
#~ "and select terminate or press "
#~ ":kbd:`delete`. To kill a process move"
#~ " the mouse over it right click "
#~ "and select kill or press :kbd:`Alt "
#~ "+ K`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,86 +10,256 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager" msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE Partition Manager"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"KDE partition manager creates partitions and deletes partitions on your " "KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, "
"hard drives and solid state drives." "and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:7
msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager." msgid ""
"Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please "
"back up your data before removing or creating partitions."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:11
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13
msgid "" msgid ""
"To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the " "To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the "
":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`." ":menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the "
"device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field "
":guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it "
"has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model "
"number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperture` shows "
"the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The "
"field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no "
"longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long "
"your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has "
"rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The "
":guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self "
"tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status"
" of the drive."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15
msgid "" msgid ""
"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars" "Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of "
" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage" "which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one "
" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the" "on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors "
" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of " "Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure."
"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which "
"filesystem is on the parttion."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19
msgid ""
"You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars "
"at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage "
"full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking "
"on that section of the bar graph. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the "
"size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the "
"amount of space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you "
"see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` "
"column shows where that partition is mounted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:21
msgid "" msgid ""
"On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive " "On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive "
"on the left with the name of each device." "on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which "
"device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> "
"Select Current Device`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:23
msgid ""
"To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press "
":kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and"
" select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated "
"space right click on the To view statistical information on a partition"
" select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right"
" click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a"
" partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> "
"Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select "
":menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of "
":guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. If you want "
"to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that "
"partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. "
"However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not "
"fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:25
msgid ""
"To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press"
" the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After "
"pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this"
" is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending "
"Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions "
"press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to"
" been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first " "If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first "
"need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of" "need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of"
" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. " " all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. "
"Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated" "Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated"
" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and" " space you can right click on the unallocated space press the "
" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the" ":guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press "
" changes to your partition." ":kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings "
"to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to "
"create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To "
"change what size of partition you want to create change the "
":guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change"
" the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the"
" partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually "
"create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel "
"press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:31
msgid "Screensaver" msgid ""
"Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the "
"loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:34
msgid ""
"To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it"
" start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit "
"Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new "
"window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the "
":guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how "
"to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the "
":guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking"
" if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To "
"really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` "
"button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. "
"After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select "
":guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your "
"drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you "
"want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first "
"and you can do this from right clicking and selecting "
":guilabel:`Unmount`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:36
msgid ""
"To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On "
"the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see "
"what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To "
"see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To "
"see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` "
"field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition "
"type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` "
"field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To"
" see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:40
msgid ""
"If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> "
"Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the "
"current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and "
"smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really"
" see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or "
":menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:42
msgid "If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:45
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:49
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:50
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4.1.0 of KDE Partition Manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:53
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:54
msgid ""
"To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools -->"
" KDE Partition Manager` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:60
msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a red hard "
"drive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:63
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:64
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE " "To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck"
"partition manager or run" " the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. "
"To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing"
" information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in "
"the menu. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:66
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press "
":kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE "
"Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning"
" partitions and defaults for partitions. To change where your sectors on "
"your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change "
"which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below`"
" to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file "
"system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change "
"whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the "
"buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:70
msgid ""
"To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the "
":guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each "
"filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next "
"to the filesystem name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:74
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on Kde Partition "
"Manager. To change what prefred unit to dispaly space as by default "
"change the :guilabel:`Prefered unit` drop down menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -105,3 +275,76 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " from the command line." #~ " from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.1.7 KDE partition manager"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "KDE partition manager creates partitions "
#~ "and deletes partitions on your hard "
#~ "drives and solid state drives."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.3.1 of partition manager."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To check the health of your hard"
#~ " drive or solid state drive on "
#~ "the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can see your disk useage for"
#~ " each partition graphically with the "
#~ "bars at the top with the shaded"
#~ " in part showing a bar graph as"
#~ " the percentage full of the "
#~ "partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows"
#~ " the size of the entire system "
#~ "while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows "
#~ "the amount of space used on the"
#~ " drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets"
#~ " you see which filesystem is on "
#~ "the parttion."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the side pane to the left "
#~ "you can switch between each different"
#~ " drive on the left with the "
#~ "name of each device."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have say a new solid "
#~ "state drive that is not formatted "
#~ "you first need to put a partition"
#~ " table on it. A new partition "
#~ "data will get rid of all "
#~ "partitions on the disk which means "
#~ "no data will be visable anymore. "
#~ "Then you will need to create a "
#~ "partition on to store data. On "
#~ "unallocated space you can right click"
#~ " on the unalloacted space and new "
#~ "partition and select the filesystem you"
#~ " want. Then press the apply button"
#~ " to apply the changes to your "
#~ "partition."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screensaver"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch kde partition manager from "
#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE"
#~ " partition manager or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo" msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo"
@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative " "LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with "
"privileges." "administrative privileges on Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8
@ -47,8 +47,13 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you " "To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you "
"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config " "did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config "
"files but make sure you know what you are doing." "files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt "
"sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` "
"field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To not run your command "
"as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To "
"copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets"
" of paper."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17
@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18
msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo." msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of lXQt-sudo."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21
@ -69,15 +74,50 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with " "To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with "
"administrative privileges use" "administrative privileges use"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33
msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in" msgid "You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39
msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal." msgid ""
"into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges "
"without opening a terminal."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "LXQt-sudo is a way to launch "
#~ "graphical applications with adminsitrative "
#~ "privileges."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use lxqt-sudo is important to"
#~ " not change your config files as "
#~ "if you did with sudo. You will "
#~ "need adminstrative privileges to edit "
#~ "config files but make sure you "
#~ "know what you are doing."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch lxqt-sudo from the "
#~ "command line to run featherpad with "
#~ "administrative privileges use"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
# package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.1.9 SDDM configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:4
msgid ""
"Sddm is the default display manager that shows up when you first log in "
"to Lubuntu or logout or choose to another session. There is no graphical "
"application to do this currently."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:7
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:8
msgid ""
"If you have autologin enabled and want to disable autologin open the file"
" /etc/sddm.conf as root. To do this run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:14
msgid ""
"and open /etc/sddm.conf. Then to disable autologin remove the entire line"
" [autologin]."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"To test your sddm configuration and make sure it is a valid one so you "
"can log in run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"To change the picture for your user when you login simply copy the file "
"you want as your user picture to in your home folder with the name "
".face.icon ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you want to install other themes for sddm in Muon or from the command "
"line search for packages that start their name with sddm-theme. The theme"
" will be stored in /usr/share/sddm/theme/. To test and see what this new "
"theme looks like run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:30
msgid ""
"from the command line. To set this new theme as your default theme for "
"sddm see alternatives in chapter 3.2.17 and update the sddm-ubuntu-theme "
"group of alternatives. From the command line to switch this setting you "
"can run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:36
msgid ""
"from the command line. To add a new background for a particular theme "
"copy that image into the /usr/share/sddm/theme/ folder as root. Then in "
"your theme edit the file theme.conf as root and change the line "
"background= with the path to your image. To edit theme.conf as root run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.9/sddm_configuration.rst:42
msgid ""
"However to copy the image file since this is not in your home system "
"copying and saving a background to this folder will require root "
"permissions as well."
msgstr ""

@ -10,20 +10,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools" msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4
msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system." msgid "This chapter documents tools to administer your system."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,28 +10,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center" msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"LXQt configuration center is an application with buttons that launches " "LXQt Configuration Center is the default \"control center\" application "
"configuration options for lxqt the default desktop environment of " "with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default "
"Lubuntu." "desktop environment of Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8
@ -39,7 +39,10 @@ msgid ""
"LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in " "LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in "
"this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on " "this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on "
"the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have " "the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have "
"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`." "launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the "
":guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the "
"currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can "
"launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11
@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of LXQt Configuration Center."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19
@ -60,13 +63,15 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu " "To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu "
":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration " ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration "
"center` or run" "Center` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a "
"lightbulb with a gear in the background."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -77,3 +82,40 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "line." #~ "line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt configuration center"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "LXQt configuration center is an "
#~ "application with buttons that launches "
#~ "configuration options for lxqt the "
#~ "default desktop environment of Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "LXQt configuration center lets you "
#~ "launch many different applications in "
#~ "this chapter from a simple control "
#~ "center where you can double click "
#~ "on the icon for that program. To"
#~ " close one of the programs here "
#~ "you have launched you can close it"
#~ " by pressing :kbd:`Escape`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from"
#~ " the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
#~ "LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration "
#~ "center` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,103 +10,135 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings" msgid "Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:4
msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate." msgid ""
msgstr "" "Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and "
"saves monitor settings."
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:9
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:13 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution" "If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution"
" on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your " " on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your "
"resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a " "resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a "
"chocie that makes it harder to use your computer." "choice that makes it harder to use your computer."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the" "If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the"
" menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the" " menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the"
" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the " " monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the "
"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu " "refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu "
"to choose how fast your monitor refreshes." "to choose how fast your monitor refreshes."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read " "To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read "
"that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the " "that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the "
"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number." "serial number the size of the display and the serial number."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop" "To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop"
" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press " " up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press "
":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the " ":guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the "
":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved " ":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved "
"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press " "with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to "
"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your " "apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around "
"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` " "the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left "
"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a " "click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column "
"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name " "showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you "
"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete " "want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. "
"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button." "To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the "
":guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember "
"what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the "
":guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the "
":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:25
msgid "Multimonitor" msgid "Multimonitor"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the " "With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you "
"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for " "can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The "
":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to " "checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels "
"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set " "adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled "
"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a " "by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your "
":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. " "computer with."
":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows "
"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each "
"monitor."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:30
msgid "How to launch" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off "
"different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection "
":menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different"
" things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` "
"on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. "
":guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while "
":menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has"
"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press" " the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single "
"monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the "
":guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a "
"drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary "
"Display` to make this your main monitor. If you select "
":menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be"
" a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary"
" display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes "
"will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a "
"number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many "
"pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and"
" says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the "
"display vertically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:39
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:40
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Monitor Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:43
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:45
msgid ""
"To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press"
" the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run" " the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:51
msgid "from the command line." msgid "from the command line."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -149,3 +181,101 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "config-monitor from the command line." #~ "config-monitor from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Montior settings controls your monitor(s) resolution and refresh rate."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of monitor settings."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you use a single monitor you"
#~ " can change your single monitor "
#~ "resolution on the right hand size "
#~ "and select your resolution. When you "
#~ "change your resolution you will be "
#~ "asked to confirm to make sure you"
#~ " don't make a chocie that makes "
#~ "it harder to use your computer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor"
#~ " on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from "
#~ "the menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose"
#~ " the way you want to rotate the"
#~ " monitor with inverted being upsdie "
#~ "down. Below you can also choose "
#~ "the refresh rate of monitor from "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down "
#~ "menu to choose how fast your "
#~ "monitor refreshes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To display info on your monitor "
#~ "click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read"
#~ " that info. The fields explained will"
#~ " be the Name of the monitor the"
#~ " serial numberthe size of the display"
#~ " and the serial number."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To save your monitor settings press "
#~ "the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop"
#~ " up will show that your have "
#~ "your settings ok for you and press"
#~ " :guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved "
#~ "settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` "
#~ "button. Your saved settings are by "
#~ "default saved under the time and "
#~ "date. If you want to apply your"
#~ " saved settings press the settings "
#~ "button with the gear around the "
#~ "lightbulb. To choose your saved settings"
#~ " press the setting you want and "
#~ "the :guilabel:`apply` button and your "
#~ "settings will be applied. To give "
#~ "your saved settings a meaninful name "
#~ "you can press the :guilabel:`rename` "
#~ "button with a name for what you"
#~ " want and can remember what it "
#~ "is. If you want to delete theese"
#~ " setting later press the :guilabel:`delete`"
#~ " button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "With multiple monitors you can in "
#~ "the set position tab you can drag"
#~ " the different screen around drag the"
#~ " two monitors around. The checkbox "
#~ "for :guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls"
#~ " the monitors pixels adjacent to each"
#~ " other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended"
#~ " view` sets you to set extended "
#~ "showing different things on different "
#~ "monitors. Selecting a :guilabel:`unified` view"
#~ " shows the same thing on both "
#~ "screens. :guilabel:`First only` shows up "
#~ "the first screen while second only "
#~ "shows only the second. The tabs "
#~ "towards the bottom are settings for "
#~ "each monitor."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch monitor settings from the "
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
#~ "settings --> Monitor settings`. From "
#~ "lxqt-configuration-center press the button"
#~ " for monitor settings that looks like"
#~ " a desktop monitor or run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings" msgid "Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings"
@ -25,70 +25,62 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Openbox settings changes configuration of openbox which is the default " "Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window "
"window manager of Lubuntu 18.10." "manager of Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of " "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the"
"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks " " window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the "
"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately " "theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it"
"appear and you will see it on that window." " on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will "
"look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so " "The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or"
"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu " " add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two "
"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar " "additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the"
"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the " " window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters "
"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a " "where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can "
"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window " "add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to "
"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the" "change the window titlebar button order to have the iconifiy (minimize), "
" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move " "maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the "
"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the " "left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to "
"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first " "have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window "
"the box labled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label" "titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be "
" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the " "in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, "
"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the " "Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all "
"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read " "desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN."
"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows "
"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and"
" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has " "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has "
"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The " "windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The "
":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation " ":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation "
"when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it." "when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you " "The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several "
"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the " "different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the "
"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the " ":guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble "
"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you " "telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the "
"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows " "titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts "
"to make it even more obvious." "you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu "
"header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or "
":guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows." "The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows."
" The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new " " The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new "
@ -101,27 +93,27 @@ msgid ""
"place new windows on multimonitor layouts." "place new windows on multimonitor layouts."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and" "The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and "
" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while " "resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while "
"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked" "resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked "
" will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The " "will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The "
":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels " ":guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels "
"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window " "to drag a window. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window "
"past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to " "past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to "
"switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before " "switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before "
"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving " "switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving "
"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down " "beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical "
"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many " "monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows"
"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows " " how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, "
"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` " "terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information "
"is where to show this information dialog." "dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move " "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move "
"the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To " "the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To "
"automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer " "automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer "
"check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over " "check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over "
@ -131,43 +123,56 @@ msgid ""
" check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not " " check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not "
"moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse " "moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse "
"pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The " "pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The "
":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on " ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on "
"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom " "the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom "
"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize." "actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up" "On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up"
" arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the " " arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the "
"number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox " "number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox "
"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that " "to show a notification and a field for how many milliseconds to show that"
"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the " " notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the "
"desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want." "desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:38
msgid "" msgid ""
"To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set " "To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set "
"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields " "pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields "
":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or " ":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or "
":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a " ":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a "
"margin." "margin."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:42
msgid ""
"To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the "
":guilabel:`Close` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:45
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46
msgid "How to launch" msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Openbox Settings."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:49
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:51
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox" "LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox"
" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or " " Settings button with two computer windows or run"
"run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:57
msgid "from the command line." msgid "from the command line."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -181,3 +186,191 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " from the command line." #~ " from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Openbox settings changes configuration of "
#~ "openbox which is the default window "
#~ "manager of Lubuntu 18.10."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the "
#~ "titlebars. To change the theme of "
#~ "the titlebar select the theme on "
#~ "the arcieve on the and see how "
#~ "it looks by left clicking on the"
#~ " theme name. The new titlebars will"
#~ " immediately appear and you will see"
#~ " it on that window."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you "
#~ "change where the buttons are so "
#~ "for is you want and the order "
#~ "of the buttons on the title bar."
#~ " Lubuntu ships with the abilitiy to"
#~ " have two additional buttons on the"
#~ " titlebar one for shading or rolling"
#~ " up with the window so you can"
#~ " put this in the left to right"
#~ " order of the letters where you "
#~ "want the button. To make a window"
#~ " show on all desktop you can "
#~ "add D button in box for the "
#~ "window order. If you want to "
#~ "change the window titlebar button order"
#~ " to have the iconifiy (minimize), "
#~ "maximize, and close buttons on the "
#~ "left then move the letters IMC to"
#~ " the left of L for window label"
#~ " or the title of the window. If"
#~ " you want to have the close "
#~ "maximize and iconify buttons first the"
#~ " box labled window titles should read"
#~ " CMI Then L for the window "
#~ "label which will always be in the"
#~ " center. If you wanted the buttons"
#~ " on the right with close Maximize,"
#~ " iconify the window title L and "
#~ "then shade the window, all desktops "
#~ "and the window icon in the far "
#~ "right it should read CMILSDN. The "
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and"
#~ " restore` shows an animation when you"
#~ " iconify (minimize) a window and then"
#~ " restore it and uncheck if you "
#~ "really don't want theese animations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border "
#~ "when undecorated` checkbox has windows "
#~ "still have a border if you choose"
#~ " to undecorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate"
#~ " iconify and restore` checkbox runs a"
#~ " simpel animation when you "
#~ "iconify(minimize) a window or restore "
#~ "it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the "
#~ "font of your window titlebars you "
#~ "can select several different fonts for"
#~ " different conditions of the window. "
#~ "To change the style of the font"
#~ " you can under the style make "
#~ "the font inactive. For example if "
#~ "you have trouble telling which window"
#~ " you are in you can make the"
#~ " font italic for the titlebar of "
#~ "inactive windows to make it even "
#~ "more obvious."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets"
#~ " you change settings for moving and"
#~ " resizing windows. The checkbox "
#~ ":guilabel:`update window contents while "
#~ "reisizing` redraws the whole window when"
#~ " resizing it. Having it unchecked "
#~ "will have a drawn solid color "
#~ "until you stop resizing it. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes "
#~ "the minimum number of pixels to "
#~ "drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch "
#~ "desktops when moving a window past "
#~ "the edge of a the screen` lets "
#~ "you drag a window past the edge"
#~ " to switch desktops. The field for"
#~ " :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait "
#~ "before switching` lets you cahnge the"
#~ " amount of time to wait before "
#~ "moving beyond the edge of the "
#~ "desktop to another virtual desktop. The"
#~ " drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show "
#~ "information dialog` shows how you how"
#~ " many characters fit on the newly "
#~ "resized window for always, terminal "
#~ "windows only, or never. The field "
#~ "for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` "
#~ "is where to show this information "
#~ "dialog."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus"
#~ " follow mouse tab is if you "
#~ "move the mouse over the window it"
#~ " will automatically focus on that "
#~ "window. To automatically focus windows "
#~ "when the mouse cursor when the "
#~ "mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus "
#~ "windows when the mouse pointer moves "
#~ "over them`. To change your focus "
#~ "to a new window check/uncheck the "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the "
#~ "mouse when switching desktops`. If you"
#~ " move a window with a keyboard "
#~ "shortcut and a different window is "
#~ "under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus"
#~ " under the mouse when the mouse "
#~ "is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox"
#~ " :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse"
#~ " pointer moves over them` moves the"
#~ " window up in the layers. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` "
#~ "drop down of doubleclicking on the "
#~ "titlebar what option fo to shade "
#~ "or maiximize the window or custom "
#~ "actions which lubuntu has set to "
#~ "maximize."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to "
#~ "change number of desktops press the "
#~ "up arrow to add an additional "
#~ "desktop or the down arrow to "
#~ "reduce the number of virtual desktops."
#~ " When switching desktops there is a"
#~ " checkbox to show a notification and"
#~ " a field for how many miliseconds "
#~ "to show that notification for. If "
#~ "you want to rename a desktop "
#~ "double click on the desktop name "
#~ "and type the name of the desktop"
#~ " you want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To make a margin on your desktop"
#~ " on which nothing is placed you "
#~ "can set pixel margins on each side"
#~ " with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The "
#~ "fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, "
#~ ":guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each "
#~ "have a field for each number of"
#~ " pixels as a margin."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch openbox settings from the "
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
#~ "settings --> openbox settings`. From "
#~ "LXQt settings press the openbox settings"
#~ " button with the wrench and "
#~ "screwdriver on a computer window or "
#~ "run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management" msgid "Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management"
@ -25,53 +25,50 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Power management manages what to do on laptop batteries when the power is" "Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for "
" low what happens when your lid to a laptop is closed and what to do when" "laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for "
" your computer is idle for long periods." "long periods."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on " "LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on "
"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and " "the screen. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness "
"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power" "watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each."
" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or "
"something."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered "
"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray "
"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` "
"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your "
"icon theme."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery " "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery "
"power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a" "power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a"
" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on " " :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery "
"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are " "charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle "
"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will" "meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is "
" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse " "discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the "
"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and " "circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent "
"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is " "of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or "
"fully charged it will turn into a black circle." "discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black"
" circle."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your " "The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your "
"system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose " "system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose "
"what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field " "what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field "
"provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level " "provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level "
"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field." "for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. "
"The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of "
"your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are "
"using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that"
" notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery "
"will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the "
"bottom of the screen."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16
@ -87,7 +84,7 @@ msgid ""
"is plugged into power." "is plugged into power."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have " "The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have "
"different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are " "different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are "
@ -96,40 +93,60 @@ msgid ""
"into an external monitor." "into an external monitor."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from " "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from "
"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want " "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you select whether you want"
"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off " " to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off "
"monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when " "monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when "
"you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish." "you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:24
msgid ""
"To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle "
"check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the "
"brightnesss of your screen when idle change the :guilabel:`Backlight` "
"slider. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop "
"change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce "
"brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery "
"discharging` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:26
msgid ""
"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power "
"Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:29
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:33
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:34
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Power Management."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:37
msgid "How to Launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:39
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press" "LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like"
" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run" " a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:45
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by "
"right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -142,3 +159,101 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "powermanagement from the command line." #~ "powermanagement from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Power management manages what to do "
#~ "on laptop batteries when the power "
#~ "is low what happens when your lid"
#~ " to a laptop is closed and what"
#~ " to do when your computer is "
#~ "idle for long periods."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "LXQt power management watches your "
#~ "battery, laptop lid, and idleness on "
#~ "the screen. Each one of the "
#~ "checkbox is to battery laptop lid "
#~ "and idleness is a checkbox to "
#~ "enable or disable each. When you "
#~ "add when power is low select what"
#~ " you want to do suspend shutodwn "
#~ "hibernate or something."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes"
#~ " when the battery is considered low"
#~ " power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon`"
#~ " shows an icon in the tray for"
#~ " your power management. The checkbox "
#~ ":guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes "
#~ "the appearance of your battery to "
#~ "be the battery icon from your icon"
#~ " theme."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings "
#~ "for monitoring your battery power level"
#~ " and some settings. On a laptop "
#~ "power management should show a + "
#~ "with a ring around it represeneting "
#~ "your current battery charge on your "
#~ "laptop when it is charging with a"
#~ " full green circle meaning you are"
#~ " fully charged in the system tray."
#~ " If your battery is discharging you"
#~ " will see a - sybmol at the "
#~ "center of the circle. If you hover"
#~ " the mouse cursor over this it "
#~ "will show the percent of charge as"
#~ " a percentage and whether the battery"
#~ " is charging or discharging. When "
#~ "your battery is fully charged it "
#~ "will turn into a black circle."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher`"
#~ " Watches the battery on your system."
#~ " The field :guilabel:`When Power is "
#~ "low then:` lets you choose what to"
#~ " do when your batter is low. "
#~ "The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a "
#~ "duration to show a warning for low"
#~ " power. To change the level for "
#~ "low level of battery change the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Level is low at` field."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what "
#~ "happens when you walk away from "
#~ "your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle "
#~ "then` you slect whether you want "
#~ "to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, "
#~ "hibernate, Shutdown or turn off monitor."
#~ " The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell "
#~ "you how long to wait when you "
#~ "are away before the idleness watcher "
#~ "takes the action you wish."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch Power Management from the "
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
#~ "settings --> Power Management`. From "
#~ "LXQt configuration center press the "
#~ "power management icon that looks like"
#~ " a light bulb or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings" msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings"
@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. " "Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu."
"Here you can manage applications and services at startup." " Here you manage default applications and services at startup."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7
@ -37,90 +37,112 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager" "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager"
" and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the " " and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the "
"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu " "basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. "
"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or " "Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop "
":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window" "down list does not contain your new window manager. LXQt modules lists "
" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you " "the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt "
"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If " "active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the "
"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have " "compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it "
"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To " "at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module "
"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the " "left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start"
":guilabel:`Stop` button." " a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want "
"to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the "
":guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you " "The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives "
"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do " "you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you "
"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this " "do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this "
"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or " "dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before "
"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating" "suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or "
" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen " "hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay"
"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating." " or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` "
"field."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default " "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default "
"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal " "browser and terminal emulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`Terminal "
"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for " "Emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for "
":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser." ":guilabel:`Web Browser` lets you change your webbrowser."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18
msgid ""
"To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the"
" :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the "
"default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, "
":guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, "
":guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to "
"change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your "
"folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to "
"your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward "
"pointing arrow with an x in it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The " "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The "
"autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart " "autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart "
"like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start " "like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start "
"various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. " "various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. "
"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal" "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal"
" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal" " drop down\" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate "
" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut " "terminal command e.g. \"qterminal -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`."
"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button." " If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that "
"needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` "
"checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and"
" does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the "
":guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but"
" not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To "
"remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable "
"autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the "
":guilabel:`Delete` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you " "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you "
"environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` " "environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` "
"provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a " "provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a "
"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To " "variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To"
"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at " " add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at"
"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the " " the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the "
"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment " "Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment "
"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles " "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables "
"relate to hidpi support see `<https://forum.lxqt.org/t/detailed-guide-to-" "relate to hidpi support see `<https://forum.lxqt.org/t/detailed-guide-to-"
"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ ." "enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ . To change your cursor size "
"change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:30
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` " "If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` "
"button." "button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press "
msgstr "" "the :guilabel:`Close` button."
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Session Settings."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:37
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:38
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch session settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->" "To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center " "LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks "
"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled " "like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line"
"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run" " run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu." #~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu."
@ -167,3 +189,127 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "session." #~ "session."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Session Settings is a way to "
#~ "change what happens when log into "
#~ "Lubuntu. Here you can manage "
#~ "applications and services at startup."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets "
#~ "you change with a window manager "
#~ "and LXQt modules. To change the "
#~ "window manager used by LXQt, on "
#~ "the basic settings tab use the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu "
#~ "labeled window manager. Choose from the"
#~ " drop down list or :guilabel:`search` "
#~ "if the drop down list does not "
#~ "contain your new window manager. LXQt"
#~ " modules lists the different part of"
#~ " LXQt if you find you do not"
#~ " want part of LXQt active you "
#~ "can enable or disable them here. "
#~ "If you wish to start the compton"
#~ " X11 compositor you can do so "
#~ "here, we have chosen to disable it"
#~ " at default to lower system resources"
#~ " by default. To stop an LXQt "
#~ "Module left click on the moudle "
#~ "name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation"
#~ " to leave session` gives you a "
#~ "simple yes no dialog to make sure"
#~ " you really want to leave so "
#~ "you do not lose your work uncheck"
#~ " it if you do not want this "
#~ "and find this dialog annoying. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or"
#~ " hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen"
#~ " before suspending and hibernating and "
#~ "is checked by default unchecking this"
#~ " will leave this so the screen "
#~ "is not unlocked after suspending or "
#~ "hibernating."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets"
#~ " you change your default browser and"
#~ " terminal emeulator. The drop down "
#~ "for :guilabel:`terminal emulator` lets you "
#~ "change the terminal emulator and the "
#~ "drop down for :guilabel:`web browser` "
#~ "lets you change your webbrowser."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings "
#~ "for what to autostart. The autostart "
#~ "applications lets you choose which "
#~ "applications to autostart like managers "
#~ "for print queues. All of these are"
#~ " check-boxes to start various "
#~ "programs. You can start a program "
#~ "at startup by adding it here. "
#~ "Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give "
#~ "the process a name e.g. \"Terminal "
#~ "drop down\" and type in the "
#~ "appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal"
#~ " -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`."
#~ " To change a keyboard shortcut press"
#~ " the :guilabel:`Edit` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)`"
#~ " has many effects for you environment"
#~ " variables for your session. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name"
#~ " of the environment variable. To "
#~ "change the value of a varible "
#~ "double click on the value under "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a"
#~ " new environment variable press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the "
#~ "bottom a dotted line will appear "
#~ "and double click to enter the "
#~ "Varible Name and the Value for the"
#~ " variable. To delete an environment "
#~ "variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button."
#~ " Several of theese varibles relate to"
#~ " hidpi support see `<https://forum.lxqt.org/t"
#~ "/detailed-guide-to-enable-high-dpi-"
#~ "scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ ."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to undo changes you"
#~ " have done press the :guilabel:`reset` "
#~ "button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch session settings from the "
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
#~ "settings --> session settings`. From "
#~ "LXQt configuration center press the "
#~ "button that looks like a triangular "
#~ "blue flag and is labeled with "
#~ "session settings. To run session "
#~ "settings from the command line run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys" msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard " "Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard "
"shortcuts for Lubuntu." "shortcuts for Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -36,58 +36,77 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys." msgid ""
"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut "
"from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then "
"clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you "
"should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:13
msgid "Usage" msgid ""
"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the"
" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to "
"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left "
"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15
msgid "" msgid ""
"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut " "You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` "
"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the" "button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` "
" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the" "button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut "
" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want." "combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the "
"keyboard shortcut does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or "
"\"increases screen brightness\" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so "
"you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a "
"terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter "
"the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the "
":guilabel:`Default` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17
msgid "" msgid ""
"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the" "To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to "
" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to " "see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard "
"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left " "shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press"
"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button." " look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does "
"look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard "
"shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what cammand or what "
"the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19
msgid "" msgid ""
"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` " "To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the "
"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to " ":guilabel:`Close` button."
"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you"
" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut "
"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen "
"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command "
"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshots"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29
msgid "How to launch" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Shortcut Keys."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:33
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use " "LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks"
"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command" " like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run"
" line run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys" #~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys"
@ -139,3 +158,69 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "globalkeyshortcuts." #~ "globalkeyshortcuts."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Shortcut keys is a program that "
#~ "manages the global hotkeys or keyboard"
#~ " shortcuts for Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can **Modify** a current keyboard"
#~ " shortcut by selecting the shortcut "
#~ "from the keyboard table, clicking the"
#~ " modify button, then clicking on the"
#~ " shortcut button. A countdown will "
#~ "begin during which you should push "
#~ "the **keyboard shortcut combination** you "
#~ "want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut"
#~ " by selecting the shortcut from the"
#~ " keyboard table, and clicking the "
#~ ":guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to "
#~ "shortcut keys you can select two "
#~ "shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` "
#~ "then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap`"
#~ " button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can **Add** a new keyboard "
#~ "shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` button."
#~ " The shortcut field will be blank,"
#~ " click the shortcut button to start"
#~ " the countdown, then press the "
#~ "**keyboard shortcut combination** you want "
#~ "to assign. Write a short description "
#~ "of what the keyboard shortcut does, "
#~ "for example \"start drop down "
#~ "terminal\", or \"increases screen "
#~ "brightness\". To make this execute a "
#~ "terminal command select the command "
#~ "radio button and enter the command "
#~ "in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the "
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
#~ "settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt"
#~ " configuration center use shortcut keys "
#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard "
#~ "keys or from the command line run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,40 +10,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups" msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4
msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system." msgid "Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11
msgid "Usage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user " "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user "
"account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the " "account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the "
"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once " "groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once "
"the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. " "the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. "
"Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you " "Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you "
"will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the " "will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the "
@ -52,33 +44,45 @@ msgid ""
"change system settings." "change system settings."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:10
msgid ""
"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the "
":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new"
" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password "
"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info "
"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to " "To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or "
"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking " "double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish"
"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you " " the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the "
"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The" ":guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can "
" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The" "be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the "
" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for" "numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is "
" files access to." "the main group that is default group for files access to."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group" "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group"
" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in." " you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or "
"remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group "
"you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each"
" group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the " "The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a "
":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new" "login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you "
" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password " "use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the "
"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info " ":guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home "
"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button." "directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change " "The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change "
"properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The " "properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The "
@ -86,29 +90,32 @@ msgid ""
"field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group." "field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing " "Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing "
"could break your system." "could break your system."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:35
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:36
msgid "How to launch" msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Users and Groups."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:39
msgid "" msgid "How to Launch"
"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under"
" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can "
"run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40
msgid ""
"To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a "
"teal circle with nondescript picture of a person. Or you can run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:46
msgid "from the command line." msgid "from the command line."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -143,3 +150,71 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "line." #~ "line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Users and groups lets you manage "
#~ "user and group settings on your "
#~ "system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you "
#~ "manage Users. To create a new user"
#~ " account press the :guilabel:`Add` button."
#~ " You will need to select the "
#~ "groups you want the user to be "
#~ "in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. "
#~ "Once the user information and groups "
#~ "are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
#~ " Then you will be prompted to "
#~ "enter an administrative password. Next "
#~ "you will be prompted to enter the"
#~ " new password for the user. To "
#~ "change the users permission click "
#~ "account type and enter your password "
#~ "and select desktop user to not "
#~ "give permission to change the system "
#~ "or admin to change system settings."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view an info on a particaulr"
#~ " user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to"
#~ " bring up a dialog box or the"
#~ " accomplish the same thing by "
#~ "doubleclicking on the username. You can"
#~ " view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will "
#~ "show you the login name for the"
#~ " user and can be edited if you"
#~ " type in the box. The field "
#~ ":guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical "
#~ "internal id of your user. The "
#~ "field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main"
#~ " group that is default group for "
#~ "files access to."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties"
#~ " has checkboxes for each group you"
#~ " are in or which checkbox or "
#~ "each group you are not in."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch Users and groups from "
#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt"
#~ " settings --> users and groups`. From"
#~ " LXQt configuration center under system "
#~ "settings press the button that looks "
#~ "like two people. Or you can run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,97 +10,119 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects" msgid "Chapter 3.2.16 Window Effects"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:4
msgid "Window effects is a program to manage effects of the Compton X compositor." msgid ""
msgstr "" "Window Effects is the default program in Lubuntu to manage effects of the"
" Compton X11 compositor."
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:9
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle " "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle "
"enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox." "enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox."
" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop " " The checkbox for Avoid drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop "
"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the " "drawing shadows on the panel. The :guilabel:`Color of shadow` lets you "
"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how " "change the color of shadows from windows. The field for :guilabel:`The "
"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how " "blur radius for shadows` changes how big to blur the shadows. "
"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow" ":guilabel:`The left offset for shadows` is how far to move the shadows to"
" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the " " the left with a larger number makes the shadow appear farther to the "
"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The " "right. :guilabel:`The top offset for shadows` the larger the number "
"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to " "farther down the shadow appears below the window. :guilabel:`The "
"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop" "translucency for shadows` is how opaque or clear to make the shadows 1 is"
" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not " " opaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows of maximized "
"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows " "windows from extended displays` checkbox does not have shadows across "
"on another." "multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows on another."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity" "The :guilabel:`Opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity"
" to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive" " to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive"
" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity" " windows, active windows, and titlebars and borders all can have their "
" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent " "opacity changed independently. To not change how bright or dim windows "
"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows." "are with window opacity check the :guilabel:`Do not let dimness adjust "
"based on window opacity`. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent "
"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows. To not change how "
"far a window blurs on window transparency check the :guilabel:`Do not let"
" blur radius adjust based on window opacity`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or " "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or "
"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during " "opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Fade windows during "
"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To " "opacity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To have"
"have a slower time between fade in miliseconds increase the " " a slower time between fade in milliseconds increase :guilabel:`The time "
":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this " "between steps in a fade in milliseconds`. To change how much to change "
"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you " "opacity while a window is fading in change :guilabel:`Opacity change "
"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when " "between steps while fading in` field. To change steps when fading out "
"windows opening/closing`." "change :guilabel:`Opacity change between steps while fading out` field. "
"With this settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed "
"unless you don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in"
" out when windows opening/closing`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:20
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Other` tab has settings for changing the backend of how "
"compton renders things. The :guilabel:`Rendering backend` changes what "
"compton uses to render the window effects. To switch to hardware "
"accelerated rendering of the compton backend press the "
":guilabel:`GLX(OpenGL)` button. To change back to the default rendering "
"press the :guilabel:`X Render` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To have your settings applied you will need to press the " "To have your settings applied you will need to press the "
":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the " ":guilabel:`Apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the "
":guilabel:`cancel` button." ":guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you want to close Window Effects press the "
":kbd:`Escape` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25
msgid "How to Launch" msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:26
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Window Effects."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:30
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "To launch Window Effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run" "LXQt Settings --> Window Effects` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear " "from the command line. The icon for Window Effects is a gear button with "
"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to " "a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to have any effect"
"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter " " the compton compositor needs to be running so see `Chapter 3.2.13 "
"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications." "<https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.html>`_ for how "
"to autostart applications. To start the compton compositor just once "
":menuselection:`Acessories --> compton` from the menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -113,3 +135,100 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "launch Window Effects." #~ "launch Window Effects."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Window effects is a program to "
#~ "manage effects of the Compton X "
#~ "compositor."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how "
#~ "compton draws shadows. To toggle enable"
#~ " client side shadows press the Enable"
#~ " client side shadows checkbox. The "
#~ "checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on"
#~ " dock/panel windows will stop drawing "
#~ "shadows on the panel. The label "
#~ "for color lets you change the "
#~ "color of your shadows. The field "
#~ "for blur radius for shadows changes "
#~ "how big to blur the shadows. The"
#~ " :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is "
#~ "how far to move the shadows to "
#~ "the left with a larger number "
#~ "makes the shadow appear farther to "
#~ "the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for"
#~ " shadows` the larger the number "
#~ "farther down the shadow appears below"
#~ " the window. The field for "
#~ ":guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how "
#~ "opaque or clear to make the "
#~ "shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0"
#~ " is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop shadows "
#~ "of maximized windows from extended "
#~ "displays` checkbox does not have shadows"
#~ " across multimonitor layouts on other "
#~ "monitors from windows on another."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for "
#~ "transparency settings. Setting Opacity to "
#~ "1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes"
#~ " it entirely clear. Menus, inactive "
#~ "windows, active windows titlebars and "
#~ "borders all can have their opacity "
#~ "changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur "
#~ "background of transparent windows` blurs "
#~ "the background of transparent windows."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading "
#~ "windows opening or closing or opacity"
#~ " changes. There is a checkbox for "
#~ ":guilabel:`fade windows during opactity "
#~ "changes` so if the opacity changes "
#~ "it will smoothly fade. To have a"
#~ " slower time between fade in "
#~ "miliseconds increase the :guilabel:`The time"
#~ " between steps in a fade in "
#~ "miliseconds`. With this settings windows "
#~ "will fade in and out when opened"
#~ " and closed unless you don't them "
#~ "to which you can check the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when "
#~ "windows opening/closing`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To have your settings applied you "
#~ "will need to press the :guilabel:`apply`"
#~ " button. If you want to cancel "
#~ "your changes press the :guilabel:`cancel` "
#~ "button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch window effects from the "
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
#~ "Settings --> Window effects` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the command line. From LXQt "
#~ "configuration center press the gear "
#~ "button with a c in it to "
#~ "launch Window Effects. Of course for "
#~ "this to have any effect the "
#~ "compton compistor needs to be running"
#~ " so see chapter 3.2.13 for how "
#~ "to autostart applications."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,54 +10,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator" msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives Configurator"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more " "Alternatives Configuartor configures your alternative programs like your "
"applications." "default web browser and more applications if you have multiple programs "
"installed."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program" "To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program"
" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple " " for something such as your default text editor if you have multiple "
"programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the " "programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the "
"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to" "left sidebar under the column :guilabel:`Groups`. On the right side of "
" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative " "the window has a radio button to choose which editor you want to use. "
"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default " "When you change your alternative you will input your password to "
"application." "authenticate to change your default application."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"To show a search for the different application groups press the button " "To show a search for the different application groups press the button "
"that looks like a magnifying glass." "that looks like a magnifying glass."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:13
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.3 of Alternatives Configurator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -68,11 +69,53 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu " "To launch Alternatives Configurator from the menu "
":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run" ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives Configurator` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for Alternatives Configurator is a dark "
"gray circle with an orange G with an a inside."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To configure your alternatives like your"
#~ " default web browser and more "
#~ "applications."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To select the command to choose "
#~ "your alternatives for the default "
#~ "program for something such as your "
#~ "default text editor if you have "
#~ "mulitple programs installed by left "
#~ "clicking what to be the alternative "
#~ "on the left sidebar. On the right"
#~ " side of the window will have a"
#~ " radio button to choose which editor"
#~ " you want to use. When you "
#~ "change your alternative you will input"
#~ " your password to authenticate to "
#~ "change your default application."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch Alternatives configurator from "
#~ "the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
#~ "Alternatives configurator` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,67 +10,188 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers" msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4
msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue." msgid ""
"Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and show your print "
"queue."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view " "To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click "
"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or " ":menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press "
":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you " ":kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if"
"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with " " a job is held you can restart it."
":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`." msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:12
msgid ""
"To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or "
":menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing "
"where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the "
"sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and"
" press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer"
" type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description"
" of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a "
"location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move "
"to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a "
"dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after" "If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after"
" left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left " " left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left "
"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently " "click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally "
"delete your printer." "delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as"
" default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As "
"Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer "
"and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> "
"Rename`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18
msgid ""
"To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with "
":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer "
"has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name "
"your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this "
"printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different "
"driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the"
" right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To print a test page press the "
":guilabel:`Print Test Page` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22
msgid ""
"To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners "
"use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck"
" the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer "
"uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your "
"printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down"
" menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the "
":guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you "
"print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:26
msgid ""
"If you want to change which users can use this printer use the "
":guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print "
"type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To "
"remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the "
":guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list "
"to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these "
"users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the "
":guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:30
msgid ""
"To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer "
"Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` "
"drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from "
"the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the "
":guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:34
msgid ""
"To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job"
" Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default "
":guilabel:`Copies` field."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:36
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:40
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:41
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of Printers."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:44
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:45
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"Printers` or run" "Printers` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:51
msgid "from the command line." msgid "from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Pritners allows you to configure your"
#~ " printer and show your print queue."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view your print queue right "
#~ "click on the printer and right "
#~ "click view print queue or with the"
#~ " printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or"
#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print "
#~ "Queue` and if a job is held "
#~ "you can restart it. To view the"
#~ " properties of printer or make "
#~ "changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> "
#~ "Properties`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to delete a printer"
#~ " :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after "
#~ "left clicking on the printer will "
#~ "delete the printer after you left "
#~ "click on it and you will be "
#~ "asked to confirm so you do not "
#~ "accidently delete your printer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch printers from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or "
#~ "run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance" msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance"
@ -25,92 +25,214 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different " "Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a "
"visual look." "different visual look."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look" "The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and "
" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set " "menus are drawn. To change the usage Qt widget will change the buttons "
"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for" "and tooblbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox "
" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The " ":guilabel:`Set GTk themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK "
":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The " "applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme "
"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you " "for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme "
"normally need two clicks for one click." "for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` "
"has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer " "The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer "
"and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows." "and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows."
" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button " " The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks "
"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The " "in other windows such as the reset button as well. The "
":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the" ":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the"
" background icons with the color of the background." " background icons with the color of the background. However changing an "
"icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log "
"out and back in again."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and " "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and "
"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to " "notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to"
"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview " " change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview"
"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox " " of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox "
":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one" ":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one"
" that comes with the LXQt theme." " that comes with the LXQt theme."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size " "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size "
"that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the " "that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the "
":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and " ":guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and "
"down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the" "down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the"
" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type " " default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can "
"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for " "type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox "
":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts " "for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for "
"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen " "fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier "
"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per " "screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or "
"inch of the screen." "dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted "
"change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you" "The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you"
" change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but " " change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but "
"more available in the package repositories." "more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the "
"cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes"
" and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see "
"things spin for example."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the " "If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the "
":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before." ":guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. "
"To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the"
" :guilabel:`Close` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:32
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Appearance."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt " "To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button " "settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press "
"from LXQt configuration center or run" "the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of"
" a monitor with a window on it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Appearnce is a program that changes "
#~ "the theming of lxqt for a "
#~ "different visual look."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the useage Qt widget "
#~ "will change the buttons and tooblbars"
#~ " look on lubuntu in Qt applications."
#~ " Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set"
#~ " GTk` settings will apply native "
#~ "themes to GTk applications. The field"
#~ " for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will "
#~ "select a theme for GTK2 applications."
#~ " The :guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets "
#~ "the theme with GTK3 applications. The"
#~ " checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single "
#~ "click` has makes things you normally "
#~ "need two clicks for one click."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes "
#~ "desktop icons on your computer and "
#~ "if you click on the icon theme "
#~ "which is previewed on horizontal rows."
#~ " The icon theme is will change "
#~ "how all the icon look and how "
#~ "some button looks in other windows "
#~ "as well for like reset button as"
#~ " well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based"
#~ " on widget style` will slightly "
#~ "change the background icons with the "
#~ "color of the background."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets"
#~ " you change how the panel and "
#~ "notifictions appear. To change the theme"
#~ " left click on the theme name "
#~ "to change the theme. To the left"
#~ " of the theme name there is a"
#~ " small preview of the panel and "
#~ "the default button for the panel. "
#~ "The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined"
#~ " wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to "
#~ "one that comes with the LXQt "
#~ "theme."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings "
#~ "for fonts. To change the font size"
#~ " that desktop applications use choose "
#~ "the font tab and change the "
#~ ":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the"
#~ " size you want or use the up"
#~ " and down arrows to increase or "
#~ "decrease font size respectively. To "
#~ "change the default font there is a"
#~ " drop down box for font name "
#~ "that you can type the font name"
#~ " you or select from the drop "
#~ "down menu. The checkbox for "
#~ ":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and "
#~ ":guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts lets "
#~ "you also set antialiased fonts which "
#~ "are enabled for easier screen viewing."
#~ " The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the "
#~ "resolution or dots per inch of the"
#~ " screen."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one "
#~ "option to change cursor theme lets "
#~ "you change how the cursor looks "
#~ "with two themes installed by default "
#~ "but more available in the package "
#~ "repositories."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to reset your changes"
#~ " you will need to click the "
#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your "
#~ "changes to how they were before."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch appearnce in the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt settings "
#~ "--> appearance`. Another way is to "
#~ "press the Appearance button from LXQt"
#~ " configuration center or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver" msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver"
@ -25,72 +25,154 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the" "Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on "
" system." "the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the " "The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable "
"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one " "Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen "
"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random" "Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen "
" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the " "Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` "
"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the " "selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change "
"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the " "the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set "
"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the" "you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle "
" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will" "After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. The checkbox "
" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` " "for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the"
"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes " " screen and the number of minutes is how many minutes it takes to lock "
"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen." "the screen."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show" "If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show"
" on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when " " on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when "
"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button." "it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more "
"settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` "
"button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To " "To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To "
"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`." "lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want "
"to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the "
"screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart "
"xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the " "If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the "
"screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to " "screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to "
"launch it." "launch it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:18
msgid "Screenshot" msgid ""
"To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the "
":guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking"
" check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your"
" screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from "
"Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the "
":guilabel:`Fade Duration` field."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:24
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver" msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:28
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:29
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"Screensaver` or run" "Screensaver` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:35
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for Screensaveer looks like a blue "
"rectangluar computer monitor with a darker blue background."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Screensave is an application to control"
#~ " what screensavers are used on the"
#~ " system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 "
#~ "settings Disable turns off the "
#~ "screensaver, blank screen only just "
#~ "turns the screen itself off, one "
#~ "screensaver sets one screensaver, and "
#~ "random screensaver selects a random "
#~ "screensaver. To set how long it "
#~ "takes your screen to go to the "
#~ "screensaver change the field that says"
#~ " :guilabel:`blank after` to the number "
#~ "of minutres you want the system to"
#~ " be idle before starting the "
#~ "screensaver. If you have a random "
#~ "screensaver set you can change with "
#~ "the number of minutes it says with"
#~ " cycle after for when the screensaver"
#~ " will change to another one. The "
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` "
#~ "takes the number of minutes to "
#~ "lock the screen and the number of"
#~ " minutes is how many minutes it "
#~ "takes to lock the screen."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you try to select a screensaver"
#~ " that is not installed it will "
#~ "not show on the right hand side"
#~ " of the window. To preview a "
#~ "screensaver as when it would be "
#~ "activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` "
#~ "button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to kill the daemon "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To "
#~ "restart the screensaver daemon "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch screensaver from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or "
#~ "run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness" msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Brightness"
@ -25,58 +25,70 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Brightness is a tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using " "Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you "
"a laptop turning down your screen brighness can increase battery life by " "are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase "
"a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible." "battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen "
"will be illegible."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the " "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the "
"window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click " "window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click "
"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen " "on the dial and dragnight the dial towards the left. If you want to make "
"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the" "the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial "
" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current " "towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a dial on the "
"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not " "center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current "
"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if " "brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not "
"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings." "respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you "
"made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require " "If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each "
"Confirmation after settings change`." "monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will "
"be shown on the left and a dial on the right hand side for each monitor."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:14
msgid "Screenshot" msgid ""
"If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require "
"confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press "
"the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22
msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness." msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Brightness."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:25
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " "To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button " "settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on "
"on LXQt configuration center or run" "LXQt Configuration Center or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:32
msgid "from the commandline." msgid ""
"from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with"
" a gear in the background."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -100,3 +112,59 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "config-brightness from the commandline." #~ "config-brightness from the commandline."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Brightness is a tool to control "
#~ "your screen brightness. If you are "
#~ "using a laptop turning down your "
#~ "screen brighness can increase battery "
#~ "life by a large amount as well "
#~ "however too dim and the screen "
#~ "will be illegible."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use brightness click on the "
#~ "dial towards the right window of "
#~ "the window. To make the screen "
#~ "dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key "
#~ "or click on the dial and drag "
#~ "it towards the left. If you want"
#~ " to make the screen more bright "
#~ "press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or "
#~ "drag the dial towards the right. "
#~ "After doing this you will be asked"
#~ " to confirm the current brightness is"
#~ " ok while needing to select "
#~ ":guilabel:`yes`. If you do not respond"
#~ " it will go back to the old "
#~ "brightness which is useful because if"
#~ " you made your screen illegible it"
#~ " will revert to the old settings."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you do not want to confirmation"
#~ " click the :guilabel:`Require Confirmation "
#~ "after settings change`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch brightness from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings "
#~ "--> Brightness`. Another way is to "
#~ "press the birghtness button on LXQt "
#~ "configuration center or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the commandline."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time" msgid "Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time"
@ -25,65 +25,80 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Date and time is a program that lets you change your timezone toggle " "Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether "
"wheter to get the time automatically and change the date if you are not " "to use NTP or manually set the time."
"connected to a network."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings " "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings "
"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing " "for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing "
"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time " "the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time "
"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left " "synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local "
"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the " "time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time "
"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the " "rather than UTC."
"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol " "To change the timezone of your computer left click the "
"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` " ":guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. "
"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time " "You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says "
"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the " ":guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty."
"correct time."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` " "If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol "
"button." "uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` "
"checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and "
"Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you "
"will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time "
"in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change "
"the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To "
"change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the "
"calendar. To change the year left click the year and enter the year you "
"want with the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:14
msgid ""
"To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
"button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:17
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshots"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:23
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:24
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Date and Time."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:27
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under " "LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under "
"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button " "the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button "
"or from the command line run" "or from the command line run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:34
msgid "The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing " #~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing "
#~ "the time of network press the " #~ "the time of network press the "
@ -105,3 +120,69 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "time." #~ "time."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Date and time is a program that"
#~ " lets you change your timezone toggle"
#~ " wheter to get the time automatically"
#~ " and change the date if you are"
#~ " not connected to a network."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time`"
#~ " sets what time it is and "
#~ "settings for synchronize it via the "
#~ "network.If you want to toggle "
#~ "synchronizing the time of network press"
#~ " the radio button of Enable network"
#~ " time synchronization button. To change "
#~ "the timezone of your computer left "
#~ "click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and "
#~ "select your time zone from the "
#~ "long list. The checkbox for "
#~ ":guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is "
#~ "for the real time clock on your"
#~ " motherboard being in local time "
#~ "rather than UTC."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you do not wish to synchronize"
#~ " your clock via network time protocol"
#~ " uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time"
#~ " synchroniziation (NTP)` checkbox. Once NTP"
#~ " is disabled you want to be "
#~ "able to change your time locally "
#~ "you will be able to change your"
#~ " time by typing your time in "
#~ "the correct time."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To cancel your changes to in date"
#~ " and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
#~ "button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch date and time from the"
#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
#~ "settings --> Date and Time`. From "
#~ "LXQt configuration center under the "
#~ "system settings header at the bottom "
#~ "press the date and time button or"
#~ " from the command line run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,101 +10,124 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop" msgid "Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:5 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Desktop is an application to change the Desktop background and different " "Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the "
"settings even including slideshows." "appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:9
msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:8
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:13
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file" "The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To "
" you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog " "change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file "
"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you " "you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the "
"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an " ":guilabel:`Browse` to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. The "
"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from " "drop down of :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you"
"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select " " select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an image to have multiple "
"fill with background color only." "copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do"
" not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background "
"color only. To change the background color if you select that press the "
"button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To use a "
"different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual "
"wallpaper for each monitor`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different " "The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and "
"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your " "text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Icon size` "
"screen." "lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size "
"that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` "
"brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The "
"field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow "
"around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for "
":guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make"
" the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` "
"checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and " "The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and "
"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font " "size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` "
"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you " "for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The "
"choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a " "middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your "
"choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The " "desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your "
"box :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of " "font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font "
"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field " "underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what "
":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around " "languages your fonts can support choose your language in the "
"the icon." ":guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will "
"appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing " "The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing "
"your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox " "your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox "
":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes " ":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes "
"your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the " "your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the "
"path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder" "path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder"
" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for " " press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the"
"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in " " slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in "
":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To " ":guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. "
"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the " "To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize "
":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox." "the slide show` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22
msgid "Screenshot" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for automatic desktop icons or "
"included or to show openbox menus on click the desktop. To show or hide "
"any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: "
":guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or "
":guilabel:`Network`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:26
msgid "How to launch" msgid "To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:30
msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.15.0 of Desktop."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:33
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " "To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the " "settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt Configuration Center press the "
"desktop button to launch it or run" "desktop button to launch it or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:40
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on " "from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on "
"the desktop desktop preferences." "the desktop :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for "
"Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -153,3 +176,104 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "desktop desktop prefrences." #~ "desktop desktop prefrences."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Desktop is an application to change "
#~ "the Desktop background and different "
#~ "settings even including slideshows."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Desktop."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the desktop background you "
#~ "can either type the path of the"
#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper "
#~ "image file or use browse to bring"
#~ " up a dialog to choose which "
#~ "the desktop. The drop down of "
#~ "wallpaper mode lets you change how "
#~ "the image you select for a "
#~ "wallpaper changes. If you want an "
#~ "image to have multiple copies of a"
#~ " smaller image select tile image from"
#~ " the drop down. If you do not"
#~ " want an image and just a solid"
#~ " color select fill with background "
#~ "color only."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon"
#~ " size` lets you choose a different"
#~ " size of desktop icons you can "
#~ "choose a size that looks good on"
#~ " your screen."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` "
#~ "lets you choose which font and "
#~ "size information from a dialog box. "
#~ "On the left is a box for "
#~ "which font to select on on the "
#~ "bottom or type the name on top."
#~ " The middle lets you choose the "
#~ "font style of the font on your "
#~ "desktop. On the far right is a "
#~ "choice for the size of your font"
#~ " which you can select from the "
#~ "menu. The box :guilabel:`select text "
#~ "color` brings up a widget to pick"
#~ " color of either the text color "
#~ "or the shadow color of the icons."
#~ " The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color`"
#~ " changes the shadow on the shadow "
#~ "around the icon."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows "
#~ "settings for slide show of changing "
#~ "your wallpaper automatically like a "
#~ "slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable "
#~ "Slide Show` enables the slide show "
#~ "that auto changes your wallpaper. The"
#~ " field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` "
#~ "changes the path to find the "
#~ "different pictures for the slideshow or"
#~ " to find a folder press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how "
#~ "long it takes for the slideshow of"
#~ " the desktop background to change "
#~ "change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` "
#~ "for changing how fast the slideshow "
#~ "changes. To randomize the order in "
#~ "which the pictures change check/uncheck "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` "
#~ "checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch desktop from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings "
#~ "--> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration"
#~ " center press the desktop button to"
#~ " launch it or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the command line. Another way "
#~ "to launch this is to right click"
#~ " on the desktop desktop preferences."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications" msgid "Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications"
@ -25,55 +25,69 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Desktop notifications are the settings for your desktop notifactions such" "Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification "
" as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first " "settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat "
"time you run to configure your power managment settings." "or the first time you run to configure your power management settings."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop " "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop "
"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the " "notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears on the"
"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your " " portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your "
"window." "window."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop " "To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press "
"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds" ":guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the "
" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes " ":guilabel:`Reset` button."
":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. "
"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification "
"from each other."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12
msgid "Screenshot" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of "
"desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration`"
" field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 "
"seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make "
"notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the"
" notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification "
"when you are away from your computer use the settings under "
":guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of "
"notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore "
"particular applications type the application name in the "
":guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:15
msgid "Version" msgid "Screenshots"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:21
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications." msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22
msgid "How to launch" msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Desktop Notifications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:25
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences" "To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences"
" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration " " --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop "
"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. " "Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch "
"To launch the configuration from the command line run" "Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications and "
":menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the "
"command line run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -103,3 +117,57 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "config-configurationd." #~ "config-configurationd."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Desktop notifications are the settings "
#~ "for your desktop notifactions such as"
#~ " when someone mentions your name on"
#~ " internet relay chat or the first "
#~ "time you run to configure your "
#~ "power managment settings."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets "
#~ "you change where Desktop notifications "
#~ "appear on your screen click the "
#~ "button that appears on the portion "
#~ "of your screen where you want them"
#~ " with the outline being your window."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets "
#~ "you change duration of desktop "
#~ "notifications there is up and down "
#~ "to add or reduce the number of "
#~ "seconds to show notifications for the"
#~ " default is 10 seconds. The sizes "
#~ ":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose "
#~ "how wide to make notifications. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far "
#~ "to place the notification from each "
#~ "other."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the"
#~ " menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
#~ "settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In "
#~ "lxqt-configuration center press the Desktop"
#~ " Notification button which looks like "
#~ "a giant !. To launch the "
#~ "configuration from the command line run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,69 +10,125 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations" msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4
msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file." msgid "File Associations changes the default application to open a file."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations" msgid ""
"To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another "
"program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that "
"file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes"
" that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To "
"expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press "
"the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the "
":guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on "
"the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows "
"the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a "
"change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something "
"else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it "
"brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13
msgid "" msgid ""
"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another" "To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't "
" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left " "want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the"
"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for" " :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of "
"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To "
"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you "
"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what "
"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current "
"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a"
" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press "
"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new "
"default program for this kind of file."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15
msgid "" msgid "Screenshot"
"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't "
"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the"
" :guilabel:`close` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:19
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:20
msgid "How to Launch" msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of File Associations"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file " "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File "
"associations` or from the command line run" "Associations` or from the command line run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:30
msgid "The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To search for which file extenstion "
#~ "you want to change to open in "
#~ "another program you can search in "
#~ "the top box for that file format."
#~ " On the left is really long "
#~ "list of all mimetype that you can"
#~ " change but searching for a "
#~ "particular one will be much faster. "
#~ "To expand a particular group of "
#~ "mimetypes from the group on the "
#~ "left pres the :guilabel:`+` button. To"
#~ " collapse a group of mimetypes press"
#~ " the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you "
#~ "find the filetype you want to "
#~ "change on the top right it tells"
#~ " you what kind of file that "
#~ "mimetype is and shows the extensions."
#~ " The current default is shown on "
#~ "the lower right with a change "
#~ "button that brings up a menu for"
#~ " you to change it to something "
#~ "else. To change a default press "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Change` button and it "
#~ "brings up a menu to choose the "
#~ "new default program for this kind "
#~ "of file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To reset your changes press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`reset` button if you don't "
#~ "want to keep your buttons. Once "
#~ "you are happy with your choices "
#~ "press the :guilabel:`close` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences -->"
#~ " LXQt settings --> file associations` "
#~ "or from the command line run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse" msgid "Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse"
@ -25,90 +25,110 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Keyboard and Mouse is a program to change the behavior of your keyboard " "Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your "
"and mouse." "keyboard, mouse, and touchpad."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:11
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves " "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves,"
"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag " " scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field "
"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to " "changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. "
"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To " "If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the "
"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` " ":guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap "
"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate " "left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` "
"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make" "checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The "
" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new " "settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you "
"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous " "want it."
"settings."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally " "If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to"
"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`" " go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and "
" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check" "Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button."
" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the "
"button on a touchpad."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme " "The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme "
"which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the " "which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the "
"cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a " "cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a "
"theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have" "theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have"
" to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect." " to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings." "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings."
" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut" " If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress"
" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take " " move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take "
"longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes" "longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes"
" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the " " to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the "
"repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the " "repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the "
"right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it" "right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it"
" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after" " take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type "
" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your " "in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard "
"computer." "settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the "
":guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after"
" login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard " "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard "
"layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current " "layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current "
"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout " "keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout "
"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left " "press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left "
"click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a " "click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a "
"keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` " "keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` "
"buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in " "buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in "
"the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down." "the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To "
"select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop "
"down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the "
":guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction "
"check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling "
"is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to "
"register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate "
"items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having "
"to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the "
":guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad "
"press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of "
":guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press"
" the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to "
"scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31
msgid "How to launch" msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:32
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Keyboard and Mouse."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:35
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:37
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> " "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center " "LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press"
"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the " " the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run"
"command line run" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:43
msgid "The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -165,3 +185,116 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "lxqt-config-input." #~ "lxqt-config-input."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Keyboard and Mouse is a program to"
#~ " change the behavior of your keyboard"
#~ " and mouse."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Keyboard and Mouse."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings"
#~ " for how fast the mouse moves "
#~ "scrolls and double clicks. To increase"
#~ " the sensitivity of the mouse drag"
#~ " the slider next to sensitivity "
#~ "towards the right or conversely to "
#~ "decrease sensitivity drag the slider "
#~ "towards less sensitivity. To increase "
#~ "acceleration of the mouse drag the "
#~ ":guilabel:`acceleration` slider to the right"
#~ " for acceleration and to make the "
#~ "mouse accelerate slower drag it to "
#~ "the left. The settings should apply "
#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse "
#~ "moves how you want it. If you "
#~ "do not like the new settings press"
#~ " the :guilabel:`reset` button to go "
#~ "back to your previous settings."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you wish to only have to "
#~ "click once to activate buttons normally"
#~ " requiring two clicks check the "
#~ ":guilabel:`single click to activate items` "
#~ "checkbox. If you wish to swap left"
#~ " and right buttons on your mouse "
#~ "check the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox."
#~ " Note that this also swaps the "
#~ "button on a touchpad."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left"
#~ " lets you change your cursor theme"
#~ " which is quite useful if you "
#~ "are say running virtual machines so "
#~ "the cursor does not look the same"
#~ " in the host and the guest. To"
#~ " change a theme scroll down to "
#~ "which theme you want under preview "
#~ "but you will have to logout and"
#~ " log back in again for this to"
#~ " fully take effect."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings "
#~ "for changing keyboard settings. If you"
#~ " want to change how quickly it "
#~ "takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut "
#~ "move the slider to the right on"
#~ " the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take "
#~ "longer to repeat key presses or to"
#~ " the left to decrease the time "
#~ "it takes to repeat. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly "
#~ "after the repeat delay the held "
#~ "down key will repeat itself which "
#~ "moving to the right will make it"
#~ " take longer to increase while to "
#~ "the left will make it take a "
#~ "short time to repeat itself. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`turn on numlock after login` "
#~ "checkbox will make it like numlock "
#~ "is set on login on your computer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has "
#~ "settings to add a new keyboard "
#~ "layout. In the top center of the"
#~ " window is a listing of your "
#~ "current keyboard layout and any varaint"
#~ " applied to it. To add a "
#~ "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add "
#~ "button`. To remove the keyboard layout"
#~ " left click on the keyboard and "
#~ "press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To "
#~ "move a keyboard layout up or down"
#~ " press the :guilabel:`Up` or "
#~ ":guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your "
#~ "keyboard model in choose your keyboard"
#~ " model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model`"
#~ " drop down."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use "
#~ "menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
#~ "settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In"
#~ " LXQt configuration center press the "
#~ "keyboard and mouse button and keyboard"
#~ " and mouse or from the command "
#~ "line run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale" msgid "Chapter 3.2.9 Locale"
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12
@ -42,34 +42,45 @@ msgid ""
"To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local" "To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local"
" and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search" " and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search"
" through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the " " through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the "
":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment " ":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement "
"units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you " "units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you "
"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for " "can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the "
":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization." ":kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:14
msgid ""
"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more "
"customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point "
"appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change"
" the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down "
"menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the "
":guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which "
"measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:17
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:18
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.15.0 of Locale."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:21
msgid "How to Launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt " "To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
"settings --> locale` or run" "settings --> Locale` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale " "from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A "
"button that looks like a flag." "on it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -81,3 +92,38 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "button that looks like a flag." #~ "button that looks like a flag."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change your locale the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Region` shows the name of "
#~ "your local and in the drop down"
#~ " menu you can type the name of"
#~ " your locale to search through the"
#~ " locales or scroll through the long"
#~ " list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will"
#~ " show how numbers Time Currency and"
#~ " measurment units will be shown on"
#~ " your system. If you do not "
#~ "like the changes you can press the"
#~ " :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for"
#~ " :guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for "
#~ "even more customization."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch locale in the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings "
#~ "--> locale` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the command line. In LXQt "
#~ "configuration center press the locale "
#~ "button that looks like a flag."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences" msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences"
@ -25,8 +25,17 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for " "This chapter sets up the many preferences included within Lubuntu for "
"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your " "themeing and customization. Be aware that this will make your system look"
"system look different than the screenshots in this manual." " different than the screenshots in this manual."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter sets up the many "
#~ "preferences included within lubuntu for "
#~ "themeing and customization. Be aware "
#~ "that this likely will make your "
#~ "system look different than the "
#~ "screenshots in this manual."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,22 +10,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2 #: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:3
msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences" msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4 #: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:5
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to " "This chapter documents tools to manage your system, change preferences, "
"change preferences on Lubuntu." "and themeing Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter contains details on tools"
#~ " to manage your system and to "
#~ "change preferences on Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center" msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center"
@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3
msgid "" msgid ""
"Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has " "Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has "
"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover " "a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, "
"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for " "Discover only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for "
"command line packages please use muon instead." "command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6
@ -37,86 +37,106 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:7
msgid "" msgid ""
"Discover allows you to search for applications by using the search box. " "Discover allows you to search for applications by using the "
"Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing " ":guilabel:`Search` box. To search for programs in discover type in the "
"or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can " "search bar in the upper left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view "
"also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the " "featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. "
"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the " "Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When "
":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a " "installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. "
"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking " "You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on "
"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot " "the different categories. In the results after selecting your program you"
"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`" " are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the "
" or click not on the screenshot." "screenshot click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press "
":kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the "
"start with press the button that looks like a house."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All " "Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. "
"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside " "Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history."
"the areas of reviews."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11
msgid "" msgid ""
"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper " "To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All "
"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the" "Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside "
" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner." "the areas of reviews. Below the reviews there is information on the "
"package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13
msgid "" msgid ""
"Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on " "Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on "
"the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for " "the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for "
"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that " "Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that "
"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange" "need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)`"
" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to" " where x is the number of the packages needing updating. When you select "
" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of " "updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the "
"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To " "number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis."
"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all " " To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the "
"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you " "old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download "
"are installing these updates." "size of the update to the right. To finally update press the "
":guilabel:`Update All` button or press :kbd:`Alt+U` to install all "
"updates and then you will need to enter your password and press the "
":guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these "
"updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will "
"see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` "
"and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17
msgid "" msgid ""
"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your" "To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt "
" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and" "+I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar "
" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the " "(upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software "
":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will " "by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the "
"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program." "program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program "
"press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:21
msgid "" msgid ""
"In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` " "In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` "
"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release " "category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, or release "
"date." "date."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23
msgid "Screenshot" msgid ""
"To get to your settings on what software to use install use the "
":guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the "
"hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. "
"To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the "
"checkbox next to that software source."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:32
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Discover."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:35
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> " "To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> "
"Discover` or run" "Discover` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:42
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle "
"with a white downward pointing arrow."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover" #~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover"
@ -164,3 +184,107 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "line." #~ "line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Discover allows you to install and "
#~ "remove programs and utilities. It has"
#~ " a simplistic interface making it "
#~ "easy to navigate and use. Discover "
#~ "however only shows GUI application "
#~ "packages so if you are looking for"
#~ " command line packages please use "
#~ "muon instead."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Discover allows you to search for "
#~ "applications by using the search box."
#~ " Clicking on a program will give "
#~ "you a description of it. When "
#~ "installing or removing software, you "
#~ "will be prompted for your password. "
#~ "You can also browse through different"
#~ " categories on the left clicking on"
#~ " the different categories. To move "
#~ "back from a category or search "
#~ "press the :guilabel:`back` button which "
#~ "functions similar to the back button "
#~ "in a web browser. In the results"
#~ " after selecting your program you are"
#~ " looking at you can select a "
#~ "screenshot and get a bigger view "
#~ "of the screenshot click on the "
#~ "screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot"
#~ " press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on"
#~ " the screenshot."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view user reviews of a program"
#~ " click on the text :guilabel:`Show "
#~ "All Reviews`. To exit the user "
#~ "reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click "
#~ "outside the areas of reviews."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To search for programs in discover "
#~ "type in the search bar in the "
#~ "upper left or press :kbd:`Control + "
#~ "F`. To view featured applications press"
#~ " the blue rectangle on the top "
#~ "left hand corner."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Discover allows you to update software"
#~ " using the Updates tab located on "
#~ "the bottom of the left column. You"
#~ " can click the :guilabel:`Check for "
#~ "updates` button to check for updates "
#~ "manually. If you have updates that "
#~ "need to be installed Update with a"
#~ " gear and will be highlighted in "
#~ "orange and the number of updates "
#~ "that are available. When you select "
#~ "updates to install and have updates "
#~ "towards the upper left shows you "
#~ "the number of packages to update "
#~ "and the size of the download in"
#~ " parenthisis. To finally update press "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Update All` button to "
#~ "install all updates and then you "
#~ "will need to enter your password "
#~ "to make sure you are installing "
#~ "these updates."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To remove software use the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse "
#~ "your installed packages, search using "
#~ "the search bar (upper left corner), "
#~ "and the click the remove button to"
#~ " remove software by pressing the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a"
#~ " program installed there will also be"
#~ " a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually"
#~ " launch this program."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In the upper right corner of "
#~ "discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort`"
#~ " category to sort your search results"
#~ " by name, rating, size, and release"
#~ " date."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager" msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager"
@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating " "Muon Package Manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating "
"updating packages." "packages."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8
@ -43,18 +43,20 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says" "To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says"
" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can " " :guilabel:`Search`. If you find something you want to install you can "
"right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to " "right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to "
"install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about" "install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about"
" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not " " wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`Cancel` button to not "
"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking" "pull in all those dependencies or press :guilabel:`OK` to continue "
" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green " "looking for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the "
"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your" "green checkbox button that says :guilabel:`Apply Changes` and you will "
" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be " "end up entering your password to confirm you want to install and then the"
"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for " " package will be installed. To go back to do other changes press the "
"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " ":guilabel:`Back` button. To preview your changes after hitting back press"
"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation " " the :guilabel:`Preview Changes` button. If you want to undo the last "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`." "operation you have done for installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or"
" :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages "
"for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12
@ -62,8 +64,9 @@ msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of" "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of"
" the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the" " the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the"
" package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the" " package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the"
" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle " " package. To reverse the sort order of packages press the triangle button"
"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column." " just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Requested`, or "
":guilabel:`Package` columns."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14
@ -71,119 +74,408 @@ msgid ""
"To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the " "To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the "
":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the" ":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the"
" previous package left click on the list of packages above press the " " previous package left click on the list of packages above press the "
":kbd:`Up Arrow`." ":kbd:`Up Arrow`. To move down a group of packages press the :kbd:`Page "
"Down` key. To move the packages up a page press the :kbd:`Page Up` key. "
"To move to the last package in results press the :kbd:`End` key. To "
"return to the first package press the :kbd:`Home` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the " "When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the "
"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a " "screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`Details` tab has a "
"description of the package you are currently selected. The " "description of the package you are currently selected. The "
":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from " ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from "
"what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it" "what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it"
" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows " " takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`Dependencies` tab shows "
"you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To" "you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To"
" view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll " " view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll "
"down to view them." "down to view them. If you have installed a package you can see all files "
"installed by that package in the :guilabel:`Installed Files` tab."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the" "If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the"
" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. " " :menuselection:`View --> History` or press :kbd:`control + h`. To search"
"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under " " through your history enter what you want to search for in the "
"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select " ":guilabel:`Search` bar. To the right to the search is a drop down menu to"
":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a" " choose whether to view :guilabel:`All changes`, "
" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system." ":guilabel:`Installations`, :guilabel:`Updates`, or :guilabel:`Removals`. "
"Under the :guilabel:`Date` field shows collapseable search results of the"
" kind of packages you are looking for. To collapse or uncollapse a the "
"operation on a particular date press the :guilabel:`+` button to "
"uncollapse an operation on a date. To collapse operations on a particular"
" date is to press the :guilabel:`-` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the left hand side of Muon Package Manager there is a :guilabel:`By "
"Category` divider. In this there are many different categories like "
":guilabel:`Graphics` and :guilabel:`Games and Amusement`. For example the"
" graphics tab will have image editing or creating vector graphics in the "
":guilabel:`Graphics` category. To go back to seeing all packages select "
":guilabel:`All` under the :guilabel:`By Category` divider."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28
msgid ""
"To view all installed packages on the left hand side of the window under "
"filtered click the divider for :guilabel:`By Status` and select "
":guilabel:`Installed`. Now in the upper main part of the window will be a"
" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system. To show only"
" files that are not installed from the :guilabel:`By Status` divider "
"select :guilabel:`Not Installed`. From the :guilabel:`By Status` divider "
"select :guilabel:`Upgradeable` to see which packages can be upgraded. To "
"see only packages that are broken the filter for :guilabel:`By Status` "
"and select :guilabel:`Broken`. To view which packages that are not "
"installed on your system but still have configuration file from the "
":guilabel:`By Status` divider select :guilabel:`Residual Configuration`. "
"To view packages installed as a dependency and know can be removed from "
":guilabel:`By Status` and select :guilabel:`Install(auto-removable)`. To "
"go back to seeing all packages in the :guilabel:`By Status` and select "
":guilabel:`All`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:32
msgid ""
"To see which packages come from which source select either :guilabel:`By "
"Status` and then select :guilabel:`Installed` or :guilabel:`All` to "
"select all or installed packages. Then select :guilabel:`By Origin` and "
"the name of any PPA will show which packages come from. To go back to "
"seeing all packages select :guilabel:`All` on the sidebar under both "
":Guilabel:`By Status` and :guilabel:`By Origin`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies " "If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies "
"that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the " "that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the "
"divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed" "divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed"
"(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be" "(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be"
" removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then " " removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then "
"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark" "select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removal` button. If you just want to mark "
" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary " "all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unnecessary "
"Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply " "Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes` button to apply changes." "Changes` button to apply changes."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button " "To see what repository a package comes from on the left hand side use the"
"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`." " :guilabel:`By Origin` filter on the left hand side. :guilabel:`Ubuntu` "
"shows packages from the official Ubuntu repositories."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can " "To see what architecture a package uses use the :guilabel:`By "
":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`." "Architecture` filter. To see all architectures use the :guilabel:`All` "
"line. To see common packages see the :guilabel:`Common` for packages "
"common to all architectures. To see 64 bit packages use the "
":guilabel:`64-bit` line. To see 32 bit packages use the "
":guilabel:`32-bit` line."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:40
msgid "" msgid ""
"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how " "To check for updates in Muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button "
"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable." "with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`. To actually"
" update and install these upgrades fully press the :guilabel:`Full "
"Upgrade` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Full Upgrade` and then press "
"the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. After this a status bar towards the"
" bottom will show how much total progress is on the upgrade. To have an "
"upgrade where packages are not removed press the upward point arrow "
"button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cautious Upgrade`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> " "If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can "
"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The " ":menuselection:`File --> Save Package Download List`. If you want to load"
"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. " " these packages from a file such as if you get a new laptop "
"The column :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply " ":menuselection:`File --> Download Packages From List`. If you want to "
"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the " "quit Muon press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss " msgstr ""
"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your "
"shortcut here`." #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:44
msgid ""
"On the bottom of Muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how "
"many packages are :guilabel:`available`, :guilabel:`installed`, and "
":guilabel:`upgradeable`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:46
msgid "" msgid ""
"To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show " "To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show "
"Toolbar` checkbox." "Toolbar` checkbox. Check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` "
"again to get your checkbox back."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:49
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:53
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of Muon Package Manager."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:57
msgid "How to Launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:58
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools" "To launch Muon Package Manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools"
" --> Muon package manager` or run" " --> Muon Package Manager` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:64
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for Muon Package Manager is a tan box "
"with a downward pointing black arrow."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:67
msgid "Customizing" msgid "Customizing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54 #: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:69
msgid "" msgid ""
"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager " "To get to your preferences for Muon package manager "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The "
"checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` " "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` "
"brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The" "brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The"
" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will " " checkbox :guilabel:`Treat recommended packages as dependencies` will "
"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will " "always install all recommended packages as dependencies and will "
"automatically install one when you install a recommended package." "automatically install one when you install a recommended package. To "
"always install suggested packages as dependencies check the "
":guilabel:`Treat Suggested packages as dependencies`. To change the "
"maximum number of package operations you can undo change the "
":guilabel:`Number of undo operations` field. To save space by deleting "
"old cached packages check the :guilabel:`Delete obsolete cached packages "
"every` checkbox and change the field to the right to change how often to "
"delete the cache. To have your settings back to default press the "
":guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:73
msgid ""
"To change settings on your toolbar :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure"
" Toolbars`. To remove an item from the current items on the toolbar press"
" the button that is the leftward pointing arrow. To add an item to the "
"toolbar press the button that is the rightward pointing arrow. To move an"
" item up or down on the toolbar press the upward pointing arrow button. "
"If you want to change the icon for things you have in your toolbar press "
"the :guilabel:`Change Icon` button. To change what the toolbar says press"
" the :guilabel:`Change Text` button and type what you want in the toolbar"
" in the pop up menu. To set your toolbars back to the default press the "
":guilabel:`Defaults` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:77
msgid ""
"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The "
"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. "
"The column :guilabel:`Shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply "
"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the "
"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and press "
"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your "
"shortcut here`. To restore all keyboard shortcuts to defaults press the "
":guilabel:`Defaults` button."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Muon package manager is an alternative"
#~ " GUI for installing and updating "
#~ "updating packages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To search for a program to install"
#~ " type into the bar at the top"
#~ " that says :guilabel:`search`. If you "
#~ "find something you want to install "
#~ "you can right click and then mark"
#~ " for installation. When the package "
#~ "you want to install has additional "
#~ "dependencies will show up if you "
#~ "think twice about wanting to install "
#~ "you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` "
#~ "button to not pull in all those"
#~ " dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to "
#~ "continue looking for software to "
#~ "install. To apply your changes you "
#~ "can press the green checkbox button "
#~ "that says apply changes and you "
#~ "will end up entering your password "
#~ "to confirm you want to install and"
#~ " then the package will be installed."
#~ " If you want to undo the the"
#~ " last operation you have done for "
#~ "installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or"
#~ " :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To get "
#~ "rid of all your marked packages "
#~ "for installation :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Unmark All`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package "
#~ "name and a short description of "
#~ "the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows "
#~ "what the current status of the "
#~ "package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows"
#~ " what status you want for the "
#~ "package. To revesrse the sort order "
#~ "of packages press the triangle button"
#~ " just to the left of the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Status` column."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To select the next package left "
#~ "click on the list of packages "
#~ "press the :kbd:`Down Arrow` key to "
#~ "move to the next selected package. "
#~ "To select the previous package left "
#~ "click on the list of packages "
#~ "above press the :kbd:`Up Arrow`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When you find your package you "
#~ "want to install on the bottom half"
#~ " of the screen there is a bar"
#~ " of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab "
#~ "has a description of the package "
#~ "you are currently selected. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you"
#~ " where the package comes from what"
#~ " category it is and what the "
#~ "installed size would be and what "
#~ "size it takes to download the "
#~ "package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab "
#~ "shows you what other packages are "
#~ "needed by the package you wish to"
#~ " install. To view the changes of "
#~ "a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` "
#~ "and scroll down to view them."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to see your history"
#~ " of package updates and installed "
#~ "from the :menuselection:`menu --> view "
#~ "--> history` or press :kbd:`control +"
#~ " h`. To view all installed packes "
#~ "on the left hand side of the "
#~ "window under filetered click the divider"
#~ " for :guilabel:`By status` and select "
#~ ":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper "
#~ "main part of the window will be"
#~ " a window with a scrollbar to "
#~ "see all packages on your system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you remove some packages you "
#~ "may have packages that were dependencies"
#~ " that are no longer needed anymore"
#~ " you can check on this by "
#~ "clicking the divider on the left "
#~ "hand side by :menuselection:`By Status "
#~ "--> Installed(auto-removeable)` will show "
#~ "if you have packages that are now"
#~ " able to be removed without any "
#~ "problems that are no longer serving "
#~ "a purpose. Then select the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If "
#~ "you just want to mark all packages"
#~ " for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Remove Unesscary Packages`. Then of "
#~ "course you will need to press the"
#~ " :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button to apply"
#~ " changes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To check for updates in muon press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear "
#~ "button with an arrow or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to save all of "
#~ "your packages on a text file you"
#~ " can :menuselection:`File --> Save Download"
#~ " Pakcage List`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the bottom of muon package "
#~ "manager there is a toolbar that "
#~ "states how many packages are available,"
#~ " installed, and upgradeable."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view and configure your shortcuts "
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Shortcuts`"
#~ " and a window to open shortcuts "
#~ "will appear. The column for "
#~ ":guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard "
#~ "shortcut will do. The column "
#~ ":guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a"
#~ " shortcut to apply changes. To add"
#~ " shortcut to something that does not"
#~ " have it press the small faint "
#~ ":menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop "
#~ "down menu and presss the button "
#~ "next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and"
#~ " input :kbd:`Your shortcut here`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To hide the toolbar uncheck the "
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Show Toolbar` "
#~ "checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch muon package manager from "
#~ "the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> "
#~ "Muon package manager` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To get to your prefrences for Muon"
#~ " package manager :menuselection:`Settings --> "
#~ "Configure Muon Package Manager`. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes "
#~ "that affect other packages` brings up"
#~ " confirmation dialog when you will "
#~ "affect multiple packages. The checkbox "
#~ ":guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as "
#~ "dependencies` will always install all "
#~ "recommended packages as depenencies and "
#~ "will automatically install one when you"
#~ " install a recommended package."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,83 +10,109 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources" msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. " "Occasionally you may need to change the setting of your software sources."
"This could involve:" " This could involve:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:6
msgid "" msgid ""
"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new " "Changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new "
"releases," "releases,"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7
msgid "Adding or removing sources such as PPAs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8
msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs" msgid "Changing download server"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9
msgid "changing download server" msgid "Installing proprietary drivers"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:12
msgid "etc," msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14
msgid "Usage" msgid ""
"You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs at the top of the "
"window."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16
msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software " "The :guilabel:`Ubuntu Software` tab contains settings involving the "
"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and " "downloading of software from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable "
"select a download server among other things." "proprietary software and select a download server among other things. To "
"toggle enabling /disabling the proprietary drivers check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Proprietary drivers for devices(restricted)` checkbox. To "
"toggle enabling/disabling other proprietary software check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Software restricted by copyright or legal issues(multiverse)` "
"checkbox. To change the mirror or where you download change the "
":guilabel:`Download from` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Main Server` "
"option downloads from the main Ubuntu server. There is an "
":guilabel:`Other` option with a large list of mirrors. The "
":guilabel:`Mirror` column lists a collapse list of mirrors to download "
"from. To choose the fastest option press the :guilabel:`Select Best "
"Server`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. " "The :guilabel:`Other software` tab allows you to add, remove, or edit "
"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories." "other software sources. Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) "
"and CD-ROM repositories. To enable/disable a software source click the "
"checkbox to the left of its name. To remove software from the list left "
"click the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To add a third party source of "
"software to your system press the :guilabel:`Add` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe" "The :guilabel:`Updates` tab allows you set which software updates you "
" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and " "would like to subscribe to, in this case :guilabel:`Important security "
"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will " "updates`, :guilabel:`Recommended updates`, :guilabel:`Pre-released "
"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely " "(unstable)`, and :guilabel:`Unsupported updates`. You can also set how "
"frequently your system will automatically check for updates to the right "
"of :guilabel:`Check for updates` and what actions it should take, namely "
"notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can " "notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can "
"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal " "also specify which releases you would like to be notified of in the "
"Releases, Long term releases or Never." ":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` drop down, "
":menuselection:`Normal Releases`, :menuselection:`Long term releases "
"only`, or :menuselection:`Never`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not " "The :guilabel:`Authentication` tab manages key files which ensure your "
"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source " "downloads are not compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a"
"and your download has not been intercepted." " reliable source and your download has not been intercepted. The list of "
"all keys signed on your system are listed under :guilabel:`Trusted "
"software providers`. To remove a key you no longer want to have access to"
" your system press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To only allow the "
"default keys that ship with Lubuntu press the :guilabel:`Restore "
"Defaults` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing " "Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing "
"developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We " "developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We "
@ -94,41 +120,155 @@ msgid ""
"has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy." "has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:34
msgid "Version" msgid ""
"To reset changes to software sources press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. "
"When exiting the program and your sources change you will be asked to "
"download new software sources and to do so press the :guilabel:`Reload` "
"button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:37
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties." msgid "Proprietary Drivers"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38
msgid "Screenshot" msgid ""
"To install proprietary drivers use the :guilabel:`Additional Drivers` "
"tab. Then press the check box to use the :guilabel:`Using Driver Name` "
"radio button to input the proprietary driver for that checkbox. To not "
"use proprietary drivers for something press the :guilabel:`Do not use the"
" device` radio button. To apply these changes you will need internet "
"access and will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. To "
"revert back to your previous changes press the :guilabel:`Revert` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40
msgid "How to Launch" msgid ""
"To launch this part of the program directly :menuselection:`Preferences "
"--> Additional Drivers`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:43
msgid "" msgid "Version"
"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software "
"Sources`"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:44
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.98.10 of Software Sources."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:47
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:49
msgid "" msgid ""
"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)" "To launch software properties from the menu you can "
" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`." ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Software Sources`. In Muon Package "
"Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software Sources`. In "
"Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) "
"--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`. From the command line run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:55
msgid "command line:" msgid ""
"The icon for Software Sources looks like a blue circle with a white "
"downward pointing arrow."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46 #: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:57
msgid "" msgid ""
"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, " "tags:PPA, software, download, sources, release, update, Discover, Muon, "
"security," "security,"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Occasionally you may need to change "
#~ "the setting of you software sources. "
#~ "This could involve:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "changing update settings like update "
#~ "frequency, notification of new releases,"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "changing download server"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "etc,"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Ubuntu Software contains settings involving"
#~ " the downloading of software from "
#~ "Ubuntu repositories. Here you can "
#~ "disable proprietary software and select "
#~ "a download server among other things."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Other software allows you to add, "
#~ "remove or edit other software sources."
#~ " Here you can manage remote "
#~ "repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM "
#~ "repositories."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Updates allows you set which software"
#~ " updates you would like to subscribe"
#~ " to, in this case Security, "
#~ "Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and "
#~ "Unsupported updates. You can also set"
#~ " how frequently your system will "
#~ "automatically check for updates and what"
#~ " actions it should take, namely "
#~ "notify you, download (without notification),"
#~ " or install updates. You can also "
#~ "specify which releases you would like"
#~ " to be notified of, Normal Releases,"
#~ " Long term releases or Never."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Authentication manages key files which "
#~ "ensure your downloads are not "
#~ "compromised, basically ensuring you are "
#~ "download from a reliable source and "
#~ "your download has not been intercepted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In Muon Package Manager "
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software "
#~ "Sources`"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In Discover Software Center "
#~ ":menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default) "
#~ "--> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software"
#~ " Sources`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "command line:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tags:ppa, software, download, sources, "
#~ "release, update, discover, muon, security,"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
# package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 4.4 Update Notifier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:4
msgid "Update Notifier is a simple program to upgrade your system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:7
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:8
msgid ""
"To apply an upgrade for the press the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. This "
"will bring up a prompt for Update Notifier with lxqt-sudo for you to "
"authenticate applying updates. After this happens in the center will be a"
" large progress bar showing the progress of installing. Press the "
":guilabel:`OK` button after entering your password. Once the update is "
"done press the :guilabel:`Close` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:10
msgid ""
"If you have to restart after an update the window will say "
":guilabel:`Restart Required`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:13
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:18
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:19
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1 of Update Notifier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:22
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:23
msgid ""
"To launch Update Notifier :menuselection:`Preferences --> Apply Full "
"Upgrade`, press the :guilabel:`Apply Full Upgrade` from LXQt "
"Configuration Center, or from the command line run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/4.4/Update-Notifier.rst:29
msgid ""
"The icon for Update Notifier looks like a yellow circle with two circular"
" arrows above it."
msgstr ""

@ -10,25 +10,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2 #: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:3
msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software" msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4 #: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:5
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove " "This chapter will teach you how to use GUI tools to install, update, and "
"software and manage sources." "remove software and manage where your system downloads sources."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software" #~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software"
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter will teach you how to"
#~ " use GUI to install update and "
#~ "remove software and manage sources."
#~ msgstr ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2 #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons" msgid "Chapter 5.2 Desktop Icons"
@ -29,32 +29,136 @@ msgid ""
"dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or " "dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or "
"desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you " "desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you "
"want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is " "want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is "
"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like " "to right click on the icon open with and select say a text editor like "
"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move" "FeatherPad to open file. To move a desktop icon hold left click and drag"
" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current " " the icon to the desired position. If you move a desktop icon and then "
"Position`." "want to move it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to "
"current Position`. If you have an new executable file on your desktop and"
" always want to run it right click and select :menuselection:`Trust this "
"executable`. If an executable is not trusted it will have an "
":guilabel:`!` on the icon."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7 #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:6
msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop" msgid ""
"If you want to not see all your icons to show off your awesome desktop "
"right click on the desktop background and select :menuselection:`Hide "
"Desktop Items`. If you have hidden files in your desktop and want to "
"toggle showing them right click on your desktop, check/uncheck, and "
"select :menuselection:`Show Hidden`. To get your desktop icons to show "
"again right click and uncheck the :guilabel:`Hide Desktop Icons` "
"checkbox. To create a new folder on your desktop right click and select "
":menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`. To create a new blank file on "
"your desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Create New --> "
"Blank File`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8 #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To rearrange your files by when they were last modified right click on "
"the desktop :menuselection:`Sorting --> By Modification Time`. To sort by"
" how large each file is right click on the desktop "
":menuselection:`Sorting --> By File Size`. To return to sorting by name "
"right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> By File"
" Name`. To reverse the order of sorting right click on the desktop and "
"select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Descending`. To sort back to the way "
"you had before right click and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> "
"Ascending`. To make your sorting of desktop icons case sensitive right "
"click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Case "
"Sensitive`. To make folders appear first right click on your checkbox and"
" select :menuselection:`Sorting --> Folder First`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:10
msgid ""
"To select all items on your desktop right click on the desktop background"
" and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To select the opposite to what "
"you currently have select right click on the desktop and select "
":menuselection:`Invert Selection`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:12
msgid ""
"Some icons also have special actions associated with them. You can right "
"click on the trash and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash` to get rid of "
"all files in your trash can."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:15
msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:16
msgid ""
"Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from" "Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from"
" the application menu." " the application menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9 #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:17
msgid "" msgid ""
"You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders " "You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders "
"from the File manager onto the desktop." "from the File manager onto the desktop."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14 #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:18
msgid ""
"To rename a file on the desktop right click on the icon "
":menuselection:`Rename`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:19
msgid ""
"To open the properties of a file or icon on your desktop right click the "
"icon :menuselection:`Properties`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:20
msgid ""
"You can create files on your desktop by saving them in the desktop "
"directory in your home folder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click " "To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click "
":menuselection:`move to trash`." ":menuselection:`Move to Trash`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:27
msgid "Editing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:28
msgid ""
"To edit a desktop entry including those on your menu you will need to "
"open the .desktop entry in FeatherPad or the text editor of your choice "
"you can also on desktop icons right click on the icon and "
":menuselection:`Open With`. To launch a program with an option simply add"
" that option to the line that starts with Exec=. To change what the name "
"of the desktop file shows up as on the desktop and in file manger change "
"the entry line that starts with Name=. To change the icon to that used by"
" something else change the line starting with Icon=."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:31
msgid "Creating"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:32
msgid ""
"To create a launcher graphically you can right click on the desktop and "
"select :menuselection:`Create Launcher`. To add a name for the launcher "
"you want enter in the :guilabel:`Name` field. To enter a description of "
"the program enter the :guilabel:`Description` field. To add a comment to "
"your .desktop file enter it in the :guilabel:`Comment` field. To add "
"which command you want your desktop file to execute enter that in the "
":guilabel:`Command` field. To choose which icon to use for your icon "
"enter it in the :guilabel:`Icon` file or press the :guilabel:`...` button"
" to find browse for what icon to use. To change whether the apps launches"
" in a terminal change the :guilabel:`Terminal` field. To change to make "
"this a link use the :guilabel:`Type` field and select "
":menuselection:`Link`. When you select link you can add the URL with the "
":guilabel:`URL` field."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -68,3 +172,27 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "file and click move to trash." #~ "file and click move to trash."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The icons on your desktop can be"
#~ " moved by left clicking, holding and"
#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the "
#~ "position you want it. Shortcuts or "
#~ "desktop entry files can be opened "
#~ "by double click on the icon. If"
#~ " you want to view or edit a "
#~ "desktop file say for launching an "
#~ "application is to right click on "
#~ "the icon open with and slect say"
#~ " a text editor like featherpad to "
#~ "open file. If you move a desktop"
#~ " icon and then want to move it"
#~ " back right click and uncheck "
#~ ":menuselection:`Stick to current Position`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To remove a desktop icon right "
#~ "click on the file and click "
#~ ":menuselection:`move to trash`."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner" msgid "Chapter 5.3 Runner"
@ -27,65 +27,93 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "" msgid ""
"Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in " "Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in "
"the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what " "the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what "
"you're looking for." "you're looking for and launching it quickly."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:8 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:7
msgid "Usage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:9
msgid "" msgid ""
"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a " "To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a"
"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar " " command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar "
"behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way" "behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way"
" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If" " and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If "
" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu " "you want to clear history open the downward pointing menu "
":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, " ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, "
"shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also " "shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also "
"keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application " "keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application "
"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot." "like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a "
"command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on "
"the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:11
msgid "Configuration" msgid ""
"Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` "
"and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator "
"enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the "
"calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter "
":kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into "
"the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the"
" result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:13
msgid "" msgid ""
"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the " "You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer "
"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the" "all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing "
" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon " "arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press "
"to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then " "the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To "
"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the " "reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select "
":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you " ":menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward "
"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch " "pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen "
"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkboxe for " "from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select "
":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check " ":menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something "
"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results " "press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show "
"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the "
"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the "
"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` "
"button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:20
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:22
msgid ""
"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the "
"keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the "
"right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon"
" to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the"
" center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which "
"monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down "
"menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor "
"select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu."
" To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a "
"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or "
"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen "
"there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to "
"show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To "
"change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner "
"change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To reset your "
"changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:27
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should " "Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` "
"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start " "should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually"
"it for some reason run" " start it for some reason run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:34
msgid "from the command line." msgid "from the command line."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -122,3 +150,72 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " first." #~ " first."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Runner allows you to search for "
#~ "and launch applications and commands in"
#~ " the LXQt environment. It is a "
#~ "quick and convenient way of finding "
#~ "what you're looking for."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To search for a program, press "
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a"
#~ " command. The search results will "
#~ "show below, similar to address bar "
#~ "behavior in browsers. All installed "
#~ "applications can be launched this way"
#~ " and lxqt-runner can configured to"
#~ " store a history of recent programs."
#~ " If you want to clear history "
#~ "open the downard pointing menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner "
#~ "even lets you logout, shutdown, or "
#~ "other ways to leave your session "
#~ "through the runner. Also keep in "
#~ "mind you do not have to search "
#~ "for the start of an application "
#~ "like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show "
#~ "results for screenshot."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Runner has a few configuration options."
#~ " If you want to change the "
#~ "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, "
#~ "click the the downward arrow on "
#~ "the right side of the search bar"
#~ " to open up the menu. Select "
#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the"
#~ " bottom there is a label that "
#~ "says shortcut and then a button "
#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left"
#~ " click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button"
#~ " and a countdown will begin in "
#~ "which time you need to press the"
#~ " key or combination of keystrokes you"
#~ " want to launch lxqt-runner. In "
#~ "this screen there is a checkboxe "
#~ "for :guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you "
#~ "want to show history first check "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox."
#~ " To change how many results are "
#~ "shown when you show a a result "
#~ "for runner change the :guilabel:`Show "
#~ "list with x item(s)` field. To "
#~ "change where the runner appears to "
#~ "the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop"
#~ " down menu to center of the "
#~ "screen. To reset your changes in "
#~ "this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` "
#~ "button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Runner should be running in the "
#~ "background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should"
#~ " bring it forward to launch an "
#~ "application. If you need to manually "
#~ "start it for some reason run"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management" msgid "Chapter 5.4 Window Management"
@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "" msgid ""
"Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we " "Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we "
"interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened," "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened,"
" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as " " closed, resized, and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as a "
"default a window manager." "default window manager."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7
@ -37,77 +37,122 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic " "In the top-right corner of a window three buttons allow you basic "
"controls of the window. Starting from left to right" "controls of the window. Starting from left to right"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task " "Iconify :guilabel:`-` hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on"
"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on " " the task bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the "
"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`" "application on the task bar, or cycling through open windows with "
":kbd:`ALT + Tab`. Another way to Iconify is to middle click on the "
"tittlebar."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11
msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen." msgid "Maximize resizes the window to fill the entire screen."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12
msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program." msgid ""
"Close circled :guilabel:`x` attempts to close the window unless a dialog "
"asks for to save or the program is not responding."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16
msgid "In the top center is the title of your window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the " "The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the "
"mouse or from the menu on the titlebar select :menuselection:`Move`. "
"Windows can be minimized by middle clicking on the titlebar with the "
"mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners" "mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners"
" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging." " which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging or from the menu on "
"the titlebar select :menuselection:`Resize`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:20
msgid ""
"Right clicking on the title bar, pressing :kbd:`Alt+Space`, or left "
"clicking on the icon in the top-left corner of the window brings the "
"window management menu. Here you can:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:22
msgid ""
"Using :menuselection:`Send to desktop`, send the window to a virtual "
"desktop of your choice or All Desktops"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:23
msgid ""
"Using :menuselection:`Layer` option allows you to set whether this "
"windows the layer to :menuselection:`Always on top`, "
":menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you want to move something Always on bottom or Always on top you can "
"move it back to :menuselection:`Normal`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:25
msgid "" msgid ""
"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at " "The earlier mentioned :menuselection:`Iconify`, "
"the top-left of the window brings the window management menu. Here you " ":menuselection:`Maximize`, and :menuselection:`Close` options are also "
"can: - Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of " "available here."
"your choice - Using Layer option allows you to set whether this "
"windows is always on top, etc. - If you want to move something to "
"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. - The earlier "
"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available "
"here. - Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. - "
"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. - Resize lets you use the "
"change the size of a window."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:26
msgid ":menuselection:`Roll up/down` rolls the window into the title-bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:27
msgid ""
":menuselection:`Un/Decorate` hides them title-bar. If you want to get "
"decorations back press :kbd:`Alt+Space` and then select "
":menuselection:`Decorate` from the menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32
msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33
msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`" msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34
msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`" msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:35
msgid "" msgid ""
"To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + " "To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + "
"Shift+Tab`" "Shift+Tab`"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:36
msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`." msgid ""
"To open the menu normally on the left hand top corner press "
":kbd:`Alt+Space`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37
msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`." msgid ""
"To make a window fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and then press :kbd:`F11` "
"again to make it not fullscreen."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:40
msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching" msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41
msgid "" msgid ""
"To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right " "To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right "
"arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt" "arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt"
@ -115,8 +160,18 @@ msgid ""
" :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`." " :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:44
msgid "Screenshots" msgid "Moving windows between monitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:45
msgid ""
"If you have extended multiple monitor setup with multiple windows you can"
" move a window to the monitor by dragging the window through the titlebar"
" past the edge of the monitor towards the monitor you want to move it to."
" Also you can say make a video take up one monitor and making the video "
"fullscreen takes one whole monitor while you can do anything else you "
"want with your second monitor."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -188,3 +243,77 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "window to that side of the screen." #~ "window to that side of the screen."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Window are the area which contains "
#~ "the graphical user interface that we "
#~ "interact with programs. In Lubuntu these"
#~ " windows can typically be opened, "
#~ "closed, resized and minimized. Underneath "
#~ "Lubuntu uses Openbox as default a "
#~ "window manager."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In the top-right corner of a "
#~ "windows a few commands allow you "
#~ "basic controls of the window. Starting"
#~ " from left to right"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window "
#~ "making it only appear on the task"
#~ " bar of the Panel. It can be"
#~ " recalled by clicking on the "
#~ "application on the task bar, or "
#~ "cycling through open windows with "
#~ ":kbd:`ALT + Tab`"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The window can be moved by by "
#~ "clicking on the title-bar and "
#~ "dragging the mouse. You can resize "
#~ "the window by grabbing the border "
#~ "(sides or corners which should be "
#~ "highlighted in blue) and dragging."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Right clicking on the title bar or"
#~ " left clicking on the icon located"
#~ " at the top-left of the window"
#~ " brings the window management menu. "
#~ "Here you can: - Using Send to"
#~ " desktop, send the window to a "
#~ "virtual desktop of your choice - "
#~ "Using Layer option allows you to "
#~ "set whether this windows is always "
#~ "on top, etc. - If you want "
#~ "to move something to always show "
#~ "to bottom or you can move it "
#~ "back to normal. - The earlier "
#~ "mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and "
#~ "Resize option are also available here."
#~ " - Roll up/down rolls the window"
#~ " into the title-bar. - "
#~ "Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. "
#~ "- Resize lets you use the change"
#~ " the size of a window."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshots"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2 #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation" msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation"
@ -25,23 +25,71 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4 #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the " "Lubuntu allows you to move through the menus of with only the keyboard "
"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there " "instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there is an "
"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example " "underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example the file "
"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to" "menu in LibreOffice writer can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other "
" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently " "thing to notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The "
"selected menu item will appear in a different color." "currently selected menu item will appear in a different color. If you "
"want to see on your menu to have the menu shown hold down :kbd:`Alt` and "
"then press that key to see what it is to press."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6 #: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6
msgid "" msgid ""
"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to " "Once you have the menu opened you can use the :kbd:`Up arrow` and "
"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the " ":kbd:`Down arrow` keys to move up and down in a menu. Another way to move"
"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move " " down in the menu is to press :kbd:`Tab` key. If the menu has "
"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to " ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to "
"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left " "expand into a submenu. To move back up a level from the menu press "
"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right " ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to exit the menu press :kbd:`Escape`. To "
"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press " "move to adjacent menu to the left press :kbd:` Left arrow`. To move to an"
":kbd:`Enter`." " adjacent menu to the right press :kbd:` right arrow`. To activate an "
"item on your menu press :kbd:`Enter`. If you press the :kbd:`Down arrow` "
"or :kbd:`Tab` keys at the bottom of the menu you will be taken back to "
"the top of the menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:8
msgid ""
"If there is not a submenu available you can use :kbd:`Right arrow` to "
"move to the next menu to the right. If you are at the highest level of a "
"menu press :kbd:`Left arrow` to move to the menu to the left. To close a "
"menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move "
#~ "through the menus of with only the"
#~ " keyboard instead of having to use"
#~ " the mouse. Looking at the menus "
#~ "there is an underlined with a "
#~ "letter. To open that menu with a"
#~ " for example ofter the file menu "
#~ "can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`."
#~ " One other thing to notice is "
#~ "that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined "
#~ "character`. The currently selected menu "
#~ "item will appear in a different "
#~ "color."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once you have the menu opened you"
#~ " can use the up and down arrow"
#~ " keys to move up and down in"
#~ " a menu. If the menu has "
#~ ":menuselection:`-->` to the right you "
#~ "can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand"
#~ " into a submenu. To move back "
#~ "up a level from the menu press "
#~ ":kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to "
#~ "exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To"
#~ " move to adjacent menu to the "
#~ "left press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. "
#~ "To move to an adjacent menu to "
#~ "the right press :kbd:`Alt + right "
#~ "arrow`. To activate an item on "
#~ "your menu press :kbd:`Enter`."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,25 +10,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2 #: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:3
msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner" msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4 #: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:5
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner" "This chapter will teach you how to use the panel, desktop icons, the "
" to launch applications and window management." "runner to launch applications, and window management."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner" #~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner"
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter will teach you how to"
#~ " use the panel desktop icons the "
#~ "runner to launch applications and window"
#~ " management."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,44 +10,127 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2 #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:3
msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks" msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4 #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:5
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor " "If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor "
"for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want " "for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want "
"to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or" "to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or"
" if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-" " if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-"
"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install " "extra package. To have a different style for applications to install you "
"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package." "can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7 #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the " "If you select text on X11 you can do what is called middle click paste "
"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll" "the selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the "
" wheel." "scroll wheel."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9 #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9
msgid "" msgid ""
"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu " "To find out what version of software you have you can view the `Ubuntu "
"packages website <https://packages.ubuntu.com/>`_ from whatever kind of " "packages website <https://packages.ubuntu.com/>`_ from whatever kind of "
"computer you are on. On the command line you can run" "computer you are on. On the command line you can run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15 #: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15
msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default." msgid ""
"even if it does not ship with Lubuntu by default or if it is not "
"installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:17
msgid ""
"If you want to boot an older kernel for troubleshooting use the advanced "
"options for Lubuntu at the grub bootloader screen if shown. If you need "
"to get into this bootloader hold down :kbd:`shift` key at booting and "
"then select the different kernel you want to boot into. To move down to "
"Advanced options press :kbd:`Down Arrow`. To select the advanced options "
"press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` or :kbd:`Enter` key. To go back up a level "
"from a submenu of grub press the :kbd:`Escape` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:19
msgid ""
"To add a boot option press the :kbd:`e` key and then type the boot "
"parameter you want to add to the end of the line. The nomodeset option "
"will try to load things for graphic compatibility if for example you get "
"a black screen without proprietary drivers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:21
msgid ""
"If you want more openbox customization than the openbox settings can "
"provide you can look at the openbox wiki `openbox wiki "
"<http://openbox.org/wiki/Main_Page>`_ ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you have multiple monitors and run either fullscreen games and video "
"adding a second panel with the world clock plugin will help you tell what"
" time it is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:25
msgid ""
"In Modern Lubuntu release DNS is managed by systemd-resolvedd. To find "
"the configuration file you need to edit to change your DNS settings you "
"will need to edit /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. To apply your changes you "
"will need to run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:31
msgid "to get your changes actually applied."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you run a hypervisor on your"
#~ " system putting a different mouse "
#~ "cursor for both the host and the"
#~ " guest can let you tell them "
#~ "apart. If you want to install many"
#~ " more colors you can search the "
#~ "repositories for cursor or if you "
#~ "just want many different colors install"
#~ " the oxygen-cursor-theme-extra "
#~ "package. To have a a different "
#~ "style for applications to install you"
#~ " can install the qt-style-plugin-"
#~ "plastique package."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you select text on X11 you "
#~ "can do what is middle click paste"
#~ " the selected text with the middle"
#~ " mouse button by clicking down on "
#~ "the scroll wheel."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To find out what version of "
#~ "softare you have you can view the"
#~ " `ubuntu packages website "
#~ "<https://packages.ubuntu.com/>`_ from whatever kind"
#~ " of computer you are on. On the"
#~ " command line you can run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
# package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:3
msgid "Appendix B Contributing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:6
msgid "We need help"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:8
msgid ""
"Were always making hints about contributing. Lubuntu, like most every "
"open source project out there, relies on the contributions of volunteers "
"to develop as well as to maintain."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:11
msgid "…not code"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:13
msgid ""
"That does not mean you need to be a developer, either. Though there is "
"some new code we write, this is relatively rare. Including upstream "
"changes in our packaging can be a little advanced, but even that is not "
"the sum total of what we do. You have the skills necessary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:16
msgid ""
"If youre nothing more than a user, you can help out with the following "
"without really knowing much more than you already do:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:18
msgid "`Support and Bug Triage`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:19
msgid "`Documentation <https://phab.lubuntu.me/source/manual/>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:20
msgid "`Testing <https://phab.lubuntu.me/w/testing/>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:21
msgid "`Bug triage <https://phab.lubuntu.me/w/bugs/>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:23
msgid "*And we could always use help with art/graphic design!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:26
msgid "No strings attached"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:28
msgid ""
"Contributions can be done on an extended basis (making becoming a Lubuntu"
" Member easy) or can be little bits here and there. You can come and go "
"as you like. You can work only on one issue you feel particularly "
"strongly about, or you can get involved over a wide scope."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:31
msgid "Free training"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:33
msgid ""
"For those interested in a deeper understanding of the system or that "
"would like to develop additional skills, the Lubuntu team is happy to "
"provide assistance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:36
msgid "Why not join?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:38
msgid ""
"That said, youre all users, so you all can contribute. For those of you "
"that are not contributing, why not? For those of us that do contribute, "
"we all have responsibilities in real life, including school, work and "
"families, etc. And yet we find a little time here and there to sneak in a"
" little help. What would encourage you to contribute?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:41
msgid "Support and Bug Triage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:43
msgid ""
"Support and Bug Triage contributors are on the front line when it comes "
"to interacting with users and solving problems. They use their knowledge "
"about Lubuntu and Linux as a whole to help users solve problems, and if "
"the problem is on our end, take that and turn it into a bug report that "
"developers can solve."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:46
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:48
msgid ""
"Support is mainly for the purpose of helping users solve their problems. "
"If this is something you would be interested in, join `our support "
"channel <https://phab.lubuntu.me/w/support/>`_ and jump in to assist when"
" someone asks for help. The more active people we have around, the more "
"questions can be answered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:50
msgid ""
"People helping with support might find it helpful to learn `debugging "
"procedures <https://wiki.ubuntu.com/DebuggingProcedures>`_ and have a "
"Lubuntu machine available to be able to reproduce any issues. It is "
"difficult to write a \"one size fits all\" guide for answering support "
"questions, but idling in the channel and seeing how support questions are"
" typically answered can help."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:52
msgid ""
"Besides the support channel, we have a tag on `the Ask Ubuntu site "
"<https://askubuntu.com/questions/tagged/lubuntu>`_, where people ask more"
" long-form support questions. We also have a topic on `our Discourse "
"forum <https://discourse.lubuntu.me/c/support>`_ and a tag on the `Ubuntu"
" Forum <https://ubuntuforums.org/tags.php?tag=lubuntu>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:55
msgid "Bug Triage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/B/Contributing.rst:57
msgid ""
"Bug Triage can be compared to support in many ways, as the end goal of "
"both is the same: try to figure out what the problem is and help the user"
" solve it. With bugs, the approach is different. The user has identified "
"that there is a problem, they have (hopefully) submitted logs, and they "
"would like to see the bug fixed as an update."
msgstr ""

@ -10,75 +10,168 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2 #: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:3
msgid "Appendix C Command line" msgid "Appendix C Command line"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4 #: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:5
msgid "" msgid ""
"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an " "The command line or CLI is text interface to your computer and an "
"alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically " "alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically "
"involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. " "involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. "
"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + " "Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal which "
"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window." "can be launched from :kbd:`Control + Alt + T` is a command line running "
"in a window."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6 #: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:7
msgid "" msgid ""
"An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of " "An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of "
"the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to" "the manual. The man command brings up the user manual and can be used to "
" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted " "learn more about a commands use, its options, and inputs. If you wanted "
"to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into " "to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into "
"a command line:" "a command line and press :kbd:`enter` :"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12 #: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:13
msgid "" msgid ""
"This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and " "This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and "
"explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is " "explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is "
"the -h option gives a human readable output." "the -h option gives a human readable output. If the manual is way too "
"long you can press the :kbd:`/` key and type in what you want to search "
"for. To quit a man page press :kbd:`q`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18 #: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:19
msgid "will make a much nicer output than" msgid "will make a much nicer output than"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24 #: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:25
msgid "" msgid ""
"To list files on the current file system one of the most important " "To list files on the current file system one of the most important "
"commands to know is ls." "commands to know is ls."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30 #: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:31
msgid "" msgid ""
"will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more" "will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more"
" options such as viewing all files or long listing." " options such as viewing all files or long listing."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32 #: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:33
msgid "To change to another directory an important command is" msgid "To change to another directory an important command is"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38 #: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:39
msgid "" msgid ""
"where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is" "where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is"
" useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level." " useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42 #: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:41
msgid "" msgid ""
"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages " "There is also the command line for managing and installing packages which"
"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package " " is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package "
"management <https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/apt.html.en>`_ for " "management <https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/apt.html>`_ for how "
"how to insert and remove packages from the command line." "to insert and remove packages from the command line."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:43
msgid ""
"If you need to edit a text file from the command line the easiest editor "
"included is nano so to edit a file from the command line if you broke "
"something run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:49
msgid "where you replace [file] with the file you want to edit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you want to stop something running in the terminal press :kbd:`Control"
" +C`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:53
msgid "If you want just to see the contents of a file on standard output run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:59
msgid ""
"If you have a command and you don't want to type the whole thing out you "
"can press the :kbd:`tab` key. If this does not work press :kbd:`tab` "
"again and see the list of available commands to run. This process is "
"called tab completion."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:61
msgid "If you want a command to run if the first completes run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:67
msgid ""
"One of the most powerful uses of the command line is called a pipe which "
"allows you to take the output of one command and pipe it to a second to "
"this for example"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:73
msgid ". Also | is called the pipe character."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The command line or cli is text"
#~ " interface to your computer and an"
#~ " alternative to graphical user interfaces"
#~ " like windows. It typically involves "
#~ "typing text commands into a terminal "
#~ "to perform some operation. Although not"
#~ " necessary to learn, it can be "
#~ "helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + Alt "
#~ "+ T) is a command line running "
#~ "in a window."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "An exhaustive tutorial on the command"
#~ " line is a bit beyond the scope"
#~ " of the manual. The man command "
#~ "brings up the user manual and can"
#~ " be used to learn more about a"
#~ " commands use, its options and "
#~ "inputs. If you wanted to learn "
#~ "more about the df (disk free) "
#~ "command, enter the following into a "
#~ "command line:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This will show you the user manual"
#~ " for the df command containing and"
#~ " explanation of the command and other"
#~ " useful information. For example is "
#~ "the -h option gives a human "
#~ "readable output."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There is also the command line for"
#~ " manageing and installing packages which"
#~ " is beyond the scope of this "
#~ "appendix but please see `apt package "
#~ "management "
#~ "<https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/apt.html.en>`_ for "
#~ "how to insert and remove packages "
#~ "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,207 +10,87 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:2 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:3
msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases" msgid "Appendix D Upgrading from previous releases"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:4 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:5
msgid "" msgid ""
"We are proud to present the highly anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! " "With every release upgrade comes many changes across the entire landscape"
"This release comes with many changes, which will probably be overshadowed" " of packages. Naturally, an extremely large change like this can cause "
" by the move to the LXQt desktop environment. Naturally, an extremely " "problems, so **we strongly recommend you back up your files**. Also, if "
"large change like this can cause problems, so **we strongly recommend you" "your computer runs on a battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that "
" back up your files**. Also, if your computer is one that runs on a " "the power is connected, as it may take a while and unexpected power "
"battery (such as a laptop), please ensure that the power is connected, as" "failures could be disastrous. Also keep in mind upgrading from a previous"
" it may take a while and unexpected power failures could be disasterous." " release will download will take time and data."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:6 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:7
msgid "" msgid ""
"There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using " "This way of upgrading involves the command line and is also useful for "
"the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the " "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main Ubuntu and Lubuntu dropping "
"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main " "32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades after Lubuntu 18.04 are not supported."
"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are "
"not supported."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:11
msgid "Upgrading with GUI"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"First, ensure your system is up-to-date by starting Software Updater and " "Upgrading will keep all of your files in your home folder and "
"performing system updates:" "configuration files intact however this will mean some changes to default"
msgstr "" " keybindings for example will still be the same as when you installed but"
" will keep all of your customizations different from reinstalling from an"
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12 " iso again."
msgid ""
"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System "
"Tools --> Software Updater`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13
msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14
msgid ""
"After the install is completed you may be prompted to reboot. If not, "
"reboot manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21
msgid ""
"Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to "
"opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:19
msgid ""
"Select the Updates -> Notify me of a new Ubuntu version -> For any new "
"version, from Software and Updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:20
msgid ""
"Close the update manager, and you should be prompted to upgrade to the "
"latest release."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the "
"command"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28
msgid ""
"The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported "
"release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37
msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33
msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34
msgid ""
"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> "
"Software and Updates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35
msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36
msgid ""
"Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information"
" you need to know.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37
msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44
msgid "Upgrading with command line" msgid "Upgrading with command line"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:15
msgid "" msgid ""
"The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be " "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be "
"done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, " "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, "
"enter your password." "enter your password."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:23
msgid "" msgid ""
"Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. " "Once the software upgrade has completed, you need to restart your PC. "
"This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is " "This can be done in a number of ways however, the following command is "
"the simplest." "the simplest."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29
msgid "" msgid ""
"The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-" "The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade command. do-"
"upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To " "release-upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu "
"run it, you need root privileges, which, from the command line means " "installations. To run it, you need root privileges, which, from the "
"prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new operating system " "command line means prefixing the command with sudo. Upgrades to a new "
"version can sometimes cause problems, so **always backup your files " "operating system version can sometimes cause problems; so **always backup"
"beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches to LXQt from the previous LXDE" " your files beforehand**."
" releases, this upgrade is large and can cause problems. You need to "
"remove the (now unsupported) LXDE packages which clutter your system "
"after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35
msgid "" msgid ""
"You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, " "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, "
"else skip it." "else skip it. Go into software sources by :menuselection:`Preferences -->"
msgstr "" " Software Sources` and on the :guilabel:`Updates` tab change "
":guilabel:`Show new distribution releases` and select "
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67 ":menuselection:`Normal Releases`."
msgid ""
"Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to "
"opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep "
"your software up-to-date in these releases as they are more featureful "
"and get regular security updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu -> "
"Preferences -> Software & Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify me of a "
"new Ubuntu version and select **For any new version**. Enter your "
"password to authenticate this choice. The software and updates manager "
"edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-upgrades\" file, and sets "
"\"Prompt=normal\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69
msgid ""
"Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, "
"basically starting the process over."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37
msgid ""
"During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be "
"asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop "
"Display Manager (SDDM). This will happen in the middle of the install, so"
" don't walk away until after you have done this. The upgrade will remove "
"several more obsolete packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73
msgid ""
"After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted "
"by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification"
" that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75
msgid "" msgid ""
"Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times " "After the installation, reboot into the newly upgraded system and log in "
"more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are " "and enjoy your upgraded release of Lubuntu."
"installed during the upgrade. Having many unnecessary applications could "
"bloat your system and isn't the true Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling "
"them may be a good idea. The following command will remove unnecessary "
"applications:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82
msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -237,3 +117,214 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\"" #~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\""
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "We are proud to present the highly"
#~ " anticipated release of Lubuntu 18.10! "
#~ "This release comes with many changes,"
#~ " which will probably be overshadowed "
#~ "by the move to the LXQt desktop"
#~ " environment. Naturally, an extremely large"
#~ " change like this can cause problems,"
#~ " so **we strongly recommend you back"
#~ " up your files**. Also, if your "
#~ "computer is one that runs on a "
#~ "battery (such as a laptop), please "
#~ "ensure that the power is connected, "
#~ "as it may take a while and "
#~ "unexpected power failures could be "
#~ "disasterous."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There are two methods of upgrading "
#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using "
#~ "the update manager a graphical user "
#~ "interface. The second involves the "
#~ "command line and is useful for "
#~ "server upgrades. Unfortunately with main "
#~ "Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit "
#~ "upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are "
#~ "not supported."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Upgrading with GUI"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "First, ensure your system is up-"
#~ "to-date by starting Software Updater "
#~ "and performing system updates:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This can be done by clicking the"
#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System "
#~ "Tools --> Software Updater`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "After the install is completed you "
#~ "may be prompted to reboot. If not,"
#~ " reboot manually."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long"
#~ " Term Support) release, you may have"
#~ " to opt in for non LTS versions"
#~ " of Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Select the Updates -> Notify me of"
#~ " a new Ubuntu version -> For "
#~ "any new version, from Software and "
#~ "Updates."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Close the update manager, and you "
#~ "should be prompted to upgrade to "
#~ "the latest release."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal"
#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type "
#~ "in the command"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The -d flag is referring to the"
#~ " fact that it's moving to an "
#~ "unsupported release (if you are on "
#~ "the LTS track, this is accurate)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This can be done by clicking the"
#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences "
#~ "-> Software and Updates."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Read the release notes. **This is "
#~ "important, in case there is information"
#~ " you need to know.**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once the software upgrade has completed,"
#~ " you want to restart your pc. "
#~ "This can be done in a number "
#~ "of ways, however the following command"
#~ " is the simplest."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The next thing you want to do "
#~ "is do the release upgrade. do-"
#~ "release-upgrade is the command line "
#~ "tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. "
#~ "To run it, you need root "
#~ "privileges, which, from the command line"
#~ " means prefixing the command with "
#~ "sudo. Upgrades to a new operating "
#~ "system version can sometimes cause "
#~ "problems, so **always backup your files"
#~ " beforehand**. Since Lubuntu 18.10 switches"
#~ " to LXQt from the previous LXDE "
#~ "releases, this upgrade is large and "
#~ "can cause problems. You need to "
#~ "remove the (now unsupported) LXDE "
#~ "packages which clutter your system after"
#~ " the install. Enter the following "
#~ "command into your terminal:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You may be prompted \"No new "
#~ "release found\", if so follow this "
#~ "step, else skip it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long "
#~ "term support release, you will have "
#~ "to opt-in to install the regular"
#~ " releases. **It is important that you"
#~ " keep your software up-to-date "
#~ "in these releases as they are more"
#~ " featureful and get regular security "
#~ "updates.** In Software and Updates (Menu"
#~ " -> Preferences -> Software & "
#~ "Updates), on the Updates tab, Notify "
#~ "me of a new Ubuntu version and "
#~ "select **For any new version**. Enter"
#~ " your password to authenticate this "
#~ "choice. The software and updates manager"
#~ " edits the \"/etc/update-manager/release-"
#~ "upgrades\" file, and sets \"Prompt=normal\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Now, update your software and run "
#~ "do-release-upgrade in a terminal, "
#~ "basically starting the process over."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "During the release upgrade, several "
#~ "changes will take place. You will "
#~ "be asked to select a display "
#~ "manager, the new default is Simple "
#~ "Desktop Display Manager (SDDM). This "
#~ "will happen in the middle of the"
#~ " install, so don't walk away until"
#~ " after you have done this. The "
#~ "upgrade will remove several more "
#~ "obsolete packages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "After the installation, reboot into the"
#~ " new 18.10 system. You be greeted "
#~ "by a new login screen that is "
#~ "the SDDM display manager and a "
#~ "notification that this is now your "
#~ "first time running LXQt Power "
#~ "Management."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Many of the old applications will "
#~ "not be removed. Newer and often "
#~ "times more featureful, Qt-based "
#~ "applications with the same functionality "
#~ "are installed during the upgrade. Having"
#~ " many unnecessary applications could bloat"
#~ " your system and isn't the true "
#~ "Lubuntu experience, so uninstalling them "
#~ "may be a good idea. The following"
#~ " command will remove unnecessary "
#~ "applications:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,62 +10,77 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:2 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:3
msgid "Appendix E Live Session" msgid "Appendix E Live Session"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:5
msgid "" msgid ""
"It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session " "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session "
"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The " "your computer is running off a bootable media (USB or DVD). The live "
"session can also be used to install Lubuntu." "session can also be used to install Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11
msgid "Reasons for using live session:" msgid "Reasons for using live session:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8
msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting." msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9
msgid "OS testing." msgid "OS testing."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10
msgid "Fixing broken installs." msgid "Fixing broken installs."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:11
msgid "Backing up files" msgid "Backing up files"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:13
msgid "" msgid ""
"A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer " "A good example of when you would use a live session is if your computer "
"turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then " "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then "
"mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your " "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your "
"hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and " "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and "
"then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different " "then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different "
"things out in a live session." "things out in a live session and not worry about breaking your install. A"
" live session is also useful to see if you have misconfigured something "
"that broke it or confirm that is a problem always without configuration "
"changes."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:15 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted" "In a live session anything you do not save to external media or a mounted"
" drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine." " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:18
msgid ""
"A live session will not save your things to disk but will not by default "
"mess up your installed system. This is not the case if you mount your "
"filesystems on your disk and write to the disk. By default the live "
"session uses UTC as the default time zone."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:21
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu " #~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu "
#~ "without installing it. In a live " #~ "without installing it. In a live "
@ -98,3 +113,28 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "session." #~ "session."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu "
#~ "without installing it. In a live "
#~ "session your computer is running off "
#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or "
#~ "DVD). The session can also be used"
#~ " to install Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A good example of when you would"
#~ " use a live session is if your"
#~ " computer turns on and won't boot,"
#~ " you can run the live session. "
#~ "You could then mount the disk and"
#~ " backup all of your pictures or "
#~ "send an email. If your hard drive"
#~ " or SSD is no longer working, "
#~ "you can boot a live session and"
#~ " then order replacement parts. You "
#~ "also can feel free to try "
#~ "different things out in a live "
#~ "session."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3
msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts" msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts"
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7
msgid "" msgid ""
"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT" "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQt"
" Global Keys and Openbox." " Global Keys and Openbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -44,23 +44,25 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. " "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQt environment. "
"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global " "Global-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global keys"
"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter " " are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter "
"3.2.14)." "3.2.14)."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:15
msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts" msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard " "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard "
"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing." "shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing. To "
"change these settings see this link on the `openbox wiki bindings "
"<http://openbox.org/wiki/Help:Bindings>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used " "Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used "
"in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For " "in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For "
@ -70,63 +72,63 @@ msgid ""
" using and editing keyboard shortcuts." " using and editing keyboard shortcuts."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:20
msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:" msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:22
msgid "**Modifier keys**" msgid "**Modifier keys**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:24
msgid "Key description" msgid "Key description"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27
msgid "S" msgid "S"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:27
msgid "Shift key" msgid "Shift key"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29
msgid "C" msgid "C"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:29
msgid "Control key" msgid "Control key"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31
msgid "A" msgid "A"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31
msgid "Alt key" msgid "Alt key"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33
msgid "W" msgid "W"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33
msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)" msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35
msgid "M" msgid "M"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35
msgid "Meta key" msgid "Meta key"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37
msgid "H" msgid "H"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41 #: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37
msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)" msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -134,24 +136,27 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "GoToLeftDesktop"
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
msgid "GoToDesktop"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6
msgid "C-A-Left" msgid "C-A-Left"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
msgid "GoToRightDesktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
msgid "C-A-Right" msgid "C-A-Right"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
msgid "GoToDesktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
msgid "C-A-Up" msgid "C-A-Up"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -161,20 +166,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft"
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
msgid "SendToDesktop"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
msgid "S-A-Left" msgid "S-A-Left"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
msgid "SendToDesktopToRight"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
msgid "S-A-Right" msgid "S-A-Right"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
msgid "SendToDesktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
msgid "S-A-Up" msgid "S-A-Up"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -183,18 +194,34 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "S-A-Down" msgid "S-A-Down"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
msgid "GoTo first Desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
msgid "W-F1" msgid "W-F1"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
msgid "GoTo second Desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
msgid "W-F2" msgid "W-F2"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
msgid "GoTo third Desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
msgid "W-F3" msgid "W-F3"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
msgid "W-F4" msgid "W-F4"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -204,7 +231,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30
msgid "W-d" msgid "W-D"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34
@ -220,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "A-F4"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
msgid "Lower" msgid "Lower (minimise)"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
@ -288,141 +315,218 @@ msgid "W-S-Down"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72
msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 msgid "ToggleFullscreen"
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
msgid "UnmaximizeFull"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
msgid "W-Left" msgid "F11"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82
msgid "Pcmanfm"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82
msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" msgid "W-e"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
msgid "W-Right" msgid "Launch lxqt-runer"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" msgid "W-r"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
msgid "W-Up" msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" msgid "Open qps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
msgid "C-A-Delete"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
msgid "W-Down" msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111
msgid "Open qterminal"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgid "C-A-T"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109
msgid "F11" msgid "Launch firefox"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109
msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" msgid "XF86WWW"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 msgid "XF86Terminal"
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172
msgid "Execute"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
msgid "W-e" msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
msgid "W-r" msgid "XF86MyComputer"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
msgid "A-F2" msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128
msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgid "Toggle turn off monitor"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128
msgid "C-A-Delete" msgid "C-F7"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgid "Decrease backlight brightness"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
msgid "C-A-T" msgid "C-S-F6"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132
msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" msgid "Increase backlight brightness"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132
msgid "XF86WWW" msgid "C-S-F7"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136
msgid "XF86Terminal" msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140
msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgid "Decrease Volume"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140
msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgid "XF86VolumeLower"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
msgid "" msgid "Increase Volume"
"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not"
" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
msgid "C-F7" msgid "XF86VolumeRaise"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144
msgid "C-F10" msgid "Mute Volume"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144
msgid "C-F11" msgid "XF86AudioMute"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lubuntu has manages the keyboard "
#~ "shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT"
#~ " Global Keys and Openbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a "
#~ "component of the LXQT environment. "
#~ "Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox"
#~ " keyboard shortcuts. Global keys are "
#~ "viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using "
#~ "Shortcut keys (Chapter 3.2.14)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second"
#~ " layer managing keyboard shortcuts. It "
#~ "is preferred for windows management like"
#~ " resizing."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "W-d"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lower"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "W-Left"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "W-Right"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "W-Up"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "W-Down"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Execute"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "A-F2"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and "
#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not "
#~ "using gnome-power-manager or "
#~ "xfce4-volumed)**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "C-F10"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "C-F11"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,37 +10,40 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2
msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**" msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 msgid "GoToLeftDesktop"
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
msgid "GoToDesktop"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6
msgid "C-A-Left" msgid "C-A-Left"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
msgid "GoToRightDesktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
msgid "C-A-Right" msgid "C-A-Right"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
msgid "GoToDesktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
msgid "C-A-Up" msgid "C-A-Up"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -50,20 +53,26 @@ msgid "C-A-Down"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 msgid "SendToDesktoaToLeft"
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
msgid "SendToDesktop"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
msgid "S-A-Left" msgid "S-A-Left"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
msgid "SendToDesktopToRight"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
msgid "S-A-Right" msgid "S-A-Right"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
msgid "SendToDesktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
msgid "S-A-Up" msgid "S-A-Up"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -72,18 +81,34 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "S-A-Down" msgid "S-A-Down"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
msgid "GoTo first Desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
msgid "W-F1" msgid "W-F1"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
msgid "GoTo second Desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
msgid "W-F2" msgid "W-F2"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
msgid "GoTo third Desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
msgid "W-F3" msgid "W-F3"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
msgid "GoTo fourth Desktop"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
msgid "W-F4" msgid "W-F4"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -93,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "ToggleShowDesktop"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30
msgid "W-d" msgid "W-D"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34
@ -109,7 +134,7 @@ msgid "A-F4"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
msgid "Lower" msgid "Lower (minimise)"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
@ -177,141 +202,196 @@ msgid "W-S-Down"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72
msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**" msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 msgid "ToggleFullscreen"
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
msgid "UnmaximizeFull"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
msgid "W-Left" msgid "F11"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82
msgid "**HalfRightScreen**" msgid "Pcmanfm"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:82
msgid "W-Right" msgid "W-e"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**" msgid "Launch lxqt-runer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
msgid "W-r"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
msgid "W-Up" msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
msgid "Open qps"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**" msgid "C-A-Delete"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
msgid "W-Down" msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**" #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111
msgid "Open qterminal"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
msgid "ToggleFullscreen" msgid "C-A-T"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109
msgid "F11" msgid "Launch firefox"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:109
msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**" msgid "XF86WWW"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:111
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 msgid "XF86Terminal"
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172
msgid "Execute"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
msgid "W-e" msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**" msgid "Open pcmanfm-qt"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
msgid "W-r" msgid "XF86MyComputer"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
msgid "A-F2" msgid "**Keybinding for backlight**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128
msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**" msgid "Toggle turn off monitor"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:128
msgid "C-A-Delete" msgid "C-F7"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**" msgid "Decrease backlight brightness"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
msgid "C-A-T" msgid "C-S-F6"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132
msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**" msgid "Increase backlight brightness"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:132
msgid "XF86WWW" msgid "C-S-F7"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:136
msgid "XF86Terminal" msgid "**Keybindings fo Volume**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140
msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**" msgid "Decrease Volume"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:140
msgid "XF86MyComputer" msgid "XF86VolumeLower"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
msgid "" msgid "Increase Volume"
"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not"
" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
msgid "C-F7" msgid "XF86VolumeRaise"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144
msgid "C-F10" msgid "Mute Volume"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172 #: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:144
msgid "C-F11" msgid "XF86AudioMute"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "W-d"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lower"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "UnmaximizeFull"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "W-Left"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**HalfRightScreen**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "W-Right"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "W-Up"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "W-Down"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Execute"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "A-F2"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and "
#~ "LCD Backlight (alternative when not "
#~ "using gnome-power-manager or "
#~ "xfce4-volumed)**"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "C-F10"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "C-F11"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2016-2020, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
# package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2020.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 20.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:3
msgid "Appendix G Advanced Networking"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:5
msgid ""
"nm-tray has the benefit of being Qt instead of GTK (use already loaded "
"libraries, consuming less resources) and lighter than conman. But, it is "
"a little short for more complicated networking like VPN."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:8
msgid "VPN"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:10
msgid ""
"To configure a VPN the best way to do it is with in the Menu under "
":menuselection:`Preferences --> Advanced Network Configuration`. That "
"will open network-manager-gnome you will need also to install the "
"corresponding packages. In case of pptp those will be network-manager-"
"pptp and network-manager-pptp-gnome. The you can follow the configuration"
" instruction for each VPN type. After the creation, it will appear as a "
"new connection in nm-tray. One thing to consider is that nm-tray does not"
" support password asking, so either you save the password FOR ALL USERS "
"or you will need to connect differently. One of the option is through "
"terminal with typing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:18
msgid ""
"with the actual VPN connection name. The other option is to use nm-"
"applet, the \"simil\" to nm-tray from network-manager.gnome. You can run "
"it from the terminal typing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:24
msgid ""
"and you will end up with 2 connection indicators in the tray. The you can"
" connect to the VPN with nm-applet and after the connection is "
"established, you can close nm-applet and the connection will still be "
"present."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:27
msgid "Changing nm-tray for nm-applet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/G/AdvancedNetworking.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you don't want to run by terminal nm-applet you could change nm-tray "
"for nm-applet. You will need to change the autostart. The easiest form to"
" do this from the GUI is in the Menu going to :menuselection:`Preferences"
" --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. There go to the "
":guilabel:`Autostart` tab. You will see a list with checked and unchecked"
" box, to autostart nm-applet, check :guilabel:`Network` to disable "
"autostart for nm-tary uncheck :guilabel:`nm-tray`."
msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/index.rst:2 #: ../../source/index.rst:2
msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!" msgid "Welcome to the Lubuntu Manual!"
@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ msgid ""
" but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide " " but modern and powerful graphical user interface, and comes with a wide "
"variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be " "variety of applications so you can browse, email, chat, play, and be "
"productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but" "productive. Lubuntu was formerly a distribution for low-end hardware, but"
" `we have recently refocused <https://lubuntu.me/taking-a-new-" " `we have refocused <https://Lubuntu.me/taking-a-new-direction/>`_."
"direction/>`_."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/index.rst:11 #: ../../source/index.rst:11
@ -57,24 +56,25 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Contents" msgid "Contents"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/index.rst:29 #: ../../source/index.rst:34
msgid "Contact Us" msgid "Contact Us"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/index.rst:31 #: ../../source/index.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official " "Do you have questions? Want to get involved? Take a look at our official "
"website at `Lubuntu.me <https://lubuntu.me>`_ where you can find `the " "website at `Lubuntu.me <https://lubuntu.me>`_ where you can find `the "
"Lubuntu blog <https://lubuntu.me/blog/>`_, `ways to get in contact with " "Lubuntu blog <https://lubuntu.me/blog/>`_, `the Lubuntu discourse "
"us <https://lubuntu.me/links/>`_, and `our Phabricator instance " "<https://discourse.lubuntu.me/>`_, `ways to get in contact with us "
"<https://lubuntu.me/links/>`_, and `our Phabricator instance "
"<https://phab.lubuntu.me/>`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development." "<https://phab.lubuntu.me/>`_ where we do most of the Lubuntu development."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/index.rst:34 #: ../../source/index.rst:39
msgid "Thank you!" msgid "Thank you!"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/index.rst:36 #: ../../source/index.rst:41
msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!" msgid "Thank you for choosing to use Lubuntu!"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Authors" msgid "Authors"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/index.rst:38 #: ../../source/index.rst:43
msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim" msgid "Simon Quigley, Lyn Perrine, Jacob Kim, Daniel Lim"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -90,7 +90,35 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Translators" msgid "Translators"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/index.rst:39 #: ../../source/index.rst:44
msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak" msgid "Marcin Mikołajczak"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The projects goal is to provide a"
#~ " lightweight yet functional Linux "
#~ "distribution based on a rock-solid "
#~ "Ubuntu base. Lubuntu provides a simple"
#~ " but modern and powerful graphical "
#~ "user interface, and comes with a "
#~ "wide variety of applications so you "
#~ "can browse, email, chat, play, and "
#~ "be productive. Lubuntu was formerly a"
#~ " distribution for low-end hardware, "
#~ "but `we have recently refocused "
#~ "<https://lubuntu.me/taking-a-new-direction/>`_."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Do you have questions? Want to get"
#~ " involved? Take a look at our "
#~ "official website at `Lubuntu.me "
#~ "<https://lubuntu.me>`_ where you can find "
#~ "`the Lubuntu blog <https://lubuntu.me/blog/>`_, "
#~ "`ways to get in contact with us"
#~ " <https://lubuntu.me/links/>`_, and `our "
#~ "Phabricator instance <https://phab.lubuntu.me/>`_ "
#~ "where we do most of the Lubuntu"
#~ " development."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image" msgid "Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image"
@ -26,66 +26,32 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. " "Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. "
"Lubuntu provides support for several different CPU types and " "Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version "
"architectures, with a new version every six months (supported for nine " "every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a"
"months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported" " long term support release (supported for three years). If you have a 32 "
" for three years)." "bit processor we unfortunately had to drop support but 18.04 LTS is still"
" supported until 2021 for 32 bit. Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support "
"release supported until 2023."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:7
msgid "Architectures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:8
msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9
msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:14
msgid "amd64"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:15
msgid ""
"The amd64 image will work with most modern processors. The best way to "
"determine if your computer has an amd64 or i386 processor is to boot the "
"image. It's the only way that you will be able to know for sure what "
"architecture your computer is. amd64 computers are backwards compatible "
"with i386 images. You may want to use an i386 image instead if you have "
"an amd64 processor with very low amounts of RAM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:18
msgid "i386"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:19
msgid ""
"This is the original 32-bit architecture that will work best on computers"
" with very low amounts of RAM and processing power."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases" msgid "LTS vs. Regular Releases"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:9
msgid "" msgid ""
"Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, " "Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, "
"or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is " "or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is "
"supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new" "supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new"
" features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team " " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team "
"will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to " "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to "
"Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported " "Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but "
"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the " "since 18.10 it has used the **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long "
"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** " "Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop "
"which is a more modern environment." "environment."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:11
msgid "" msgid ""
"For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of " "For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of "
"the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or " "the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or "
@ -95,7 +61,7 @@ msgid ""
" somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience." " somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:13
msgid "" msgid ""
"**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to " "**It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to "
"each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are " "each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are "
@ -103,64 +69,64 @@ msgid ""
"instead." "instead."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:16
msgid "Ways to download the image" msgid "Ways to download the image"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:17
msgid "" msgid ""
"Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is " "Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is "
"made, you will need to download the image." "made, you will need to download the image."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:" msgid "There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:35 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:20
msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)." msgid "HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal)."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:21
msgid "" msgid ""
"BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended " "BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended "
"for Windows and macOS users)." "for Windows and macOS users)."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:37 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:22
msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)." msgid "zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users)."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:39 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in " "You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in "
"this manual." "this manual."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:41 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is " "An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is "
"available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page " "available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page "
"<https://lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, however for zsync downloads, you need " "<https://Lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, however for zsync downloads, you need "
"to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com <http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, " "to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com <http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, "
"which has the files listed." "which has the files listed."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:43 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:28
msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method." msgid "Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:46 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:31
msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP" msgid "Downloading the image via HTTP"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error " "*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error "
"prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*" "prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most" "After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most"
" common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a " " common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a "
@ -169,42 +135,30 @@ msgid ""
"in the right direction." "in the right direction."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of " "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of "
"frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening " "frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening "
"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause " "with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause "
"massive frustration and a failed install." "massive frustration and a failed install."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:38
msgid "" msgid "To verify the image, run this from the command line:"
"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit "
"lubuntu 18.10"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:44
msgid "" msgid ""
"and then carefully check that the output matches " "and then carefully check that the output matches "
"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 " "cc18a581d2e4d86f3f29ef44c12a0c42b54cde93db9fc5f7c3f10db1aff3fa9a "
"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso" "\\*lubuntu-20.04-desktop-amd64.iso"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61
msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67
msgid ""
"and then check carefully the output matches "
"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:48
msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent" msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49
msgid "" msgid ""
"Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the" "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the"
" image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is" " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is"
@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ msgid ""
"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BitTorrent>`_." "<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BitTorrent>`_."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51
msgid "" msgid ""
"In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend " "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend "
"`Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_, an Open Source BitTorrent " "`Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_, an Open Source BitTorrent "
@ -223,13 +177,13 @@ msgid ""
"Windows users." "Windows users."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53
msgid "" msgid ""
"The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or " "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or "
"cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above." "`cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:55
msgid "" msgid ""
"After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent " "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent "
"client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend " "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend "
@ -238,38 +192,42 @@ msgid ""
"decentralizing the download location for other users." "decentralizing the download location for other users."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59
msgid "Downloading the image via zsync" msgid "Downloading the image via zsync"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60
msgid "" msgid ""
"zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the " "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the "
"checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to " "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to "
"download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta since the " "download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or "
"last image was spun." "difference since the last image was spun."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:62
msgid "" msgid ""
"In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only" "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only"
" client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository." " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of " "If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either,"
"either), run the following command in a terminal:" " run the following command in a terminal:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:70
msgid "" msgid ""
"Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which " "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which "
"should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux " "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux "
"distributions:" "distributions:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76
msgid "To download the image using zsync run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82
msgid "" msgid ""
"**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to " "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to "
"Chapter 1.2.**" "Chapter 1.2.**"
@ -316,3 +274,139 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync" #~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync"
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Before you install Lubuntu, you need "
#~ "to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu"
#~ " provides support for several different "
#~ "CPU types and architectures, with a "
#~ "new version every six months (supported"
#~ " for nine months), and every two "
#~ "years being a long term support "
#~ "release (supported for three years)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Architectures"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "amd64 (commonly referred to as 64-bit)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "i386 (commonly referred to as 32-bit)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "amd64"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The amd64 image will work with "
#~ "most modern processors. The best way "
#~ "to determine if your computer has "
#~ "an amd64 or i386 processor is to"
#~ " boot the image. It's the only "
#~ "way that you will be able to "
#~ "know for sure what architecture your "
#~ "computer is. amd64 computers are "
#~ "backwards compatible with i386 images. "
#~ "You may want to use an i386 "
#~ "image instead if you have an amd64"
#~ " processor with very low amounts of"
#~ " RAM."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "i386"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This is the original 32-bit architecture"
#~ " that will work best on computers "
#~ "with very low amounts of RAM and"
#~ " processing power."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases."
#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, "
#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release "
#~ "recommended for most users. It is "
#~ "supported for three years after the "
#~ "release date and does not contain "
#~ "new features. Throughout the course of"
#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team"
#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** "
#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu"
#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally,"
#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu LTS "
#~ "releases use the **LXDE** desktop "
#~ "environment, which is the traditional "
#~ "Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 "
#~ "uses the **LXQt** which is a more"
#~ " modern environment."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "An easy download page which lists "
#~ "the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is "
#~ "available `on the Lubuntu website's "
#~ "Downloads page <https://lubuntu.me/downloads/>`_, "
#~ "however for zsync downloads, you need"
#~ " to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com "
#~ "<http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/>`_, which has "
#~ "the files listed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Downloading via HTTP and not verifying"
#~ " the image can lead to hours of"
#~ " frustration with even the developers "
#~ "quite confused what is happening with"
#~ " your system. With just one bit "
#~ "of the image flipped it will cause"
#~ " massive frustration and a failed "
#~ "install."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To do this the easiest way is "
#~ "the command line is to run for "
#~ "64 bit lubuntu 18.10"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "and then carefully check that the "
#~ "output matches "
#~ "99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 "
#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "and then check carefully the output "
#~ "matches 38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 "
#~ "\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The BitTorrent links can be found "
#~ "on our Downloads page or "
#~ "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "zsync is a convenient application that"
#~ " will automatically verify the checksum "
#~ "of the image once downloaded. The "
#~ "Lubuntu team uses this to download "
#~ "daily images as it will seamlessly "
#~ "download the delta since the last "
#~ "image was spun."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you are running Debian or "
#~ "Ubuntu (or a distribution based off "
#~ "of either), run the following command"
#~ " in a terminal:"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image" msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:4
@ -41,111 +41,196 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have three " "In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two "
"choices, depending on which image you downloaded:" "choices either"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:12
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41
msgid "."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:14
msgid "a DVD" msgid "a DVD"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:15 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:13
msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)" msgid "a USB drive (2 GB or greater)"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:16
msgid "Writing/burning the image" msgid "Writing/burning the Image"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:" msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:18
msgid "`Brasero <https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Brasero/>`_" msgid "`Brasero <https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Brasero/>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:22 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:19
msgid "K3b"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:20
msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner" msgid "Windows Disc Image Burner"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:21
msgid "InfraRecorder" msgid "InfraRecorder"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:25 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:23
msgid "" msgid ""
"Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or DVDs is beyond the scope of this " "Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is "
"manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we " "beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on"
"recommend you read them if you plan on doing this." " this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:" msgid "Guides from the Ubuntu website:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:27
msgid "" msgid ""
"`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu " "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu>`_" "/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-ubuntu>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:30 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"`How to burn a DVD on Windows " "`How to burn a DVD on Windows <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_" "/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-windows>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:29
msgid "" msgid ""
"`How to burn a DVD on macOS " "`How to burn a DVD on macOS <https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial"
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-mac-osx>`_" "/tutorial-burn-a-dvd-on-macos>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:31
msgid "" msgid ""
"For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb " "For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
"<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_, a tool developed by a " "<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu"
"Lubuntu team member." " team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk "
"Creator <https://manual.lubuntu.me/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-"
"creator.html>`_."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:35 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:33
msgid "" msgid ""
"Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of" "Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of"
" this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:" " this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:39 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows " "`How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows "
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-on-windows>`_" "<https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-"
"windows>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:37
msgid "" msgid ""
"`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS " "`How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS "
"<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-on-mac-osx>`_" "<https://tutorials.ubuntu.com/tutorial/tutorial-create-a-usb-stick-on-"
"macos>`_"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:44 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:40
msgid "Booting the image" msgid "Booting the Image"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:45 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:41
msgid "" msgid ""
"With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your " "With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your "
"hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you " "hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you "
"might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but " "might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but "
"looking for documentation specific to your hardware will likely provide " "looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the "
"the answer." "answer."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:48 #: ../../source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst:43
msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**" msgid "**You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.**"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 1.2 Booting the image"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In order to boot the image, you"
#~ " need to put it somewhere. You "
#~ "have three choices, depending on which"
#~ " image you downloaded:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Writing/burning the image"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Here are some common tools to burn images onto CDs/DVDs:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unfortunately, burning images to CDs or"
#~ " DVDs is beyond the scope of "
#~ "this manual. The Ubuntu website has "
#~ "several guides on this topic, and "
#~ "we recommend you read them if you"
#~ " plan on doing this."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
#~ "ubuntu>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on Windows "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
#~ "windows>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to burn a DVD on macOS "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/burn-a-dvd-on-"
#~ "mac-osx>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "For writing images to USB drives "
#~ "on Linux, we recommend `mkusb "
#~ "<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/mkusb>`_, a tool "
#~ "developed by a Lubuntu team member."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to create a bootable USB "
#~ "stick on Windows "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-"
#~ "on-windows>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "`How to create a bootable USB "
#~ "stick on macOS "
#~ "<http://www.ubuntu.com/download/desktop/create-a-usb-stick-"
#~ "on-mac-osx>`_"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Booting the image"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "With your media inserted, reboot your"
#~ " computer. Depending on your hardware "
#~ "configuration, it may boot into the "
#~ "image right away, or you might "
#~ "need to press a key at startup "
#~ "for boot options. This varies but "
#~ "looking for documentation specific to "
#~ "your hardware will likely provide the"
#~ " answer."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation" msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3
msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu." msgid "This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6
@ -34,26 +34,37 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen " "Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen "
"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test " "with the following options: :menuselection:`Start Lubuntu`, "
"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start " ":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`, :menuselection:`Check "
"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for " "disk for defects`, :menuselection:`Test memory`, and :menuselection:`Boot"
"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is " " from first hard disk`. To start the install select :menuselection:`Start"
"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad " " Lubuntu`, you will now be booting into a live session. If Lubuntu has "
"media." "trouble with your graphics card you can start the live session with "
":menuselection:`Start Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. The :menuselection:`Check"
" disk for defects` option offers a way to check integrity of the disk-"
"image once it is burned onto the install media (USB or DVD). Please use "
"this if you have problems installing as it could be bad media. The "
":menuselection:`Test memory` option tests to make sure your RAM works on "
"your computer. To switch your keyboard layout on the live session press "
":kbd:`F3` and select your keyboard layout. To bring back up the language "
"selection press :kbd:`F2`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu." "Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu "
" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-" "and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install "
"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"." "Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop "
":guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 20.10`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change" "You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change"
" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the " " the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After "
"language the next button will move you on to the next task." "selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to "
"the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
"button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23
@ -63,9 +74,14 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25
msgid "" msgid ""
"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose " "The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose "
"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and " "your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and "
"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change " "download server. To see what region you have chosen use the "
"your system language." ":guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have"
" a major city with the same time as you. On the bottom of the window "
"there is a place to change your system language and to change this "
"language press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step "
"once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting "
"your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30
@ -76,10 +92,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "" msgid ""
"Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the" "Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the"
" keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure " " keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure "
"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose " "your layout is correct. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you "
"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you " "choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and "
"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the " "the right column gets different variants. When you have selected your "
"installation." "keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37
@ -88,10 +104,16 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39
msgid "" msgid ""
"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase " "If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the "
"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, " ":guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all"
"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely " " data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this"
"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup." " point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue "
"on to user setup. To change the storage device use the :guilabel:`Select "
"Storage device` drop down menu. If you want to encrypt your drive press "
"the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter "
"the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly."
" It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it "
"somewhere safe."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42
@ -100,83 +122,136 @@ msgid ""
"please backup beforehand." "please backup beforehand."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:48
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced " "If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount "
"partitioning section." "the swap. To do this run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:53
msgid "User Setup" msgid ""
"which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if "
"you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward "
"pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to "
"unmount all data partitions."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55
msgid "" msgid ""
"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own " "To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back`"
"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the" " button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` "
" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your " "button."
"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next "
"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before "
"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install "
"button to begin the installation."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:58
msgid "The Install" msgid "User Setup"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:59
msgid "" msgid ""
"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the " "The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your "
"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to " "name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your "
"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished." "username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put "
"what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what"
" is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter "
"is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account"
" safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. "
"Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, "
"showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked"
" the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the "
"installation."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:63
msgid "Advanced partitioning" msgid ""
"After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to "
"confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install "
"now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go "
"back` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:66
msgid "" msgid "The Install"
"If you have had a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk"
" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In "
"this case running"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67
msgid "" msgid ""
"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted " "The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the "
"through pcmanfm-qt." "installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. Once"
" Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after "
"your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72
msgid "Manual partitioning" msgid "Manual partitioning"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will " "If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will "
"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how " "have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how "
"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting " "your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting "
"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you " "your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you "
"will need to create an EFI system partition see `efi system " "will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition "
"partitionwikipedia <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ " "Wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ for more"
"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-" " detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with"
"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount" " the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will"
" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems " " also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for "
"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs." "Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:78
msgid ""
"If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New"
" Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have "
"any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying "
"what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` "
"button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary "
"partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID "
"Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized "
"by legacy other operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning "
"window press the :guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:80
msgid ""
"To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage "
"device` drop down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:82
msgid ""
"You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which "
"will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select"
" which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to "
"mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To "
"change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. "
"To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it "
"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the "
":guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition "
"and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi "
"mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its "
"own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this "
"can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem "
"press the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then a two fields will appear to "
"get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:86
msgid "" msgid ""
"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a " "To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the "
"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-" ":guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your "
"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the " "computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install "
"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are " "boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of."
"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. " msgstr ""
"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, "
"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted " #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:88
"at /home." msgid ""
"In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of "
"the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the "
":guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted "
"are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system "
"is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -341,3 +416,169 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "finished." #~ "finished."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once you have booted the Lubuntu "
#~ "image, you will be greeted by a"
#~ " screen with the following options: "
#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects,"
#~ " Test RAM, and Boot from first "
#~ "hard disk. To start the install "
#~ "select Start Lubuntu, you will now "
#~ "be booting into a live session. "
#~ "The Check disk for defects offers "
#~ "a way to check integrity of the"
#~ " disk image once it is burned "
#~ "to the media please use this if"
#~ " you have problems it could be "
#~ "bad media."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once you have booted into the live"
#~ " session, feel free to explore "
#~ "Lubuntu. Once you are ready to "
#~ "install Lubuntu, double click the icon"
#~ " in the top-left corner of the"
#~ " desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You will be taken to the Lubuntu"
#~ " installer Welcome screen. You can "
#~ "change the installer language in the "
#~ "drop down box. After selecting the "
#~ "language the next button will move "
#~ "you on to the next task."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The next screen will show you a"
#~ " map of the world where you can"
#~ " choose your location. You location "
#~ "will be used to set your time "
#~ "zone and download server. On the "
#~ "bottom of the window there is a"
#~ " place to change your system "
#~ "language."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Next select your keyboard layout, you"
#~ " can check your keyboard matches the"
#~ " keyboard shown picture shown. At the"
#~ " bottom you can type to make "
#~ "sure your layout is correct. The "
#~ "keyboard model version lets you choose"
#~ " different layouts and the right "
#~ "column gets different variants. When you"
#~ " have selected your keyboard layout, "
#~ "move on to the next stage of "
#~ "the installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu on "
#~ "your machine, you can select the "
#~ "erase disk. This will format the "
#~ "disk and **delete all data on the"
#~ " disk**, which is why having your"
#~ " data backed up before this point "
#~ "is extremely important. IF you choose"
#~ " to do this you can continue on"
#~ " to user setup."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you wish to perform advance "
#~ "partitioning please refer the Advanced "
#~ "partitioning section."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The user setup section creates a "
#~ "user profile, consisting of your own "
#~ "name and the username you will use"
#~ " to log in. The next input "
#~ "field is the hostname of your "
#~ "computer. The final field is your "
#~ "password. Enter your password twice to"
#~ " make sure you have not mistyped "
#~ "it. Pressing the next button will "
#~ "give you a summary screen, showing "
#~ "you the settings before the install "
#~ "begins. Once you have checked the "
#~ "summary click the install button to "
#~ "begin the installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Lubuntu installer provides some "
#~ "useful information while the installer "
#~ "is running. Once Lubuntu is installed"
#~ " you have a checkbox to reboot "
#~ "now after your Lubuntu is installed "
#~ "and is now finished."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Advanced partitioning"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have had a previous linux"
#~ " install and want to put the "
#~ "entire disk or just replace an "
#~ "entire partition you will need to "
#~ "unmount them. In this case running"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "will unmount them and any partitions "
#~ "with data mounted can be unmounted "
#~ "through pcmanfm-qt."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you wish to manual set up "
#~ "partitions, as an advanced option you"
#~ " will have to choose which file-"
#~ "system you want. A file-system "
#~ "controls how your files are accessed "
#~ "at lower levels on the disk. If"
#~ " you are booting your computer in "
#~ "UEFI mode a more modern firmware "
#~ "compared to BIOS you will need to"
#~ " create an EFI system partition see"
#~ " `efi system partitionwikipedia "
#~ "<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ for "
#~ "more detail to create this partition "
#~ "you will need a FAT32 file-system"
#~ " with the ESP flag with to be"
#~ " mounted at /boot/efi/ under the "
#~ "mount point. You will also need a"
#~ " root (/) file-system, several "
#~ "file-systems included for Lubuntu are "
#~ "Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can create partition by clicking "
#~ "the button which will bring up a"
#~ " dialog. The file system field is "
#~ "a drop down menu, select which "
#~ "file-system you want. You also need"
#~ " to select where you want to "
#~ "mount the partition. which you need "
#~ "at least one root (/) partition "
#~ "and if you are booting an EFI "
#~ "system you will also need a "
#~ "/boot/efi mounted partition. Another common"
#~ " option is to have all your "
#~ "data on its own partition, which "
#~ "can even be on its own separate"
#~ " physical disk this can be mounted"
#~ " at /home."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2 #: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:3
msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu" msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4 #: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:5
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your " "This chapter shows you how to download and install Lubuntu on your "
"computer." "computer."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -35,3 +35,9 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer." #~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter will show you how to"
#~ " download and install Lubuntu on your"
#~ " computer."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox" msgid "Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox"
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:10
msgid "Tab browsing" msgid "Tabbed browsing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:11
@ -79,165 +79,262 @@ msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the " "To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the "
"tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with" "tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with"
" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a" " an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control "
" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing " "+W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view "
"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last " "your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library "
"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press " "--> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history "
":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that " "sidebar you can search through your history where it says "
"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over " ":guilabel:`Search History`. To view your downloaded files press the "
"button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over "
":menuselection:`--> Downloads`." ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29
msgid "" msgid ""
"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the" "To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the"
" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were " " left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were "
"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to" "previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go "
" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the " "forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from "
"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. " "press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + "
"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in" "Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you "
" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on" "went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local "
" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where " "disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will "
"you want." "get a dialog box to show where to save it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31
msgid "" msgid ""
"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the " "To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`."
"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste" " To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click"
" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste " " and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing "
"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately" "Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click"
" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to" " on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy "
" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to " "Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it."
"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:36
msgid ""
"To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead "
"button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your "
"screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on"
" the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible "
"part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar"
" to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To open a new tab "
"press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can "
"click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search "
"Tabs`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:38
msgid ""
"To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up "
"the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way "
"back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the "
"bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:40
msgid ""
"To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main "
"bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it "
"here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or "
"if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page "
"and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type "
"to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to"
" go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the "
"address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % "
"and then what you want to type in the address bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:42
msgid "" msgid ""
"To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three" "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three"
" vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and " " vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and "
"bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like " "bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like "
"three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the " "three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the "
"bookmark you want." "bookmark you want. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right "
"click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:44
msgid ""
"To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control "
"+C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text "
"into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select "
":menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press "
":kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:46
msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`." msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:48
msgid "" msgid ""
"To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press " "To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press "
":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press" ":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press"
" :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + " " :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + "
"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`." "0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` to leave fullscreen "
"simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two "
"button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be "
"hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse"
" to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type"
" your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` "
"field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:50
msgid "" msgid ""
"To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with " "To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with "
"horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can " "horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can "
"also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`." "also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:52
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click " "If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click "
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are " "the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you "
"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a " "are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press "
"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then " ":kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it"
"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click" " you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute "
" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a" "Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To open a new copy of a tab right "
" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move " "click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To "
"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right " "move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab "
"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to " ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to"
"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move" " the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. "
" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and " "To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and "
":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current " ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to new Window`. To open a new private "
"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. " "window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P`. If you want to bookmark a tab right "
"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close" "click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the "
" Tab`." "right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close"
" tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and "
":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:57
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type " "If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type "
"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored " "about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu "
"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences" "--> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart "
" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for " "Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. "
":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you " "The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores "
"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links " "your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has"
"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The " " a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` "
"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it " "which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a "
"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button " "link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you "
"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save " "open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the "
"downloads or always ask to save files." ":guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose "
msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size "
"change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the "
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45 ":guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the "
":guilabel:`Zoom text label`. The radio button group for "
":guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads "
"or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:61
msgid "" msgid ""
"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and " "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and "
"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down " "opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down "
"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the " "lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the "
"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or " "browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose "
"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` " ":menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you "
"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The " "open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle "
"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The " "whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites "
"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by " "you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change "
"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have " "how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of"
"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows" " :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` "
" site that you have saved or visited recently." "toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored "
msgstr "" "stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The "
":guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or "
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49 "visited recently. To change how many rows of highlighs are shown use the"
msgid "" " drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`."
"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on " msgstr ""
"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search " #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:65
msgid ""
"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on "
"preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
"you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search "
"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change " "and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change "
"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions " "your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`." "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up "
"showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the "
":guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:67
msgid "" msgid ""
"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into " "To change settingss for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings"
"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press " " use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection "
":kbd:`Control+X`." "against ptrackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back "
"press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to"
" be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:71
msgid "Version" msgid ""
"Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you"
" do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you "
"may lose accesss to online accounts."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:73
msgid "" msgid ""
"Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox " "To see what websites store data on you locally preess the "
"Quantum." ":guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all firefox data you currently "
"have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have firefox get rid of "
"all cookies when firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies "
"and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have firefox not "
"autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and "
"passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved "
"Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain "
"websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:76
msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:77
msgid "How to launch" msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 78."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:80
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:81
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a " "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a "
"blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also " "blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also "
"type and run" "type and run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:88
msgid ""
"from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also from the command line have"
" Firefox directly open this manual with"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:94
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have" "You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the"
" firefox directly open this manual with" " Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox "
"circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the "
"browser button on your keyboard."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots" #~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots"
@ -252,3 +349,214 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "the browser." #~ "the browser."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Tab browsing"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a new tab in firefox "
#~ "press the plus button on the right"
#~ " of the tab bar or press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab"
#~ " press the button with an x on"
#~ " the right side of the tab or"
#~ " press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a"
#~ " new window in browsing press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing"
#~ " history press the button that looks"
#~ " like a stack of books with the"
#~ " last one at the end the third"
#~ " item down will show you history "
#~ "or press :kbd:`Control +H`. To view "
#~ "your downloaded files press the button"
#~ " that looks like three stacked books"
#~ " with a fourth leaning over "
#~ ":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To go back to a previous page "
#~ "in firefox press the button pointing "
#~ "to the left or press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ LEft arrow`. To open the page"
#~ " you were previously at in a "
#~ "new tab middle click the back "
#~ "button. To go forward to a page"
#~ " you have visited before but have "
#~ "now gone back from press the "
#~ "button with the arrow pointing to "
#~ "the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. "
#~ "Middle click on the forward button "
#~ "to open the page you went back "
#~ "from in a new tab. To download "
#~ "a file directly to your local disk"
#~ " right click on the save file "
#~ "as and then you will get options"
#~ " to save the file where you "
#~ "want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To go to a specific url in "
#~ "the address bar you can type it"
#~ " in the the main bar in the "
#~ "middle. If you have a url in "
#~ "your clipboard you can paste it "
#~ "here or into the address bar right"
#~ " click and :menuselection:`paste and go`."
#~ " Or if you right click into the"
#~ " the clipboard and not immediately go"
#~ " to the page and type in a "
#~ "sub page right click paste and "
#~ "then type to go a specific sub "
#~ "page of the same site and then "
#~ "press enter to go to the page. "
#~ "If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor "
#~ "will select the address bar."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " +D` or Press the button with "
#~ "three vertical lines and slanted one "
#~ "and then the submenu of bookmarks "
#~ "and bookmark this page. To access "
#~ "the bookmark again press that looks "
#~ "like three vertical lines and a "
#~ "slanted one and bookmarks and then "
#~ "select the bookmark you want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To zoom in if you find the "
#~ "text on a web page to small "
#~ "press :kbd:`control + +`. If you "
#~ "want to zoom out on the text "
#~ "or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`."
#~ " To reset to the original zoom "
#~ "press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make "
#~ "firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want a menubar for firefox"
#~ " right click the main toolbar and "
#~ "click the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu "
#~ "bar`. To reload a tab even one "
#~ "you are not on right click on "
#~ "the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. "
#~ "To mute a tab even when you "
#~ "are not on it you can right "
#~ "click on the tab and then select"
#~ " :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a "
#~ "new copy of a tab right click "
#~ "on the tab bar and then select "
#~ ":menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a "
#~ "tab all the way to the left "
#~ "right click on the tab "
#~ ":menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to "
#~ "start`. To move a tab all the "
#~ "way to the right right click on"
#~ " tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move "
#~ "to end`. To move a tab to a"
#~ " new window right click on the "
#~ "tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> "
#~ "Move to new Window`. If you want"
#~ " to bookmark a tab right click "
#~ "the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. "
#~ "To close tabs to the right of "
#~ "the current tab right click on the"
#~ " tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to "
#~ "the right`. To undo closing a tab"
#~ " right click on a tab and "
#~ ":menuselection:`Undo Close Tab`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to view your firefox"
#~ " prefrences you can type about:preferences"
#~ " into the address bar. To have "
#~ "your seession restored each time you "
#~ "restart firefox is on the general "
#~ "tab of firefox prefrences is to "
#~ "press restore previous session. The "
#~ "checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous "
#~ "session` checkbox restores your tab when"
#~ " you close firefox. The tabs section"
#~ " has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open "
#~ "links in new tabs` instead of new"
#~ " windows which is checked by default."
#~ " The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you "
#~ "open a link a new tab switch "
#~ "to it immediately` switches to new "
#~ "tabs when you open them. The radio"
#~ " button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` "
#~ "lets you have a static location to"
#~ " save downloads or always ask to "
#~ "save files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` "
#~ "has settings for your home and "
#~ "opening of new tabs. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop "
#~ "down lets you select the firefox "
#~ "home or a blank page when you "
#~ "first open the browser. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you "
#~ "choose firefox home or blank page "
#~ "when you open a new tab. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you "
#~ "toggle whther to show a web search"
#~ " on the firefox homepage. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the "
#~ "sites you visit the most. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` "
#~ "toggles links recommend by pocket. "
#~ "Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` "
#~ "checkbox to not have sponsoerd stories"
#~ " from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` "
#~ "checkbox allows site that you have "
#~ "saved or visited recently."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To manage your search settings use "
#~ "the :guilabel:`search` tab on prefrences. "
#~ "The radio button for :guilabel:`Search "
#~ "Bar` changes whether you want a "
#~ "seperate search bar or and integrated"
#~ " search bar for search and "
#~ "navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search "
#~ "Engine` lets you change your default "
#~ "search engine. To toggle whether to "
#~ "search suggestions check/uncheck the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "I to copy text in firefox press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text "
#~ "into firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To"
#~ " cut text in firefox press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control+X`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest"
#~ " version of Firefox, Firefox Quantum."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the terminal to run firefox. "
#~ "You can also from the command line"
#~ " have firefox directly open this "
#~ "manual with"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,64 +10,63 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission" msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4
msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client." msgid "Transmission is Lubuntu's default bit-torrent client."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshots"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12
msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
msgid "Usage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:15
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the " "To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the "
"torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission." "torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission."
" The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload" " The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload"
" to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will " " to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will "
"see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The " "see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The "
"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others." "up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to other "
"people downloading that file. To open a torrent URL :menuselection:`File "
"--> Open URL` or press :kbd:`Control+U`. Once you have this you will "
"input the URL in the :guilabel:`Source` area. To choose where to save the"
" torrent change :guilabel:`Destination folder` button. To actually start "
"downloading press the :guilabel:`Open` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
msgid "" msgid ""
"While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download " "While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download "
"for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you " "for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you "
"are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person." "are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:19
msgid "" msgid ""
"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all " "The button with two :guilabel:`||` circled is a pause button that can "
"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press " "pause all downloads and uploads or :menuselection:`File --> Pause All`. "
"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again." "To start downloading and uploading again to press a button with a "
"triangle to start uploading and downloading again or :menuselection:`File"
" --> Start All`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:21
msgid "" msgid ""
"To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or " "To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or "
":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the " ":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the "
@ -75,10 +74,29 @@ msgid ""
":kbd:`Shift +Delete`." ":kbd:`Shift +Delete`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:23
msgid ""
"To filter which torrents are shown on your list use the :guilabel:`Show` "
"drop down menu. To only show active torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` "
"drop down select :menuselection:`Active`. To only show torrents that are "
"downloading from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select "
":menuselection:`Downloading`. To only show seeding torrents from the "
":guilabel:`Show` drop down select :menuselection:`Seeding`. To only show "
"Paused torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select "
":menuselection:`Paused`. To show only Finished torrents from the "
":guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Finished`. To only show "
"torrents that are verifying from the :guilabel:`Show` drop down select "
":menuselection:`Verifying`. To only show torrents that are in an error "
"state from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select :menuselection:`Error`. To go"
" back to showing all torrents from the :guilabel:`Show` menu select "
":menuselection:`All`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:25
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact " "If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`." "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`. To switch back out from compact view press"
" the same thing again."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28
@ -98,29 +116,186 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on" "To move a torrent down on where it appears on the screen and the queue "
" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio " ":menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move Down` or :kbd:`Control+down`. "
"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->" "To move a torrent up in the queue :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> "
" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current " "Move Up` or press :kbd:`Control+ up arrow`. To Move a torrent file to the"
"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your " " top :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to Top`. To move a "
"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> " "torrent file to the bottom :menuselection:`Torrent --> Queue --> Move to "
"Session Transfer`." "Bottom`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:32
msgid "How to launch" msgid ""
"If you do not want to prioritize the speed of your torrents press the "
"button on the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change "
"the ratio view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe "
"button --> Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the "
"current session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view "
"your transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button "
"--> Session Transfer`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:34
msgid ""
"To open the file manager in the folder of your torrent press "
":kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Torrent --> Open Folder`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:37
msgid "Torrent Properties"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:39
msgid ""
"To bring a up a properties dialog window press :kbd:`Alt +Enter` or "
":menuselection:`Torrent --> Properties`. To show how much of the file you"
" have on that torrent is under the :guilabel:`Have` row which shows both "
"the size and the percentage of the file. The :guilabel:`Uploaded` row "
"shows how much of the torrent you have uploaded to other peers. The "
":guilabel:`Downloaded` row shows how much you have downloaded on your "
"computer. The :guilabel:`State` row shows what the torrent is currently "
"doing. The :guilabel:`Remaining time` row shows how long it will take for"
" the torrent to finish downloaded. To show how much The "
":guilabel:`Location` row shows you where the file is saved on your "
"system. The :guilabel:`Size` row shows how much space the torrent takes "
"when downloaded. The :guilabel:`Origin` row shows when you first "
"downloaded this torrent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:43
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Peers` tab shows you what other peers that also have the "
"torrent open. To see how much data you are getting from a particular peer"
" see the :guilabel:`Up` column. To add your column showing how much data "
"you are downloading from a peer read the :guilabel:`Down` column. To see "
"the address of your peers and read the :menuselection:`Address` column. "
"To see what client other peers are using the :guilabel:`Client` column. "
"The :guilabel:`Tracker` tab shows information of where the torrent is "
"being tracked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:45
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Files` tab shows what files this torrent has downloaded. "
"To see the name of the file is in the :guilabel:`File` column. To see the"
" size of the file look in the :guilabel:`Size` column. To see how much of"
" your file is downloaded as a percentage in the :guilabel:`Progress` "
"column. To see the priority of the torrent see the :guilabel:`Priority` "
"column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:50
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:52
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.00 of Transmission."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:55
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:57
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> " "To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> "
"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run" "Qtransmission Bittorent Client` or run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:63
msgid ""
"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver colored gear selection "
"lever in a car."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:66
msgid "Customizing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:67
msgid ""
"To open your preferences for Transmission :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Preferences`. To manage how fast things download or upload use the "
":guilabel:`Speed` tab. To limit upload speed check the :guilabel:`Upload`"
" checkbox and select the limit of upload speed you want. To limit "
"download speed check the :guilabel:`Download` checkbox and select the "
"limit of download speed you want. To change the slower speed limits with "
"the turtle button for uploading change the :guilabel:`Upload` field. To "
"change the slower download speed change the :guilabel:`Download` field. "
"To schedule a time to throttle your torrents check the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled times:` checkbox and to the right choose the time to"
" start throttling your torrents and the time to stop throttling your "
"torrents. The :guilabel:`On days:` drop down is where you select which "
"days of the week to throttle torrenting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Downloading` tab of your preferences has settings for "
"downloading torrents. To choose where to save torrents is in the "
":guilabel:`Save to Location:` button to bring up a dialog to show where "
"to save the torrent. To set a maximum number of torrents downloading at "
"the same time change the :guilabel:`Maximum active downloads:` field. To "
"stop trying to download a file after no more file to download change the "
":guilabel:`Download is inactive if data sharing stopped` and choose how "
"many minutes to choose if it is inactive. To add .part to the end of "
"incomplete downloaded files check the :guilabel:`Append \".part\" to "
"incomplete files' names` checkbox. To choose if you want a different file"
" to choose the incomplete files check the :guilabel:`Keep incomplete "
"files in:` checkbox and bring a dialog to choose it where to be on the "
"button to the right. To automatically add torrent files to Transmission "
"check the :guilabel:`Automatically add .torrent files from:` and then "
"press the button to the right to choose where to add .torrent files from."
" To start the added torrents automatically check the :guilabel:`Start "
"added torrents` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:76
msgid ""
"To have the settings for uploading torrents or seeding them use the "
":guilabel:`Seeding` tab. To stop seeding after you have uploaded a "
"certain size of the file check the :guilabel:`Stop seeding at ratio:` "
"checkbox and then select the ratio to stop seeding. To stop seeding if "
"the torrent has not been seeded recently check the :guilabel:`Stop "
"seeding if idle for:` checkbox and then choose how long to select if the "
"torrent is idle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:78
msgid ""
"To have settings with privacy and encryption use the :guilabel:`Privacy` "
"tab. To change whether to prefer encryption mode, allow encryption, or to"
" require encryption use the :guilabel:`Encryption mode` drop down menu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:80
msgid "" msgid ""
"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with " "To change your settings on how Transmission interacts with the network "
"a double pointed vertical arrow." "use the :guilabel:`Network` tab. To choose the port for incoming "
"connections to Transmission use the :guilabel:`Port for incoming "
"connections:`. To see if that port is open press the :guilabel:`Test "
"Port` button. To open a random port each time you open Transmission check"
" the :guilabel:`Pick a random port every time Transmission is started` "
"checkbox. To change the greatest number of peers you can have for each "
"individual torrent change the :guilabel:`Maximum peers per torrent` "
"field. To change the greatest number of peers you can have across all of "
"you different torrents in the :guilabel:`Maximum peers overall` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:84
msgid ""
"To change things about your desktop interface use the :guilabel:`Desktop`"
" tab of Transmission. To show an icon for Transmission in the system tray"
" check the :guilabel:`Show Transmission icon in the notification area` "
"checkbox. To start Transmission started in the notification area "
":guilabel:`Start minimized in notification area` checkbox. To toggle "
"showing a notification when new torrents are added check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Show a notification when torrents are added` checkbox. To show"
" a notification when torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show a "
"notification when torrents finish` checkbox. To toggle playing a sound "
"when the torrents finish check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play a sound when "
"torrents finish` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission" #~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission"
@ -139,3 +314,75 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "the command line." #~ "the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a torrent file press the"
#~ " open or simply double clicking the"
#~ " torrent file from a web browser "
#~ "after opening it will start "
#~ "Transmission. The torrent file will "
#~ "start download and using your connection"
#~ " to upload to others in a so"
#~ " called peer to peer network. At "
#~ "the bottom you will see an arrow"
#~ " pointing downward to show how fast"
#~ " you are downloading. The up arrow"
#~ " shows how fast you are seeding "
#~ "or uploading the file to others."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The button with two || circled is"
#~ " a pause button that can pause "
#~ "all downloads and uploads. To start "
#~ "downloading and uploading again to press"
#~ " a button with a triangle to "
#~ "start uploading and downloading again."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want have a move compact"
#~ " view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
#~ "View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to deprioitize the "
#~ "speed of your torrents press the "
#~ "button on the bottom of transmission "
#~ "that looks like a turtle. To "
#~ "change the raio view on the bottom"
#~ " to your total changes "
#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Total "
#~ "Transfer`. To view your upload/download "
#~ "ratio in the current session "
#~ ":menuselection:`Globe button --> Session "
#~ "Ratio`. To view your transfer from "
#~ "the current session only :menuselection:`Globe"
#~ " button --> Session Transfer`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch Transmission go to menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Qtransmission` "
#~ "bittorent client or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "from the terminal. The icon looks "
#~ "like a silver box outlined in red"
#~ " with a double pointed vertical "
#~ "arrow."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC" msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC"
@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel" "Quassel IRC is Lubuntu's default modern, cross-platform, distributed chat"
" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major" " client. Quassel aims to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting "
" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android " "experience to all major platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS®"
"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, " " as well as Android smartphones), making communication with your peers "
"but also ubiquitous available." "not only convenient, but also ubiquitous available."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "Features:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7
msgid "Remember Channels and servers" msgid "Remember Channels, Servers, and queries"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8
@ -62,166 +62,267 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15
msgid "" msgid ""
"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This " "To chat on IRC you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This "
"can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To " "can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To "
"send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" " "send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" "
"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you " "username or right click on the user list and select :menuselection:`Start"
"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer " " Query`. After starting a query you can get back to this conversation by "
"messages." "viewing the user with a human shaped icon on the left side pane to "
"continue the conversation later. If you wish to view older messages just "
"scroll up with the mousewheel or the scrollbar to the right. Scroll down "
"to view newer messages."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:17
msgid ""
"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar"
" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is "
"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left "
"click on the channel name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:21
msgid "" msgid ""
"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> " "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> "
"Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select " "Networks --> Configure_Networks`. To add a new network :guilabel:`+Add`."
"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where" " To connect to a common public network :guilabel:`Use preset` dropdown, "
" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel " "select :guilabel:`Lubuntu IRC` and then click :guilabel:`OK`."
"or use the join button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:23
msgid "" msgid ""
"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which " "To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 is the channel name), "
"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of " "right click the network and select :menuselection:`Join Channel` or use "
"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your " "the :guilabel:`Join` button. To leave a channel right click on the "
"desktop if you are in another window." "channel name on the right hand side and select :menuselection:`Part` from"
" the context menu. If you want to join the channel again after leaving it"
" right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Join`. To have "
"your chat be hidden until you rejoin it again right click on the channel "
"and select :menuselection:`Hide Chats(s) Temporarily`. To hide the chat "
"forever right click on the channel and select :menuselection:`Hide "
"Chats(s) Permanently`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:25
msgid ""
"To hide all people joining or leaving a chat right click on the channel "
"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins/Parts/Quits`. To only hide "
"people joining right click on the list of channel list "
":menuselection:`Hide Events --> Joins`. To hide people parting the "
"channel right click on the channel list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> "
"Parts`. To hide people quitting the channel right click on the channel "
"list :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Quits`. To hide people changing "
"their nickname :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Name Changes`. To hide "
"when someone changes the topic of a channel :menuselection:`Hide Events "
"--> Topic Changes`. To hide people changing the mode of a channel right "
"click on the list of channels :menuselection:`Hide Events --> Mode "
"Changes`. To hide when Quassel tells you it is tomorrow right click on "
"the list of channels :menuselection:`Events --> Day Changes`. However "
"while hiding these may result in less busy traffic it can leave you "
"trying to communicate with people no longer on IRC. To view these events "
"again simply uncheck the checkbox for that event."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you want to disconnect from a particular server if you have connected "
"to it right click on the server name and select "
":menuselection:`Disconnect`. If you are disconnected from a server and "
"want to connect to it right click on it and select "
":menuselection:`Connect`. To collapse a servers list of channels you can "
"left click on the arrow next to the server name and click it again to "
"uncollapse the list of channels. To change your settings for a server "
"right click on a server name and select :menuselection:`Configure`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:31
msgid "" msgid ""
"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which " "To toggle showing checkboxes in front of each chat right click on a "
"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure " "server or channel and check the checkbox for :menuselection:`Show/Hide "
"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the " "Chats` to bring a giant list of checkboxes. To hide a chat this way "
"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. " "uncheck the checkbox in front of that channel or query. To go back and "
"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input " "actually hide some chats right click on the channel or server and "
"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto " "unchceck :menuselection:`Show/Hide Chats`."
"identifify. You can also autoidentify without using sasl by clicking the"
" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is "
"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in "
"where you autoidentify."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33
msgid "" msgid ""
"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right " "To state you are taking an action in IRC you can type :kbd:`/me` at the "
"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will" "start of you typing to have say \\*nick does something."
" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again " msgstr ""
"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with " #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35
msgid ""
"To leave all servers and disconnect press the :guilabel:`Disconnect` "
"button in the top toolbar. If you have multiple servers configured to "
"disconnect from one press the downward pointed arrow and select the "
"server you want to disconnect from. To connect to the servers again press"
" the :guilabel:`Connect` button. To connect to a specific server press "
"the downward pointing arrow and select the server you want to connect to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37
msgid ""
"To switch between multiple channels left click on the channels on the "
"left hand side. If a different channel has has new text in it the channel"
" name will appear in blue. If a channel has a green name a user has "
"joined of left. You also can switch between multiple channels with "
":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down." ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down."
" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the " " To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the "
"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press " "previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press "
":kbd:`Meta +A`." ":kbd:`Meta +A`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39
msgid "" msgid ""
"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom " "In Quassel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which"
"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the " " in Quassel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of "
":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel " "text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your "
"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see " "desktop if you are in another window. Also at midnight Quassel will tell "
"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your " "you when midnight and the date of the new day."
"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and"
" copy link adress."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:41
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting " "If you want to enable automatically spell checking your input right click"
":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the " " on the input bar and select :menuselection:`Auto Spell Check`. To change"
"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin" " your language for spellcheck right click in the input bar and select "
" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between " ":menuselection:`Spell Checking language`. If you make a mistake when "
"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after " "typing in your input you can press :kbd:`Control+Z` or right click on the"
"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to " " input bar and select :menuselection:`Undo`. To redo typing and action "
"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to " "press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Redo`. To clear the text "
"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the" "you input right click the input bar and select :menuselection:`Clear`."
" unlimited number of checkboxes."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43
msgid "" msgid ""
"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To " "To zoom in to get to your chat more right click and select "
"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the " ":menuselection:`Zoom In`. To zoom out in Quassel press :kbd:`Control+-` "
"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and " "or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom Out`. To go back to your "
"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View " "original size right click Quassel and select :menuselection:`Actual "
"--> Chat lists --> All chats`." "Size`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45
msgid "" msgid ""
"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` " "To use SASL authentication to autologin to an account no matter which "
"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`." "nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure "
"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the "
"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for :guilabel:`Use SASL "
"Authentication`. Enter your username on the IRC network in the "
":guilabel:`Account` text field. Input your password into the "
":guilabel:`Password` field so that you know how to auto identify. You can"
" also autoidentify without using SASL by clicking the Top checkbox. "
"Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is but it may be "
"different on different servers and put your password in where you "
"autoidentify."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:47
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings " "If you want to have settings for automatic reconnecting "
"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left " ":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and select the "
"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`," ":guilabel:`Connection` tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Automatic Reconnect`"
" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If " " will automatically rejoin chats if you get disconnected. The "
"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name " ":guilabel:`Wait` field shows how long to between the retries between each"
"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to " " try. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Rejoin all channels after reconnect` "
"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show " "lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to manual rejoin "
"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else " "each. The :guilabel:`Number of retries` is how many times to retry to "
"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The" "connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the"
" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear " " :guilabel:`Unlimited` number of checkboxes."
"highlighted."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:51
msgid "" msgid ""
"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> " "To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right "
"Configure Quassel`." "hand side right click on the user :menuselection:`Ignore` and then select"
" how to ignore that user. If you realize you want to talk to them again "
"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
"rule you created."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:53
msgid "" msgid ""
"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar" "To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom "
" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is " "and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the "
"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left " ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel "
"click on the channel name." "such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click "
":menuselection:`Paste`. If you see a hyperlink in chat you can left click"
" on the link to open in your webbrowser or you can copy the link by right"
" clicking on it and :menuselection:`Copy Link Address`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:55
msgid ""
"To close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button or "
":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To reopen the view of nicks "
":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the list of all chats press the"
" X button to close a list of all channel and private messages you are in."
" To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists --> All "
"chats`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:57
msgid ""
"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`. Press the keyboard shortcut or use the menu"
" again to get out of fullscreen. If you want to quit Quassel press "
":kbd:`Control+Q` or right click on the system tray and select "
":menuselection:`Quit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:61
msgid "Customizing" msgid "Customizing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:62
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or " "To change your preferences for Quassel press :kbd:`F7` or "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change how Quassel "
"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the " "appears use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose a language for your "
":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon " "chat change the :guilabel:`Language` drop down menu. To change the client"
" style for the widget of Quassel choose a widget style from the "
":guilabel:`Widget style` drop down menu. To change which icon theme you "
"use for Quassel use the :guilabel:`Fallback icon theme` drop down menu "
"and to have it replace your system icon theme press the "
":guilabel:`Override system theme`.To toggle showing tray icon "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want" "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want"
" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in" " to be able to close the Quassel window and still have Quassel running in"
" the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on" " the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on"
" close button`." " close button`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:66
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and " "The :guilabel:`Chat View` tab has settings for colors timestamps and "
"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the " "hyperlinks. To change how the time before each message appear check the "
":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the " ":guilabel:`Custom timestamp format` checkbox and type hh for hours mm for"
":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want " " both minutes or ss for seconds. To toggle showing brackets around "
"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. " "everyone's nicknames check the :guilabel:`Show brackets around sender "
"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the " "names`. To chose a custom chat window font press the :guilabel:`Custom "
":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting " "chat window font` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button "
"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker " "to choose a new font. To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat "
"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line " "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To "
"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set " "toggle setting marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the "
"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox." ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle"
msgstr "" " the set marker line automatically when you switch windows check/uncheck "
"the :guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` "
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54 "checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:70
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the " "To change your colors of chat use the :guilabel:`Chat View Colors` tab. "
":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each " "To toggle if you want colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow "
"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up" "colored text` checkbox. To change the Colors of your user interface on "
" the specific color for that kind of message." "Quassel check the :guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many"
" buttons for each different kind of message which you can press the "
"button that all bring up the specific color for that kind of message. To "
"change the colors of nicknames for different people sending messages "
"check the :guilabel:`Use Sender Coloring` checkbox."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:74
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname " "The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname "
"lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font " "lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font "
@ -240,10 +341,10 @@ msgid ""
"changes the color of nicks of Away users." "changes the color of nicks of Away users."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:78
msgid "" msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into " "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into "
"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a " "channels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
"thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the " "thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the "
":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the" ":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the"
" :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox " " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox "
@ -251,26 +352,390 @@ msgid ""
"the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style " "the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style "
"buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an " "buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an "
"arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box" "arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box"
" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox." " check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox. To enable multiple line "
"editing if you have a really long thing you want to type into the IRC "
"channel check the :guilabel:`Multi-Line Editing` checkbox. To edit the "
"largest number of lines shown change the :guilabel:`Show at most X lines`"
" field. To have a scrollbar on inputting text if long enough check the "
":guilabel:`Enable scrollbars` checkbox. After tab completing someone's "
"nick if you want something after it in the :guilabel:`Completion suffix` "
"field. To add a space afterward tab completing someone's nick by checking"
" the :guilabel:`Add space after nick when completing mid-sentence` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:82
msgid ""
"To change how Quassel displays the topic of each channel use the "
":guilabel:`Topic Widget` tab. To use a custom font for your topic press "
"the :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox and to choose a different font press"
" the :guilabel:`Choose` button. To choose to resize to fit the topic "
"check the :guilabel:`Resize dynamically to fit contents`. To only do this"
" when you hove over the topic check the :guilabel:`On hover only` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:84
msgid ""
"To view settings for spellcheck use the :guilabel:`Spell Checking` tab. "
"To change the default language for you spell check use the "
":guilabel:`Default language` drop down menu. To toggle autodetecting "
"language check the :guilabel:`Enable autodetection of language` checkbox."
" To have Automatic spell checking by default check the "
":guilabel:`Automatic spell checking enabled by default` checkbox. To have"
" spell check not spellcheck on words starting with capital letters check "
"the :guilabel:`Skip all uppercase words` checkbox. To not spellcheck two "
"words right next to each other check the :guilabel:`Skip run-together "
"words` checkbox. To add words to be the dictionary type in the "
":guilabel:`Ignored Words` field and then press the :guilabel:`Add` "
"button. To remove a word from your dictionary left click on it and press "
"the :guilabel:`Remove` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:88
msgid ""
"To have additional settings on highlights use the :guilabel:`Highlights` "
"tab. To add other words or names to highlight you can press the "
":guilabel:`Add` button. To change what you want a name or word to be "
"highlighted double click on the :guilabel:`Name` column. To toggle "
"enabling being highlighted by the name check or uncheck the checkbox in "
"the :guilabel:`Enabled` column. To make being highlighted case sensitive "
"check the checkbox in the checkbox in the :guilabel:`CS` column. To use a"
" regular expression for the rule to highlight check the checkbox in the "
":guilabel:`RegEx` column. To remove this highlight rule press the "
":guilabel:`Remove` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:92
msgid ""
"To change your settings Quassel getting and displaying backlogs can be "
"set from :guilabel:`Backlog Fetching` tab. To change modes of backlog "
"fetching to unread messages or a fixed number per chat use the "
":guilabel:`Backlog request method` drop down menu. If you choose a fixed "
"amount you can change the :guilabel:`Initial backlog amount` to change "
"how many lines you get. If you change the amount unread messages choose "
"the :guilabel:`Limit` to get that many unread messages and then the "
":guilabel:`Additional Messages` will be shown for context."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:94
msgid ""
"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Notifications`. You can also get to this from the "
":guilabel:`Notifications` tab from the notifications tab. To select which"
" event to change your settings left click on :guilabel:`Private message "
"when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`,"
" or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If you do not know what highlight is it "
"is when someone mentions your name in a channel. The checkbox "
":guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to toggle playing a sound in the "
"context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show message in a popup` creates a popup"
" notification when someone else mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file`"
" puts the message in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the"
" taskbar entry appear highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:98
msgid ""
"To change your shortcut :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"Shortcuts`. To see what shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Action` "
"column in the table. To see what keyboard shortcut to press see the "
":guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To set a second keyboard shortcut to do "
"something use the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To switch to a custom "
"keyboard shortcut left click on the action in the action column press the"
" :guilabel:`Custom` and then press the button to the right and input your"
" keyboard shortcut. To restore your keyboard shortcuts to the defaults "
"press the :guilabel:`Defaults` bottom at the bottom. To not make your "
"changes for keyboard shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To "
"apply your changes to keyboard shortcuts and close the window press the "
":guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:103
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:104
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.13.1 of Quassel IRC."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:108
msgid "How to Launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:109
msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type" msgid ""
"To launch Quassel from the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> "
"Quassel IRC` or type"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:115
msgid "in the terminal." msgid ""
msgstr "" "in the terminal. The icon for Quassel looks like a blue circle with a "
"white crescent on it."
msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-"
#~ "platform, distributed chat client. Quassel "
#~ "aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable"
#~ " chatting experience to all major "
#~ "platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and "
#~ "MacOS X® as well as Android "
#~ "smartphones), making communication with your"
#~ " peers not only convenient, but also"
#~ " ubiquitous available."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Remember Channels and servers"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To chat on irc you need to "
#~ "connect to a server and join a "
#~ "channel. This can be done with the"
#~ " join button or by typing \"/join "
#~ "[channel]\". To send a query or "
#~ "private message directly to someone type"
#~ " \"/query\" username or right click "
#~ "on the user list and select start"
#~ " query. If you wish to view "
#~ "older messages just scroll up. Scroll"
#~ " down to view newer messages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add the Lubuntu IRC chat "
#~ "network click :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Networks --> Configure_Networks` +Add(Networks) "
#~ "-> Use preset, select Lubuntu IRC "
#~ "-> click OK. To join a channel "
#~ "simple type \"/join 1\" (where 1 "
#~ "is the channel name), right click "
#~ "the network and select join channel "
#~ "or use the join button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "In Quasel if someone says your "
#~ "name you are said to be "
#~ "highlighted which in Quasel will make"
#~ " a sound and in a goldenrod "
#~ "color over the line of text with"
#~ " your name on it. The notification"
#~ " will also be shown on your "
#~ "desktop if you are in another "
#~ "window."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use Sasl authentication to autologin"
#~ " to an account no matter which "
#~ "nickname you want to use "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Networks --> "
#~ "Configure networks` to bring up a "
#~ "network configuration dialog. Click on "
#~ "the autoidentify tab and press the "
#~ "checkbox for use SASL authentication. "
#~ "Enter your username on the IRC "
#~ "network in the username text field. "
#~ "Input your password into the password"
#~ " field so that you know how to"
#~ " auto identifify. You can also "
#~ "autoidentify without using sasl by "
#~ "clicking the Top checkbox. Nickserv is"
#~ " a sensible default for what the "
#~ "services is but it may be "
#~ "different on different servers and put"
#~ " your password in where you "
#~ "autoidentify."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To ignore a really annoying user "
#~ "you can on the nicks bar on "
#~ "the right hand side right click "
#~ "ignore and then select a user to"
#~ " ingore so you will not hear "
#~ "them in irc. If you realize you"
#~ " want to talk to them again "
#~ "Right click the same username and "
#~ "uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
#~ "rule you created. You also can "
#~ "switch between multiple channels with "
#~ ":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up"
#~ " or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to "
#~ "move down. To go to the next "
#~ "active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` "
#~ "or to go to the previous active"
#~ " chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump "
#~ "to a hot chat press :kbd:`Meta "
#~ "+A`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To type a message to an entire "
#~ "channel type into the bar at the"
#~ " bottom and press enter. To complete"
#~ " typing someone's nickname press the "
#~ ":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name."
#~ " To paste text into the channel "
#~ "such as a link press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ V` or right click paste. If "
#~ "you see a hyperlink in chat you"
#~ " can left click on the link to"
#~ " open in your webbrowser. Another is"
#~ " if you want to copy the link"
#~ " right click on it and copy "
#~ "link adress."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to have settings for"
#~ " automatic recoonecting :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Network --> Configure network` and "
#~ "slect the Connection tab. The checkbox"
#~ " for auto reconnect will automatically "
#~ "rejoin chats if you get disconnected."
#~ " The wait filed shows how long "
#~ "to between the retries between each "
#~ "try. The checkbox for rejoin all "
#~ "channels after reconnecting lets you "
#~ "rejoin all of your channels without "
#~ "having to manual rejoin each. The "
#~ "number of retries is how many "
#~ "times to retry to connect before "
#~ "stopping. To have an unlimited number"
#~ " of retries click the unlimited "
#~ "number of checkboxes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To add close the list of nicknames"
#~ " or channels press the X button. "
#~ "To reopen the view of nicks "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close "
#~ "the list of all chats press the"
#~ " X button to close a list of"
#~ " all channel and private messages you"
#~ " are in. To reopen it press the"
#~ " :menuselection:`View --> Chat lists -->"
#~ " All chats`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To make your chat full screen "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
#~ "or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change your settings on your "
#~ "notifications :menuselection:`Settings --> "
#~ "Notificiations`. To select which event "
#~ "to change your settings left click "
#~ "on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`,"
#~ " :guilabel:`Highlight`, :guilabel:`Highlight When "
#~ "Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If"
#~ " you do not know what highlight "
#~ "is it is when someone mentions "
#~ "your name in a channel. The "
#~ "checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows "
#~ "you to to toggle playing a sound"
#~ " in the context. The checkbox "
#~ ":guilabel:`Show message in a popup` "
#~ "creates a popup notification when "
#~ "someone else mentions you. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message"
#~ " in a file. The :guilabel:`Mark "
#~ "taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry"
#~ " appear highlighted."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To select all of your Settings for"
#~ " Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure"
#~ " Quassel`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change your prefrences for quassel"
#~ " press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Settings "
#~ "--> Configure Quassel`. To change the"
#~ " client style for the widget of "
#~ "quassel choose a widget style from "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Client style` drop down "
#~ "menu. To toggle showing tray icon "
#~ "check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray"
#~ " icon` checkbox. If you want to "
#~ "be able to close the quassel "
#~ "window and still have quassel running"
#~ " in the system tray to bring it"
#~ " back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to"
#~ " tray on close button`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has "
#~ "settings for colors timestamps and "
#~ "hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat "
#~ "window font press the :guilabel:`Custom "
#~ "chat window font` checkbox and then "
#~ "press the :guilabel:`choose` button to "
#~ "choose a new font. To toggle if"
#~ " you want colored text press/unpress "
#~ "the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox."
#~ " To toggle previews of hyperlinks in"
#~ " chat check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "
#~ "previews of webpages on URL hover`. "
#~ "To toggle setting marker line when "
#~ "switching chats check/uncheck the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Set marker line automatically when"
#~ " switching chats`. To toggle the set"
#~ " marker line automatically when Quassel "
#~ "losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set "
#~ "marker line automatically when Quassel "
#~ "loses focus` checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the Colors of your user"
#~ " interface on Quassel check the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there"
#~ " are many buttons for each different"
#~ " kind of message which you can "
#~ "press the buton that all bring up"
#~ " the specific color for that kind "
#~ "of message."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings "
#~ "for what you tab to type into "
#~ "chanels or private messages. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
#~ "thing to activate your own custom "
#~ "font for just input and press the"
#~ " :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. "
#~ "To have per chat history check the"
#~ " :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` "
#~ "checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show nick"
#~ " selector` puts a widget in the "
#~ "lower left corner of the window to"
#~ " select different nicks. The checkbox "
#~ ":guilabel:`Show style buttons` shows buttons"
#~ " that style your text hidden in "
#~ "an arrow under an arrow. To enable"
#~ " line wrapping when you type a "
#~ "long line in the input box check"
#~ " the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping` checkbox."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "in the terminal."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil" msgid "Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil"
@ -25,46 +25,65 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for " "Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for "
"lubuntu." "Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7
msgid "Version" msgid "Pairing"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil." msgid ""
"To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu "
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line "
"run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14
msgid "Pairing" msgid ""
". If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main "
"part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading"
" :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click "
"on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu " "Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If "
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled " "the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does"
"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show " " not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button."
"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press"
" :guilabel:`next`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21
msgid "Sending files" msgid "Sending files"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device " "To send a file to another device after pairing with the device "
":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file " ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command "
"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press " "line run"
"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which "
"files to transfer."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:28
msgid "Screenshot" msgid ""
"to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send "
"a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a "
"dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the "
"path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to "
"sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the "
"list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` "
"button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the "
"file transfer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:33
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:34
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.19.3 of Bluedevil."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -72,3 +91,38 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu." #~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "bluedevil is the default application to"
#~ " manage bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch bluedevil to pair with a"
#~ " device from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. "
#~ "If bluetooth is disabled you will "
#~ "be asked to enable it. In the "
#~ "main part of the window will show"
#~ " detected bluetooth devices. Click on "
#~ "the device you wish to add and "
#~ "press :guilabel:`next`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To send a file to another device"
#~ " after pairing with the device "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send "
#~ "file` to open the file sending "
#~ "dialog. Then select the device you "
#~ "want to send a file to. Press "
#~ "the button with the upward pointing "
#~ "arrow to to bring a dialog of "
#~ "which files to transfer."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Screenshot"
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita" msgid "Chapter 2.1.5 Trojita"
@ -29,34 +29,26 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with " "Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email by that method "
"trojita." "with Trojita."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11
msgid "Version" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12
msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15
msgid "Useage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will " "To use Trojita you will need to input your account information. You will "
"need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email " "need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email "
"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. " "address so Trojita needs to know what address to get information from. "
"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your " "The :guilabel:`IMAP` tab has settings for how to get messages to your "
"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion " "machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encryption "
"to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The " "to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The "
":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email" ":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email"
" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access " " from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells Trojita which network port to access "
"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to " "the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` field tells Trojita which "
"send to the email server." "username to send to the email server."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18
@ -75,90 +67,170 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change how long Trojita stores messages in offline mode from the "
"settings from :menuselection:`IMAP --> Settings` and use the "
":guilabel:`Offline` tab. To not store messages offfline select the "
":guilabel:`Don't use cache` button. To keep your email messages "
"indefinetly press the :guilabel:`Store forever` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26
msgid ""
"To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or " "To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will " ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will "
"bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you " "bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you "
"want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of" "want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of"
" your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the " " your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the "
"message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If " "message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If "
"you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the " "you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the "
"paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press " "paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press "
"the :guilabel:`Send` button." "the :guilabel:`Send` button. To save a draft of your message press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button to "
"actually save the draft. If you don't want to save a message press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button and then press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. "
"To reopen a saved draft of a message :menuselection:`IMAP --> Compose "
"Mail --> Edit Draft...`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in" "To view your messages on Trojita to see new messages you have received in"
" your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of " " your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of "
"the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread " "the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread "
"messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title " "messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title "
"and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want " "and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want "
"to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message " "to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message "
"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear" "title. If you receive an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear"
" on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it " " on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it "
"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` " "directly. To switch from text to HTML view click the :guilabel:`HTML` "
"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab." "tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab. Sometimes "
"HTML email needs to be load external things to view the email and Trojita"
" does not load them by default for privacy but to actually load the "
"content press the :guilabel:`Load` button."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita." "Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of Trojita."
" To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages" " To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages"
" left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch " " left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch "
"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`." "to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`. To "
"remember messages for only a specified numbers of days press the "
":guilabel:`Remember messages for X days` button and use the below field "
"to select the number of days."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to " "To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to "
"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key." "the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key. To manually toggle marking a"
" message as read press the :kbd:`m` key."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control" "To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control"
" + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an " " + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an "
"email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or " "email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`." ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Forward`. If you want to delete a message from "
"your mailbox press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Expunge`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:40
msgid ""
"In the center of the window there are several different columns that show"
" you information about each different email you have received. The "
":guilabel:`Subject` line shows you a subject that should tell you what "
"each message is about. The :guilabel:`From` column shows who is sending "
"you this email. The :guilabel:`Date` Column show when the email was sent "
"to you. The :guilabel:`Size` column shows you how much space the email "
"takes up on your account on the email server. To see if there is an "
"attachment to a message a column has what looks like a paperclip and it "
"has a paperclip in it if that email has an attachment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42
msgid "" msgid ""
"When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message " "When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message "
"in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change " "in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change "
"your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`." "your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:44
msgid "" msgid ""
"To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for " "To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for "
"new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read " "new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read "
"messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest " "messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest "
"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> " "messages in Trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> "
"Descending`." "Descending`. To switch back to your old view of oldest message first "
":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Ascending`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:46
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> " "To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> "
"Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`" "Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`"
" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all" " button. Once on the new contact double click on the fields which are all"
" optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a" " optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a"
" dialog to save the changes." " dialog to save the changes."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48
msgid "How to launch" msgid ""
"To change your view of Trojita to view only one message at a time or the "
"view of your inbox :menuselection:`View --> Layout --> One At Time` which"
" is quite useful on small screens. To view you message in a three column "
"format with your folders to the list of message in each folder in the "
"center and then the message itself on the right :menuselection:`View --> "
"Layout --> Wide`. To return to your original view :menuselection:`View "
"--> Layout --> Compact`. To hide the menubar press :kbd:`Control+M` or "
":menuselection:`View --> Show Main Menu Bar` and do the same thing again "
"to see the menubar again. To toggle showing your menubar "
":menuselection:`View --> Show Toolbar`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:50
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` " "To take Trojita into an offline mode where it will not try to access the "
"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run" "internet :menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Offline` however you"
" will need to switch it back to expensive access or free access to send "
"or receive emails again. To switch back to an mode where you have no "
"worry about data caps or how much network traffic is used "
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Free Access`. To throttle the"
" amount of data used from Trojita to not use up a data cap "
":menuselection:`IMAP --> Network Access --> Expensive Connection`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:52
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"If you want to quit Trojita press :kbd:`Control+Q` or from the system "
"tray right click there and select :menuselection:`Quit`. In the bottom "
"right there is a system tray icon on the panel. To change bring Trojita "
"up you can left click on the tray icon to bring the Trojita window up. "
"When you receive a new message the system tray icon will become blue and "
"have the number of unread messages on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:55
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:56
msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of Trojita."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:59
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:60
msgid ""
"To launch Trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Trojita` or "
"run"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:66
msgid "from the command line. The icon for Trojita looks like an envelope."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -168,3 +240,149 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "run trojita from the command line." #~ "run trojita from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Trojita does not do POP3 so you"
#~ " cannot access your email that way"
#~ " with trojita."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To use trojita you will need to"
#~ " input your account information. You "
#~ "will need to type in your name "
#~ "so people know what call you and"
#~ " the email address so trojita needs"
#~ " to know what address to get "
#~ "information from. The :guilabel:`Imap` tab "
#~ "haas settings for how to get "
#~ "messages to your machine. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind"
#~ " of encrpytion to use when accessing"
#~ " your mail as needed for your "
#~ "mail provider. The :guilabel:`Server` field"
#~ " is where you input what server "
#~ "to get your email from. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network"
#~ " port to access the server on. "
#~ "The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which"
#~ " username to send to the email "
#~ "server."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To send an email to someone press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`Imap "
#~ "--> Compose Mail --> New Message`. "
#~ "Then you will bring up a compose"
#~ " mail window. Type the email address"
#~ " of the person you want to type"
#~ " the address where it says "
#~ ":guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of your"
#~ " message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line."
#~ " In the main part of the "
#~ "message called the body is where "
#~ "you will add most of your message."
#~ " If you want to attach a file"
#~ " to your email press the button "
#~ "with the paperclip on it that says"
#~ " :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message"
#~ " press the :guilabel:`Send` button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view your messages on trojita "
#~ "to see new messages you have "
#~ "recieved in your inbox left click "
#~ "on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the"
#~ " center of the window will show "
#~ "a list of all messages in your "
#~ "inbox. Unread messages will appear in"
#~ " bold. To view a message left "
#~ "click on the title and subject of"
#~ " the window and it will appear "
#~ "at the bottom. If you want to "
#~ "open this email in a popup window"
#~ " of its own double click the "
#~ "message title. If you recieve an "
#~ "email with an attachment a paperclip "
#~ "will appear on the message and "
#~ "click that to download the attachment"
#~ " or open it directly. To switch "
#~ "from text to html view click the"
#~ " :guilabel:`HTML` tab. To switch back "
#~ "to text click on the :guilabel:`Text`"
#~ " tab."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Your different folders are on a "
#~ "sidebar on the left hand side of"
#~ " trojita. To switch to another folder"
#~ " such as sent mail to view your"
#~ " sent messages left click on the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this "
#~ "case. To switch to the drafts "
#~ "folder left click where it says "
#~ ":guilabel:`Drafts`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To move to the next unread message"
#~ " press the :kbd:`n` key or to "
#~ "move to the previous message press "
#~ "the :kbd:`p` key."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To reply to a message to just "
#~ "the person that sent it press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + Shift +A` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To"
#~ " forward an email to someone else "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To manually check for new messages "
#~ ":menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for new "
#~ "messages`. To hide read messages "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Hide read messages`"
#~ " and uncheck this to see read "
#~ "messages again. To view newest messages"
#~ " in trojita first :menuselection:`View -->"
#~ " Sorting --> Descending`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch an address book of saved"
#~ " contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> Address "
#~ "Book`. To add a new message to "
#~ "contacts press the :guilabel:`Add` button. "
#~ "Once on the new contact doulbe "
#~ "click on the fields which are all"
#~ " optional. If you press the X "
#~ "button and have changes you will "
#~ "bring up a dialog to save the "
#~ "changes."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch trojita from the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` with the"
#~ " icon that looks like an envolope "
#~ "or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications" msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications"
@ -25,7 +25,13 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent " "This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers, email clients, and torrent"
"clients." " clients."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This chapter documents how to use "
#~ "webbrowsers email clinets and torent "
#~ "clients."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,77 +10,99 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice" msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:4
msgid "" msgid ""
"Libreoffice is an open source full office suite. In the menu there are " "LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In "
"shortcuts to different libreoffice applications and your recently used " "the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and "
"files." "your recently used files."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:8
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a recently used file in libreoffice they are shown in the main " "To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main "
"part of the window. To open a program or to create a file from a file " "part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Files` button. To "
"dialog are along the left hand column." "open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left "
"hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular "
"file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button. To start a new document from"
" a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the "
"template you want."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10
msgid "" msgid ""
"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets " "LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets "
"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc." "you switch between a document in LibreOffice writer and LibreOffice calc."
" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you " " To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you "
"want to switch to." "want to switch to."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will " "LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will "
"automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a " "automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a "
"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to " "document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to "
"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button." "automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To"
" finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If documentar "
"recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:18
msgid "from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:22
msgid ""
"If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a "
"dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before "
"closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the "
":guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work "
"press the :guilabel:`Save` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:25
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:29
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:33
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch " "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch "
"libreoffice or run" "LibreOffice or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:40
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper"
" with a folded right hand corner."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -89,3 +111,62 @@ msgstr ""
#~ " libreoffice from the command line." #~ " libreoffice from the command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.1 Libreoffice"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice is an open source full "
#~ "office suite. In the menu there "
#~ "are shortcuts to different libreoffice "
#~ "applications and your recently used "
#~ "files."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a recently used file in"
#~ " libreoffice they are shown in the"
#~ " main part of the window. To "
#~ "open a program or to create a "
#~ "file from a file dialog are along"
#~ " the left hand column."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice all of the different "
#~ "components have a window menu that "
#~ "lets you switch between a document "
#~ "in libreoffice writer and libreoffice "
#~ "calc. To do this go to "
#~ ":menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window"
#~ " that you want to switch to."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice if you shutdown without "
#~ "saving your work libreoffice will "
#~ "automatically recover the document. If "
#~ "you do not want to recover a "
#~ "document press the :guilabel:`discard` button."
#~ " If you want to automatically recover"
#~ " the document press the :guilabel:`start`"
#~ " button."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
#~ "Libreoffice` to launch libreoffice or "
#~ "run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,25 +10,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc" msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:4
msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu." msgid "LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8
@ -36,65 +36,114 @@ msgid ""
"To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type" "To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type"
" in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells" " in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells"
" you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is " " you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is "
"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse " "to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag"
"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order " " the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in "
"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in " "descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going "
"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing" "down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and "
" upwards." "an arrow pointing upwards."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a " "To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a "
"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file " "floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File "
"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> " "--> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> "
"Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder " "Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder "
"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File " "and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File "
"--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent " "--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
"Documents`." "Documents`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces " "To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button "
"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control " "with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press"
":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit --> paste`, right click paste or" " control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click"
" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut" " :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a "
" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If " "piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the "
"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + " "scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted "
"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." "press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste "
"Unformatted Text`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the" "To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4`"
" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The " " or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to "
"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, " "percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> "
"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the " "Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press "
"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type " ":kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> "
"you want." "Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:18
msgid ""
"To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press "
":kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on" "To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function"
" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column" " List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in "
" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If " "the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort"
"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. " " by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right"
"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and " " of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the "
"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on " ":guilabel:`x` button."
"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number "
"delete rows."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the size of a row or colum of cells click in between the " "To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet "
":menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories "
"of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your "
"image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left "
"click on the image and drag the image to where you want."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24
msgid ""
"To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell "
":menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to"
" a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less "
"attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell"
" like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly"
" smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back "
"to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26
msgid ""
"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an "
"image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To "
"resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box "
"on the corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally "
"left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release "
"when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically "
"click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:29
msgid ""
"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on"
" the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you "
"want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and "
":menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current "
"row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To "
"insert a row below the current row right click on the number and "
":menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click "
"the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or "
":menuselection:`Delete Column`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31
msgid ""
"To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the "
"border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give " "border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give "
"yourself room." "yourself room."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33
msgid "" msgid ""
"To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with " "To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with "
"the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the " "the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the "
@ -102,7 +151,7 @@ msgid ""
"Descending`." "Descending`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35
msgid "" msgid ""
"To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the " "To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the "
"arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press" "arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press"
@ -110,14 +159,16 @@ msgid ""
"left." "left."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:37
msgid "" msgid ""
"To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu " "To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu "
":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width " ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width "
"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." "of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. "
"To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and "
"select the percentage you want."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:41
msgid "" msgid ""
"To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select" "To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select"
" an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " " an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
@ -125,40 +176,103 @@ msgid ""
"+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`." "+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43
msgid "" msgid ""
"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the " "To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the "
"bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> " "bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each " "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each "
"sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet." "sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:45
msgid "" msgid ""
"To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert" "To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert"
" --> Special Character`." " --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in"
" the center of the inserting character window. To actually insert the "
"symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49
msgid ""
"To insert a hyperlink in Libreoffice-calc :menuselection:`Insert --> "
"Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the"
" :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the "
":guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` "
"drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:53
msgid "To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:56
msgid "Charts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:57
msgid ""
"To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> "
"Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, "
":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, "
":guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, "
":guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the "
"subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type "
"you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the "
":guilabel:`Next` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:61
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart "
"and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on "
"rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose "
"to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the "
":guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a "
"label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` "
"checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check"
" the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:65
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends"
" on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the "
":guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the "
":guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type "
"your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis "
"type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid "
"lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have "
"horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To "
"toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display "
"legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the "
":guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press "
"the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart "
"press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the"
" chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:70
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:71
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice Calc."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:74
msgid "How to launch" msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:75
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> " "To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office -->"
"Libreoffice Calc` or run" " LibreOffice Calc` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:81
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper "
"with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -168,3 +282,150 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "command line." #~ "command line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.2 Libreoffice Calc"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat "
#~ "program included by default in Lubuntu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To move between cells press the "
#~ "arrow keys. To enter data into "
#~ "cells type in the keyboard. To "
#~ "select cells left click and drag "
#~ "to select the cells you want. To"
#~ " sum data from cells in the "
#~ "cell where you want the sum is "
#~ "to press the button that looks "
#~ "like Σ character and then drag the"
#~ " mouse over the cells you want "
#~ "to add. To sort your cells in "
#~ "descending order press the button with"
#~ " bullet points and an arrow going "
#~ "down. To sort in ascending order "
#~ "press the button with bullet points "
#~ "and an arrow pointing upwards."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To save your spreadsheet you need "
#~ "to press the button that looks "
#~ "like a floppy disk, press the "
#~ "keyboard shortcut or go to "
#~ ":menuselection:`file --> save`. To save "
#~ "with a different file name "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To "
#~ "open a file press the button that"
#~ " looks like a brown folder and "
#~ "add selct the file you want from"
#~ " the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Open`. To open a recent document "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To copy data you can right click"
#~ " copy, press the button with two "
#~ "pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control"
#~ " + c`. To paste data press "
#~ "control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit "
#~ "--> paste`, right click paste or "
#~ "press the botton that is a "
#~ "clipboard with a piece of paper on"
#~ " it. To cut text press "
#~ ":kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors "
#~ "button to cut text. If you want"
#~ " to paste your text unformatted press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted "
#~ "Text`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To insert an image press "
#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get "
#~ "to the dialog of how to insert "
#~ "a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. "
#~ "The the first selection is to "
#~ "choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, "
#~ "Line, XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, "
#~ "or Column and Line chart. To "
#~ "change the subtype of graph click "
#~ "the pciture of a chart that looks"
#~ " like the type you want."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to insert a new "
#~ "column to the left of a column "
#~ "right click on the letter for the"
#~ " column Insert column left. If you"
#~ " want the new column to the "
#~ "right is right click on the letter"
#~ " and insert column right. If you "
#~ "want to delete a column right "
#~ "click on the letter and delete "
#~ "column. To insert a row above the"
#~ " current row right click on the "
#~ "number and insert row above. To "
#~ "insert a row below the current row"
#~ " right click on the number and "
#~ "insert row below. To delte a row"
#~ " right click the number delete rows."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the size of a row "
#~ "or colum of cells click in between"
#~ " the border of that particular row"
#~ " or column and drag with the "
#~ "mouse to give yourself room."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To zoom to view a full page "
#~ "on your spreadsheet in the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire "
#~ "Page`. To view the whole width of"
#~ " your page on the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page "
#~ "Width`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To createa a new spreadsheet in "
#~ "the same file press the button on"
#~ " the bottom that looks like a "
#~ ":guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
#~ "Insert Sheet`. To switch between each"
#~ " sheet perss the button on each "
#~ "sheet at the bottom near the "
#~ "button to add a new sheet."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To insert a special character not "
#~ "on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert -->"
#~ " Special Character`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the "
#~ "menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> "
#~ "Libreoffice Calc` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,21 +10,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress" msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:4
msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations." msgid "LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
@ -32,34 +32,38 @@ msgid "Features include:"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:7
msgid "in built themes" msgid "Built in themes"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:8
msgid "sepll check" msgid "Spell check"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9
msgid "pdf export" msgid "PDF export"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
msgid "images" #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:92
msgid "Images"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14
msgid "" msgid ""
"When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a " "When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a "
"templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking" "template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking"
" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where " " and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type "
"it says click to add title." "into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the "
"presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog "
"at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click"
" to add title."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button" "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button"
" that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the" " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the"
@ -68,10 +72,10 @@ msgid ""
"Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a " "Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a "
"floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a" "floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a"
" custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a " " custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a "
"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`." "PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
msgid "" msgid ""
"To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme" "To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme"
" and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. " " and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. "
@ -81,13 +85,14 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`." ":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> " "To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> "
"Your prefred layout`." "Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide "
":menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26
msgid "" msgid ""
"To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and " "To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and "
"then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " "then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
@ -97,9 +102,9 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`." ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28
msgid "" msgid ""
"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or " "To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or "
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font" ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font"
" size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> " " size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
"Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift " "Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift "
@ -108,15 +113,18 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`." ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30
msgid "" msgid ""
"To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools" "To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools"
" --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press " " --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press "
":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your " ":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your "
"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`." "printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. I dialog "
"button will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose "
"which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To "
"change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or " "If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then "
@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ msgid ""
"Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`." "Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:34
msgid "" msgid ""
"To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special " "To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special "
"Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or " "Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or "
@ -136,20 +144,22 @@ msgid ""
":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`." ":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36
msgid "" msgid ""
"To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text " "To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text "
":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you " ":menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and "
"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you " "select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The "
"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the " ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The "
"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for " ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The "
"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The " ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font "
"effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down "
":guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The "
":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines " ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines "
"over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu " "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu "
"to choose what color to draw a line over something. The " "to choose what color to draw a line over something. The "
":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different " ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different "
"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from " "strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the "
"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font " "dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font "
"appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for " "appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for "
":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an" ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an"
" option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of " " option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of "
@ -161,14 +171,40 @@ msgid ""
"changes how much to scale the width of the font." "changes how much to scale the width of the font."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40
msgid ""
"To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> "
"Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for "
"indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent "
"right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. "
"To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After "
"text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the "
":guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a "
"paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the "
"space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To "
"change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu"
" :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the"
" :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the "
":guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window "
"press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change settings on the alignment of "
"text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want "
"your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, "
":guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to "
"right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:45
msgid "" msgid ""
"To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists " "To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists "
"--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points " "--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points "
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`." ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up "
"in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press "
":kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list "
":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + "
"Alt + Down`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:47
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format " "To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format "
"--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To " "--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To "
@ -178,63 +214,137 @@ msgid ""
"Spacing`." "Spacing`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:49
msgid "" msgid ""
"To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box " "To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box "
"of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize " "of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize "
"both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and " "both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and "
"resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at " "resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at "
"the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal " "the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal "
"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box." "size only select the box on a vertical size of the box."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:51
msgid "" msgid ""
"To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +" "Find` to search for text. To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + "
" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`." "H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next "
"result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result "
"press the upward pointing arrow."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:55
msgid "" msgid ""
"To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it " "To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it "
"to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and " "to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and "
"drag to resize to the desired size." "drag to resize to the desired size."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:57
msgid "" msgid ""
"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your " "To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide "
"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you " "Number`."
"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to "
"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the "
"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a "
"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select "
":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click"
" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:59
msgid "" msgid ""
"To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> " "To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
"Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom " "Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom "
"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`." "to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To "
"change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61
msgid ""
"To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling "
"background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Properties`. To "
"change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print "
"format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom "
"width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To "
"switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to"
" the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a "
"margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and "
":guilabel:`Bottom`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65
msgid ""
"To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` "
"tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the "
":guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a"
" color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different "
"color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what "
"your current background color of the slide is shown under the "
":guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under "
":guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the "
"individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. "
":guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the "
"hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To "
"actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your"
" change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69
msgid ""
"To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To "
"choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on "
":guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the "
":guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture "
"of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to"
" manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck "
":guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` "
"field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for "
":guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. "
"To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your "
"first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down "
"menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To"
" Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the "
"field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where"
" the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. To choose a bitmap"
" image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The "
":guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can "
"choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look "
"like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use "
":guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the"
" :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap "
"change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:73
msgid ""
"To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press "
"the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on "
"a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern "
"view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground "
"color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down "
"menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the "
":guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by"
" a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:77
msgid ""
"To choose a series of lines as your background press the "
":guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the "
":guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it"
" is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the "
":guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines "
"use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of "
"lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a "
"particular background color of your background check the "
":guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background"
" Color` drop down menu to choose your background color."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:79
msgid "" msgid ""
"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in " "To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. "
"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel " "To change your slides to be transparent click the "
"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To " ":guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how "
"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide" "transparent to make it."
" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a "
"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of "
"slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` "
"which has many different options."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:81
msgid "" msgid ""
"To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To " "To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To "
"move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a " "move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a "
@ -243,52 +353,121 @@ msgid ""
"end`." "end`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:83
msgid ""
"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv "
"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the "
"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press "
":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current "
"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of "
"the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to "
"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
"right click previous."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58
msgid "" msgid ""
"To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> " "To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> "
"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag " "Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag "
"the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline" "the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline"
" view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an " " view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an "
"outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal " "outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal "
"view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`." "view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:85
msgid "To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:88
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:93
msgid ""
"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your "
"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you "
"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the "
"image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom "
"boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally "
"to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to "
"stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To"
" replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will"
" bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click"
" on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a"
" presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save "
"...`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:95
msgid ""
"To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture "
":menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the "
"screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to "
"orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the "
"same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side "
"and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change"
" the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the "
"center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select"
" :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image "
"horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate "
"or Flip --> Horizontally`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:99
msgid ""
"To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of"
" it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to "
"the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to "
"Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other "
":menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one"
" layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:102
msgid "Slideshows/Presentations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:103
msgid ""
"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV "
"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First "
"Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + "
"f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit "
"the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the "
"slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a "
"previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
"right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the "
":kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:105
msgid ""
"To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show "
"--> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press"
" the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or "
"presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat "
"after:`. To change options on your presentation are under the "
":guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle "
"allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` "
"checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse "
"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` "
"checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the "
":guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:110
msgid "Version" msgid "Version"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:111
msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress." msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice impress."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:114
msgid "How To launch" msgid "How To Launch"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:115
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` " "To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
"or run" "LibreOffice Impress` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:121
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a "
"piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -318,3 +497,263 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "loimpress." #~ "loimpress."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.3 Libreoffice Impress"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "in built themes"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "sepll check"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "pdf export"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "images"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you"
#~ " will get a dialog to select a"
#~ " templete with a preview select which"
#~ " one you want to use by left"
#~ " clicking and then click :guilabel:`open`."
#~ " To add a title to a slide "
#~ "click where it says click to add"
#~ " title."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To open a previous presentation you "
#~ "have been working on press the "
#~ "button that looks like a folder "
#~ "with a piece of paper in it "
#~ "and navigate to the file you want"
#~ " and open it or :menuselection:`File "
#~ "--> Open`. To view your recently "
#~ "opened files press :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Recent Documents`. To save your "
#~ "presentation press the button that looks"
#~ " like a floppy disk or "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save "
#~ "a new copy under a custom file "
#~ "name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. "
#~ "To save a file as a pdf "
#~ ":menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the layout of your slide"
#~ " :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your"
#~ " prefred layout`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To increaase your font size press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format"
#~ " --> Text --> Increase Size`. To "
#~ "decrease your font size press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format"
#~ " --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To "
#~ "make text superscript select it and "
#~ "press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
#~ "Superscript`. To make text subscript "
#~ "select it and press :kbd:`Shift + "
#~ "Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format "
#~ "--> Text --> Subscript`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To spell check your presentation press"
#~ " :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> "
#~ "Spellcheck`. If you want to print "
#~ "your slides you can press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + p` or :menuselection:`File --> "
#~ "Print`. To open up your printer "
#~ "settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer "
#~ "Settings`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To bring up a dialog to customize"
#~ " the character or your text "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the "
#~ "font family for your text. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Style` is where you can "
#~ "select the of your font. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the "
#~ "font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` "
#~ "tab has even more effects for "
#~ "fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font "
#~ "Label` changes your font color. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make "
#~ "a style for how to draw lines "
#~ "over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline "
#~ "Color` brings up a drop down menu"
#~ " to choose what color to draw a"
#~ " line over something. The "
#~ ":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your "
#~ "text. To have many different "
#~ "strikethrough effects to your text "
#~ "select the one you want from "
#~ "thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To "
#~ "change whether the font appears to "
#~ "be sunken or raised from the "
#~ "presentation use the menu for "
#~ ":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you "
#~ "want your text underlined choose an "
#~ "option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu."
#~ " To change the color of your "
#~ "underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color`"
#~ " menu. To have effects with how "
#~ "your is vertically with the rest "
#~ "of the line select the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your "
#~ "text superscript press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your"
#~ " text subscript press the "
#~ ":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for "
#~ ":guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much "
#~ "to scale the width of the font."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To toggle bulleted lists on your "
#~ "points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists -->"
#~ " Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered"
#~ " list for your points "
#~ ":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered"
#~ " Lists`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To move settings with a box of "
#~ "text left click on the border of"
#~ " the box of text. To move the"
#~ " text box click and drag on the"
#~ " border. To resize both vertical and"
#~ " horizontal size together left click "
#~ "on the corner and resize the text"
#~ " box. To resize how tall the "
#~ "text box is click the box at "
#~ "the top or bottom and drag to "
#~ "the desired size. To resize the "
#~ "horizontal size only select the box "
#~ "on a veritcal size of the box."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To search for text press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Find` to search for text. To find"
#~ " and replaace text press :kbd:`Control "
#~ "+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find"
#~ " and Replace`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To insert an image click "
#~ ":menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag "
#~ "your image to where you want it"
#~ " left click and drag the mouse "
#~ "to where you want the image. To"
#~ " resize the image without distorting "
#~ "it click one of the boxes on "
#~ "the corner and resize to the size"
#~ " you wish. If you want to "
#~ "delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To"
#~ " replace an image right click the "
#~ "image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring"
#~ " a file picker up to pick a "
#~ "new image. To crop an image right"
#~ " click on the image and select "
#~ ":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image "
#~ "out of a presentation right click "
#~ "on the image and select "
#~ ":menuselection:`Save ...`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To change the zoom of you "
#~ "presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom -->"
#~ " Zoom` to bring up a window to"
#~ " manage your zoom. If you just "
#~ "want to zoom to fit the page "
#~ "width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
#~ "Page Width`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the left there is a panel "
#~ "showing what slides you currently have"
#~ " in left side of the window. To"
#~ " insert a new slide right click "
#~ "on this panel on the left and "
#~ "select new slide or press :kbd:`Control"
#~ " + Enter`. To delete a slide on"
#~ " the left hand slide right click "
#~ "and select delete slide or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To"
#~ " create another copy of a slide "
#~ "right click and then select duplicate"
#~ " slide. To change the type of "
#~ "slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout -->"
#~ " Your choice of slide here` which "
#~ "has many different options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` "
#~ "or the button the looks like a "
#~ "tv with a triangle on it or "
#~ ":menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the"
#~ " first slide.` To start a slideshow"
#~ " from the current slide press "
#~ ":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow"
#~ " --> Start from current slide`. To"
#~ " exit the slideshow press escape. To"
#~ " get to the next slide of the"
#~ " slideshow left click or press the"
#~ " :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to"
#~ " a previous slide in presentation "
#~ "mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` "
#~ "or right click previous."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To view your slides right next to"
#~ " each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide"
#~ " Sorter`. To rearange your slides "
#~ "click and hold a slide and drag"
#~ " the slide between the slides you "
#~ "want to move to. To switch to "
#~ "an outline view of just text "
#~ ":menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch"
#~ " to an outline :menuselection:`View --> "
#~ "Outline`. To switch back to your "
#~ "normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How To launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch go to the menu "
#~ ":menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` "
#~ "or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

@ -10,55 +10,57 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "" msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n" "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-07-26 14:54-0500\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.8.0\n"
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:2
msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math" msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:4
msgid "Version" msgid ""
msgstr "" "LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on "
"Lubuntu."
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6
msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7
msgid "Screenshot" msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11
msgid "Useage" msgid "Usage"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:12
msgid "" msgid ""
"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press " "To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press "
":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press" ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press"
" :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your " " :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your "
"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`." "formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To "
"view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To"
" save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or "
":menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files "
":menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16
msgid "" msgid ""
"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or " "To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press" ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press"
" :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from " " :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from "
"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> " "LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
"Cut`." "Cut`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18
msgid "" msgid ""
"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or " "To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press " ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press "
":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`." ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
@ -70,18 +72,40 @@ msgid ""
"Symbols`." "Symbols`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:22
msgid "How to launch" msgid ""
"To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` "
"which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your"
" font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to "
"change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24
msgid "To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:27
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:28
msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.4.2.0 of LibreOffice math."
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:31
msgid "How to Launch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:32
msgid "" msgid ""
"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> " "To launch LibreOffice math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> "
"libreoffice math` or run" "LibreOffice Math` or run"
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:38
msgid "from the command line." msgid ""
"from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece "
"of paper with the math symbol for square root of x."
msgstr "" msgstr ""
#~ msgid "" #~ msgid ""
@ -91,3 +115,55 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "line." #~ "line."
#~ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "Useage"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To save your formula you have "
#~ "written in libreoffice math press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Save`. To open a file press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File -->"
#~ " Open`. To print your fomrula press"
#~ " :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File "
#~ "--> Print`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To paste text into libreoffice math "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy "
#~ "text from libreoffice math press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
#~ "Copy`. To cut text from libreoffice "
#~ "math press :kbd:`Control +X` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To undo changes in libreoffice math "
#~ "press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
#~ ":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo "
#~ "a change you have undone press "
#~ ":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
#~ " Redo`."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "How to launch"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid ""
#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the "
#~ "menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice "
#~ "math` or run"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "from the command line."
#~ msgstr ""

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More

Loading…
Cancel
Save